Denon AVR 4520CI User Manual To The 800c08c1 63cb 4668 B1f8 781f05f37efc

User Manual: Denon AVR-4520CI to the manual

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 227

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

Basic version
Advanced version

AVR-4520CI

INTEGRATED NETWORK AV RECEIVER

DVD

Informations

Owner’s Manual

n SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK
DO NOT OPEN

CAUTION:

TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT REMOVE
COVER (OR BACK). NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS INSIDE.
REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL.

The exclamation point within an equilateral triangle is intended
to alert the user to the presence of important operating
and maintenance (servicing) instructions in the literature
accompanying the appliance.

WARNING:

TO REDUCE THE RISK OF FIRE OR ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT
EXPOSE THIS APPLIANCE TO RAIN OR MOISTURE.

8.
9.

10.

11.
12.

CAUTION:

HOT SURFACE. DO NOT TOUCH.
Hot
surface
mark

The top surface over the internal heat sink may become hot
when operating this product continuously.
Do not touch hot areas, especially around the “Hot surface
mark” and the top panel.

14. Refer all servicing to qualified service personnel.
Servicing is required when the apparatus has been damaged in any way,
such as power-supply cord or plug is damaged, liquid has been spilled or
objects have fallen into the apparatus, the apparatus has been exposed to
rain or moisture, does not operate normally, or has been dropped.
15. Batteries shall not be exposed to excessive heat such as sunshine, fire or
the like.

CAUTION:

To completely disconnect this product from the mains, disconnect the plug
from the wall socket outlet.
The mains plug is used to completely interrupt the power supply to the unit
and must be within easy access by the user.

1. COMPLIANCE INFORMATION
Product Name: Integrated Network AV Receiver
Model Number: AVR-4520CI
This product complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject
to the following two conditions: (1) this product may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) this product must accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Denon Electronics (USA), LLC
(a D&M Holdings Company)
100 Corporate Drive
Mahwah, NJ 07430-2041
Tel. (201) 762-6665

2. IMPORTANT NOTICE: DO NOT MODIFY THIS PRODUCT
This product, when installed as indicated in the instructions contained
in this manual, meets FCC requirements. Modification not expressly
approved by DENON may void your authority, granted by the FCC, to use
the product.

3. IMPORTANT
When connecting this product to network hub or router, use only a
shielded STP or ScTP LAN cable which is available at retailer.
Follow all installation instructions. Failure to follow instructions could void
your authority, granted by the FCC, to use the product.

4. NOTE
This product has been tested and found to comply with the limits for
a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These
limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful
interference in a residential installation.
This product generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and,
if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause
harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no
guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this
product does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception,
which can be determined by turning the product OFF and ON, the user
is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the
following measures:
• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
• Connect the product into an outlet on a circuit different from that to
which the receiver is connected.
• Consult the local retailer authorized to distribute this type of product or
an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
For Canadian customers:
This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.

DVD

Informations

13.

Read these instructions.
Keep these instructions.
Heed all warnings.
Follow all instructions.
Do not use this apparatus near water.
Clean only with dry cloth.
Do not block any ventilation openings.
Install in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
Do not install near any heat sources such as radiators, heat registers,
stoves, or other apparatus (including amplifiers) that produce heat.
Do not defeat the safety purpose of the polarized or grounding-type plug. A
polarized plug has two blades with one wider than the other. A grounding
type plug has two blades and a third grounding prong. The wide blade or the
third prong are provided for your safety. If the provided plug does not fit into
your outlet, consult an electrician for replacement of the obsolete outlet.
Protect the power cord from being walked on or pinched particularly at
plugs, convenience receptacles, and the point where they exit from the
apparatus.
Only use attachments/accessories specified by the manufacturer.
Use only with the cart, stand, tripod, bracket, or table
specified by the manufacturer, or sold with the apparatus.
When a cart is used, use caution when moving the cart/
apparatus combination to avoid injury from tip-over.
Unplug this apparatus during lightning storms or when
unused for long periods of time.

Advanced version

The lightning flash with arrowhead symbol, within an equilateral
triangle, is intended to alert the user to the presence of
uninsulated “dangerous voltage” within the product’s enclosure
that may be of sufficient magnitude to constitute a risk of
electric shock to persons.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

FCC INFORMATION (For US customers)
Basic version

CAUTION

IMPORTANT SAFETY
INSTRUCTIONS

n CAUTIONS ON INSTALLATION

n NOTES ON USE

z
Wall

zz For proper heat dispersal, do not install this unit in a confined
space, such as a bookcase or similar enclosure.
• More than 12 in. (0.3 m) is recommended.
• Do not place any other equipment on this unit.

Informations

DVD

Advanced version

• Avoid high temperatures.
Allow for sufficient heat dispersion when installed in a rack.
• Handle the power cord carefully.
Hold the plug when unplugging the cord.
• Keep the unit free from moisture, water, and dust.
• Unplug the power cord when not using the unit for long periods of time.
• Do not obstruct the ventilation holes.
• Do not let foreign objects into the unit.
• Do not let insecticides, benzene, and thinner come in contact with the unit.
• Never disassemble or modify the unit in any way.
• Ventilation should not be impeded by covering the ventilation openings
with items, such as newspapers, tablecloths or curtains.
• Naked flame sources such as lighted candles should not be placed on
the unit.
• Observe and follow local regulations regarding battery disposal.
• Do not expose the unit to dripping or splashing fluids.
• Do not place objects filled with liquids, such as vases, on the unit.
• Do not handle the mains cord with wet hands.
• When the switch is in the OFF (STANDBY) position, the equipment is not
completely switched off from MAINS.
• The equipment shall be installed near the power supply so that the power
supply is easily accessible.
• Do not keep the battery in a place exposed to direct sunlight or in places
with extremely high temperatures, such as near a heater.

Basic version

WARNINGS

Thank you for purchasing this DENON product. To ensure proper operation, please read this owner’s manual carefully before using the product.
After reading them, be sure to keep them for future reference.

Contents
Getting started···············································································1
Accessories···················································································2
Features·························································································2
Cautions on handling·····································································4

DVD

Installation/connection/setup of speakers (Advanced)···········91
Speaker installation······································································91
Speaker connection·····································································93
Set up speakers···········································································99
Playback (Advanced operation)················································102
HDMI control function·······························································102
InstaPrevue function··································································104
Sleep timer function··································································105
Quick select function·································································106
REC OUT mode·········································································107
Web control function·································································108
Various memory functions·························································110
Playback in ZONE2/ZONE3/ZONE4 (Separate room)·············111
Audio output··············································································111
Video output··············································································112
Playback·····················································································113
Sleep timer function··································································113
How to make detailed settings·················································114
Menu map·················································································114
Examples of menu screen displays···········································116
Examples of menu and front display·········································117
Inputting characters···································································118
Audio·························································································120
Video··························································································128
Inputs·························································································134
Speakers····················································································139
Network·····················································································146
General······················································································150
Operating external devices with the remote control·············157
Registering preset codes···························································157
Operating external devices························································160
Operating devices······································································161
Operating learning function·······················································163
Operating macro function··························································165
Specifying the zone used with the remote control unit·············167
Setting the Remote ID·······························································167
Setting the display time length of the remote control unit
display························································································167
Setting the back light ································································168
Restoring all settings of the remote control unit to default·······168

Part names and functions·························································170
Front panel·················································································170
Display·······················································································172
Rear panel··················································································173
Remote control unit···································································174
Other information······································································176
Trademark information·······························································176
Relationship between the Amp Assign mode settings and
audio output···············································································177
Surround····················································································184
Relationship between video signals and monitor output···········190
Explanation of terms··································································193
Troubleshooting·········································································196
Resetting the microprocessor···················································201
Specifications·············································································202

Informations

Connections····················································································6
Important information····································································6
Connecting an HDMI-compatible device·······································9
Connecting an HDMI-incompatible device··································15
Connecting a device with a multi-channel output connector·······28
Connecting a external power amplifier········································29
Connecting an external control device·········································30
Connecting to a home network (LAN)·········································31
Connecting the power cord·························································32
Setup·····························································································33
Set up speakers (Audyssey® Setup)···········································33
Making the network settings (Network)······································40
Playback (Basic operation)··························································41
Important information··································································41
Playing a Blu-ray Disc player/DVD player·····································42
Playing a Blu-ray Disc player compatible with Denon Link HD····42
Playing Super Audio CD·······························································43
Playing a CD player······································································43
Playing an iPod············································································44
Playing a USB memory device·····················································47
Listening to HD Radio stations····················································50
Network contents········································································59
Listening to Internet Radio··························································59
Playing back files stored on a PC and NAS··································62
Using online services···································································66
Convenient functions···································································76
AirPlay function············································································82
Selecting a listening mode (Sound Mode)································84
Selecting a listening mode··························································84

Informations·········································································169

Advanced version

Basic version·············································································5

Advanced version·································································90

Basic version

Getting started

Accessories

Features

(ACM1HB)

This unit is equipped with the 4K video upscaling function, which
allows for outputting analogue or SD (standard video quality) video
to HDMI at 4K (3840 × 2160 pixels). This enables the unit and a TV
connected with a single HDMI cable and any video source to be
reproduced precisely with HD level of quality.

DENON’s unique high quality playback technology
“Denon Link HD” (vpage 42)

By connecting to a DENON Blu-ray Disc player compatible with
Denon Link HD, the sound localization becomes more precise,
reproducing a clear and three-dimensional sound image. Because
this unit makes the integrated circuits operate while sharing the
same clock with the Blu-ray Disc player, the transmitted digital
audio has less jitter. This effect applies to any media audio source
from the Blu-ray Disc player.

Equipped with “Hybrid PLL Jitter Reducer”
capable of reducing jitter and phase noise that
negatively affect sound quality

“Hybrid PLL Jitter Reducer” provided with this unit improves the
sound localization, reproducing a natural sound field.

Equipped with a Multi-Zone Function 4 source, 4
zone output
This unit is equipped with a multi-zone function, so you can enjoy
separate sound sources in four rooms including MAIN ZONE.

Equipped with an HDMI output for ZONE4

This unit is equipped with an HDMI output for ZONE4, which
allows you to enjoy video and audio in a room in ZONE4 as well.
You can enjoy video sources other than those in MAIN ZONE.

DVD

With a discrete-circuit configuration, the power
amplifier provides identical quality for all 9
channels (190 W x 9ch)

Supports Internet Radio, music, and photograph
streaming
Supports AirPlay® (vpage 82)

The unit is equipped with a power amplifier that reproduces highfidelity sound in sound mode with equal quality and power for all
channels, true to the original sound.
The power amplifier circuit adopts a discrete-circuit configuration
that achieves high-quality surround sound reproduction.

You can enjoy a wide variety of content, including listening to
Internet Radio, playing the audio files stored on your PC, and
displaying on a TV the photographs stored on your PC.
This unit also supports AirPlay that lets you stream your music
library from an iPhone®, iPad®, iPod touch® or iTunes®.

Compatible with “Denon Remote App” for
performing basic operations of the unit with an
iPad, iPhonez1 or Android smartphone

“Denon Remote App” is application software that allows you to
perform basic operations with an iPad, iPhone, Android smartphone
or Android tablet such as turning the unit ON/OFF, controlling the
volume, and switching the source.
z1 Download “Denon Remote App” from iTunes® App Store.
The unit needs to be connected to a LAN and the iPhone/iPod
touch needs to be connected to the same network by Wi-Fi
(wireless LAN).

v See overleaf

Informations

Digital video processor up-scales analog video
signals (SD resolution) to 4K

Advanced version

q Getting Started......................................................................... 1
w CD-ROM (Owner’s manual)..................................................... 1
e Safety Instructions................................................................... 1
r Warranty (for North America model only)................................. 1
t Service network list.................................................................. 1
y Power cord............................................................................... 1
u Remote control unit (RC-1165)................................................. 1
i LR6/AA batteries...................................................................... 2
o AM loop antenna...................................................................... 1
Q0 FM indoor antenna................................................................... 1
Q1 Setup microphone.................................................................... 1

Basic version

Check that the following parts are supplied with the product.

Features

First select the language when prompted. Then simply follow the
instructions displayed on the TV screen to set up the speakers,
network, etc.

Easy to use, Graphical User Interface

HDMI connectors enable connection to various
digital AV devices (input: 7, output: 3)

The unit is equipped with 7 HDMI input connectors for connecting
devices with HDMI connectors, such as a Blu-ray Disc player,
game machine, HD digital camcorder, etc.

In addition to HDMI 3D and ARC (Audio Return Channel) functions,
this unit supports the video pass-through function, which outputs
video to TV without changing the video quality when video signals
of 4K (3840×2160 pixels) are input, and the GUI overlay function,
which overlays the menu screen (GUI) on the 4K video screen.

Simultaneous playback on two HDMI channels
(for MAIN ZONE)

This unit is equipped with two HDMI MONITOR outputs. You can
connect one output to a projector and the other output to a TV for
simultaneous signal outputs.

DVD

Audyssey DSX®

This unit is equipped with Audyssey DSX® processor. By
connecting front height speakers to this unit and playing back
through Audyssey DSX®, you can experience a more powerful
playback expression in the height audio range. By connecting front
wide speakers, you can experience a more powerful playback
expression in the wide audio range.

Live picture-in-picture preview of HDMI input connected to an AV
receiver.

MHL (Mobile High-Definition Link) function

You can charge your mobile device that supports MHL by providing
power from this unit while outputting video from that mobile
device. You can also control mobile devices that support MHL
through this unit.

DTS Neo:X

This technology enables the playback of 2-channel source audio
or 7.1/5.1 multi-channel source audio through a maximum 11.1
channel speakers, achieving an even broader sound field.

Audyssey LFC™ (Low Frequency Containment)

Audyssey LFC™ solves the problem of low frequency sounds
disturbing people in neighboring rooms or apartments. Audyssey
LFC™ dynamically monitors the audio content and removes the
low frequencies that pass through walls, floors and ceilings. It then
applies psychoacoustic processing to restore the perception of low
bass for listeners in the room. The result is great sound that no
longer disturbs the neighbors.

Discrete subwoofers and Audyssey Sub EQ HT™

The unit has two subwoofer output capability and can adjust the
level and delay for each subwoofer individually.
Audyssey Sub EQ HT makes the integration seamless by first
compensating for any level and delay differences between the two
subwoofers and then applying Audyssey MultEQ® XT 32 to both
subwoofers together.

Informations

Supports HDMI (3D, ARC, Deep Color, “x.v.Color”,
Auto Lip Sync, 4K) and HDMI control function
(vpage 9)

Music data from an iPod can be played back if you connect the
USB cable supplied with the iPod via the iPod/USB port of this unit,
and also an iPod can be controlled with the remote control unit for
this unit.

InstaPrevue Technology

Advanced version

This unit is equipped with an easy to see “Graphical User Interface”
that uses menu displays and levels. The use of level displays
increases operability of the this unit.

Direct play for iPod and iPhone via USB
(vpage 23)

Basic version

“Setup Assistant”, providing easy-to-follow setup
instructions

Cautions on handling
Basic version

• Before turning the power on
Check once again that all connections are correct and that there are
no problems with the connection cables.
• Power is supplied to some of the circuitry even when the unit is
set to the standby mode. When going on vacation or leaving home
for long periods of time, be sure to unplug the power cord from the
power outlet.

Advanced version

• About condensation
If there is a major difference in temperature between the inside of
the unit and the surroundings, condensation (dew) may form on
the operating parts inside the unit, causing the unit not to operate
properly.
If this happens, let the unit sit for an hour or two with the power
turned off and wait until there is little difference in temperature
before using the unit.
• Cautions on using mobile phones
Using a mobile phone near this unit may result in noise. If that
occurs, move the mobile phone away from this unit when it is in use.

Informations

• Moving the unit
Turn off the power and unplug the power cord from the power
outlet. Next, disconnect the connection cables to other system units
before moving the unit.
• About care
• Wipe the cabinet and control panel clean with a soft cloth.
• Follow the instructions when using a chemical cleaner.
• Benzene, paint thinner or other organic solvents as well as
insecticide may cause material changes and discoloration if brought
into contact with the unit, and should therefore not be used.

DVD

Basic version
Here, we explain the connections and basic operation methods for this unit.

F Setup vpage 33
F Playback (Basic operation) vpage 41

Advanced version

F Connections vpage 6

Basic version

F Network contents vpage 59

DVD

Informations

F Selecting a listening mode (Sound Mode) vpage 84

Basic version

Connections
Important information
Make connections before using this unit.
To create a home theater that can play back higher quality video and audio by fully utilizing the
capabilities of this unit and your video devices, connect this unit to each of your video devices with
HDMI cables.

nn HDMI-compatible device
vpage 12

vpage 12

vpage 16

vpage 17

vpage 18

vpage 19

vpage 20

vpage 21

vpage 22

vpage 23

vpage 25

vpage 26

vpage 27

vpage 31

If your video device does not support HDMI connections, use the following connection.

vpage 12

nnHDMI-incompatible device
This unit can change the source that is assigned to the DIGITAL AUDIO IN, ANALOG AUDIO IN,
COMPONENT VIDEO IN and VIDEO IN connectors.
For details on assigning a source to connectors, see “Changing the source assigned to connectors”
(vpage 15). For the setting method, see “Input Assign” (vpage 135).

nn HDMI-incompatible device

NOTE
• While signals are being upscaled to 4K, the menu screen is only displayed on a TV that is connected
to this unit via HDMI.
• Do not plug in the power cord until all connections have been completed. However, when the
“Setup Assistant” is running, follow the instructions in the “Setup Assistant” (C page 7) screen
for making connections. (During “Setup Assistant” operation, the input/output connectors do not
conduct current.)
• When running the “Setup Assistant” (C page 7), turn off the power supply of connected devices.
• When making connections, also refer to the operating instructions of the other devices being connected.
• Be sure to connect the left and right channels properly (left with left, right with right).
• Do not bundle power cords together with connection cables. Doing so can result in noise.

nn Others
vpage 93

DVD

vpage 32

Informations

vpage 12

Advanced version

nnHDMI-compatible device

vpage 10

Important information
Make Settings as Necessary

This unit is equipped with three types of video input connectors (HDMI, Component video and video) and three types of video output connectors
(HDMI, Component video and video).
This function automatically converts various formats of video signals input to this unit into the formats used to output the video signals from
this unit to a monitor.

GFlow of video signals for MAIN ZONEH
This unit

HDMI-compatible TV

Input
(IN)

• The video conversion function supports the NTSC, PAL, SECAM,
NTSC 4.43, PAL-N, PAL-M and PAL-60 formats.
• Resolutions of HDMI-compatible TVs can be checked at “Video” –
“HDMI Monitor 1” or “HDMI Monitor 2” (vpage 153).

Output
(MONITOR OUT)

Input

HDMI signal

HDMI connector

Component video
signal

Component video
connectors

Component video
signal

Component video
connectors

Video signal

Video connector

Component video
connectors
Video signal

Video connector

Video connector
: when 480i/576i signals are input

For example, when an HDMI-compatible TV is connected to this unit with an HDMI cable, input signals other than HDMI video signals are
automatically converted to HDMI signals that are then output from the HDMI connector to the TV. Only one type of video signals is output, so
video signals output from this unit to the TV do not change even when the source for playback is switched to a device that outputs video signals
in a different format, which allows you to continue with playback without the need to switch the video input source on the TV. Furthermore,
the video quality improves because analog video signals such as video and component video signals that are input to this unit are converted to
digital HDMI video signals with a higher resolution for output. When a TV does not support the HDMI connection, make an analog connection
between this unit and the TV for video signals. This unit cannot convert HDMI input signals to analog video signals, so when signals are input
from an HDMI device, use the component video input connector or video input connector. In this case, the component video signals that are
input to this unit are converted to video signals.

DVD

Informations

HDMI-incompatible
TV

NOTE
• While signals are being upscaled to 4K, the menu screen is only
displayed on a TV that is connected to this unit via HDMI.
• When a non-standard video signal from a game machine or some
other source is input, the video conversion function might not
operate.

Advanced version

Video device

Output

• If you do not want this unit to convert video signals automatically,
use the following setting item to disable this function.
“Video Conversion” (vpage 131)
• If you want to change the resolution of video signals output to
the TV, use the following setting item to do so.
“Resolution” (vpage 132)

Basic version

Converting input video signals for output (Video conversion function)

Important information

This unit

HDMI-compatible TV

Video device

Input
(IN)

Output

Output
(ZONE4 MONITOR OUT)
HDMI signal

HDMI connector

Input

HDMI connector

GFlow of video signals for ZONE2H
HDMI-incompatible
TV

This unit
Video device

Output
(ZONE2 MONITOR OUT)

Component video
signal

Component video
connectors

Component video
signal

Component video
connectors

Video signal

Video connector

Component video
connectors
Video signal

Video connector

DVD

Input

Video connector

Informations

Input
(IN)

Output

Advanced version

HDMI signal

• HDMI signals are digital. HDMI signals cannot be converted into
analog signals.
• The HDMI ZONE4 function is only compatible with the HDMI 1 – 6
IN connectors. It is not compatible with the HDMI 7 IN connector.

Basic version

NOTE

GFlow of video signals for ZONE4H

Connecting an HDMI-compatible device
nn Before connecting this unit to TV via HDMI connections (vpage 10)
nn Connecting this unit to a TV via HDMI connections (vpage 11)

Basic version

You can connect up to ten HDMI-compatible devices (7-inputs/3-outputs) to the unit.
When a TV is connected to the HDMI ZONE4 OUT connector, you can play back a video or audio from the
device connected to the HDMI 1 – 6 IN connector in ZONE4 (vpage 111).
If the device connected to this unit is equipped with an HDMI connector, it is recommended to use HDMI
connections. Connections with an HDMI cable offer the following benefits that can not be achieved with
other connection methods.

nn Connecting this unit to video devices via HDMI connections (vpage 12)
nn HDMI function (vpage 13)
nn Settings related to HDMI connections (vpage 14)

• Transmission of audio and video signals with a single HDMI cable
Previous connections require multiple audio and video cables, but HDMI connections require only a
single HDMI cable to transmit audio and video signals. This allows wires in a home theater system,
which tend to be complicated, to be more organized.

Advanced version

• High quality playback by transmitting audio and video via digital signals
HDMI connections can transmit high definition video and high quality audio formats adopted by Bluray disc players (Dolby Digital Plus, Dolby TrueHD, dts-HD, dts-HD Master Audio).
HDMI connections also convey information required for playback between devices. The information
is used for copyright protection and TV resolution recognition, the ARC function, the HDMI control
function, etc.

• Mutual control through the HDMI control function (vpage 102)
This unit and the HDMI device connected via HDMI can be linked to perform operations such as
power control, volume control, and input source switching.

Informations

• Other video and audio functions, such as 3D video playback, Content Type, the ARC function,
are supported (vpage 13).

• There is more than one version of HDMI standard. The supported functions and the performance vary
according to the version. This unit complies with the HDMI standard, supporting the ARC and 3D playback
functions. To enjoy these functions, the HDMI device connected to this unit also needs to use the same
version of the standard. For the version of the HDMI standard on the device connected to this unit, see
the device’s manual.
• Some TVs do not support audio input via HDMI connections. For details, see your TV’s manual.

DVD

Connecting an HDMI-compatible device

nnAbout ARC (Audio Return Channel) function

This function plays TV audio on this unit by sending the TV audio signal to this unit via HDMI cable.
If a TV without the ARC function is connected via HDMI connections, video signals of the playback
device connected to this unit are transmitted to the TV, but this unit can not play back the audio from
the TV. If you want to enjoy surround audio for TV program, a separate audio cable connection is
required.
In contrast, if a TV with the ARC function is connected via HDMI connections, no audio cable connection
is required. Audio signals from the TV can be input to this unit through the HDMI cable between this
unit and the TV. This function allows you to enjoy surround playback on this unit for the TV.

There are 2 methods to connect HDMI-compatible TV to this unit.
Use the connection method that suits your TV.
Does the TV to be connected to this unit support the ARC function?

Yes

When the ARC function is used, connect a device with a “Standard HDMI cable with Ethernet” or “High
Speed HDMI cable with Ethernet” for HDMI.
Refer to the owner’s manual for your TV for details about TV connection and settings.

Connecting this unit to a TV via
HDMI connections (vpage 11)

NOTE

The HDMI ZONE4 OUT connector is not compatible with the ARC function.

Advanced version

Connecting this unit to a TV via
HDMI connections (vpage 11)

Basic version

Before connecting this unit to TV via HDMI connections

Connecting a TV (vpage 16)
GConnection to a TV with the ARC functionH

For audio connections, use a method other
than HDMI connections.

Audio from the TV

Audio signals from the TV
OUT

This unit

GConnection to a TV without the ARC functionH

OUT

Audio signals from the TV

DVD

Optical cable

Speakers
Audio from the TV

Audio signals from the TV

OUT

Informations

Connecting an HDMI-compatible device
NOTE
• The HDMI 7 / MHL connector on the front panel does not support the HDMI ZONE4 function.
• The audio signal from the HDMI output connector (sampling frequency, number of channels, etc.) may be
limited by the HDMI audio specifications of the connected device regarding permissible inputs.
• When connecting a TV that does not support the ARC function, an audio cable connection is
required in addition to the HDMI cable. In this case, refer to “Connecting a TV” (vpage 16) for
the connection method.
For the ARC function, see “About ARC (Audio Return Channel) function” (vpage 10).

When a TV is connected to the HDMI ZONE4 OUT connector, you can play back a video or audio from the
device connected to the HDMI 1 – 6 IN connector in ZONE4 (vpage 111).

Cables used for connections
Audio and video cable (sold separately)
HDMI cable

TV 1
(Primary)

TV 2
(Secondary)

HDMI
IN
(ARC)

The DVI-D (Digital Visual Interface) method is also used for video transmission via digital signals. This is
developed mainly for computers, and some AV devices such as projectors are equipped with this interface.
To output HDMI video signals to a DVI-D video input compatible device, use an HDMI/DVI conversion
cable, which converts HDMI video signals to DVI signals.
The DVI-D connector can transmit high quality digital signals, but the copy guard and other issues may
hinder normal operations for some device combinations.

NOTE

Settings required when using a TV that supports the ARC function
When using a TV that supports the ARC function, make the following settings.
• Set “HDMI Control” (vpage 130) to “On”.
• Set “Control Monitor” (vpage 130) to match the number of the HDMI MONITOR connector connected
to the TV that supports the ARC function.

NOTE
If the TV that supports the ARC function is connected to both HDMI MONITOR 1 and HDMI MONITOR 2
connectors, you cannot use ARC function at the same time.

• Video signals are not output if the input video signals do not match the monitor’s resolution. In this case,
switch the Blu-ray Disc/DVD player’s resolution to a resolution with which the monitor is compatible.
• When this unit and monitor are connected with an HDMI cable, if the monitor is not compatible with
HDMI audio signal playback, only the video signals are output to the monitor. Make audio connections
(vpage 16 “Connecting a TV”).

DVD

Informations

• No sound is output when connected to a device equipped with a DVI-D connector. Make audio
connections as described in “Connecting a TV” (vpage 16).
• Signals cannot be output to DVI-D devices that do not support HDCP.
• Depending on the combination of devices, the video signals may not be output.

Advanced version

Connecting to a device equipped with a DVI-D connector

• This interface allows transfer of digital video signals and digital audio signals over a single HDMI cable.

Basic version

Connecting this unit to a TV via HDMI connections

Connecting an HDMI-compatible device
Mobile
(Smartphone
etc.)

Cables used for connections

MHL
OUT

Audio and video cable (sold separately)

Digital
camcorder
(Primary)
or

Basic version

Connecting this unit to video devices via HDMI connections

HDMI
OUT

HDMI cable

DVD
player

Blu-ray
Disc
player

Game
console

HDMI
OUT

Media
player
HDMI
OUT

Digital
camcorder
(Secondary)

MHL cable

Advanced version

Set-top
box

HDMI
OUT

GFront panelH

NOTE
• The HDMI 7 / MHL connector on the front panel does not support the HDMI ZONE4 function.
• The HDMI 7 / MHL connector on the front panel does not support the InstaPrevue function.
• The HDMI 7 / MHL connector on the front panel does not support the 4K.

v See overleaf
GRear panelH

DVD

Informations

• Connect Mobile (Smartphone etc.) to the HDMI 7 / MHL connector on the front panel.
• When this unit is connected to other devices with HDMI cables, connect this unit and TV also with an
HDMI cable.
• When connecting a device that supports Deep Color or 4K, please use a “High Speed HDMI cable” or
“High Speed HDMI cable with Ethernet”.
• Video signals are not output if the input video signals do not match the monitor’s resolution. In this case,
switch the Blu-ray Disc/DVD player’s resolution to a resolution with which the monitor is compatible.

Connecting an HDMI-compatible device
By making a Denon Link HD connection to a player compatible with the Denon Link HD function, you
can enjoy higher quality playback compared with when only the HDMI connector connection is made.
For the playback method, see “Playing a Blu-ray Disc player compatible with Denon Link HD”
(vpage 42).
When making this connection, set “Input Assign” – “DIGITAL” (vpage 136) to “D.LINK”.

This unit supports the following HDMI functions:

nnAbout 3D function

This unit supports input and output of 3D (3 dimensional) video signals of HDMI.
To play back 3D video, you need a TV and player that provide support for the HDMI 3D function and a
pair of 3D glasses.

Blu-ray Disc player

NOTE

HDMI
OUT

Denon
Link HD

Basic version

HDMI function

nnConnecting a player compatible with the Denon Link HD function

Advanced version

• When playing back 3D video, refer to the instructions provided in the manual of your playback device
together with this manual.
• When playing back 3D video content, the menu screen or status display screen can be superimposed
over the image. However, the menu screen or status display screen cannot be superimposed over
certain 3D video content.
• If 3D video with no 3D information is input, the menu screen and status display on this unit are displayed
over the playback video.
• If 2D video is converted to 3D video on the television, the menu screen and status display on this unit
are not displayed correctly. To view the menu screen and status display on this unit correctly, turn the
television setting that converts 2D video to 3D video off.

nnAbout 4K function

When a device supporting 4K is connected, use a cable compatible with “High Speed HDMI cable” or
“High Speed HDMI cable with Ethernet”.

nnHDMI pass through function (vpage 130)

Signals input to the HDMI input connector are output to the television or other device connected to the
HDMI output connector, even if the power of this unit is in standby.
v See overleaf

NOTE
The Denon Link HD connector is not an audio signal input connector. Audio signals cannot be played back
only by making a connection with the Denon Link HD connector.

DVD

Informations

This unit supports input and output of 4K (3840 x 2160 pixels) video signals of HDMI.

Connecting an HDMI-compatible device

nnDeep Color (vpage 193)

This function allows you to operate external devices from the unit and operate the unit from external
devices.

When a device supporting Deep Color is connected, use a cable compatible with “High Speed HDMI
cable” or “High Speed HDMI cable with Ethernet”.

nnAbout Content Type

This function was added with the HDMI standard. It automatically makes settings suitable for the videooutput type (content information).

Copyright protection system
In order to play back digital video and audio such as BD-Video or DVD-Video via HDMI connection, both
this unit and TV or the player need to support the copyright protection system known as HDCP (Highbandwidth Digital Content Protection System). HDCP is copyright protection technology comprised of
data encryption and authentication of the connected AV devices. This unit supports HDCP.
• If a device that does not support HDCP is connected, video and audio are not output correctly. Read
the owner’s manual of your television or player for more information.

NOTE
To enable the Content Type, set “Video Mode” to “Auto” (vpage 131).

Informations

Settings related to HDMI connections
Set as necessary. For details, see the respective reference pages.

nnHDMI Setup (vpage 129)

Make settings for HDMI video/audio output.
• Auto Lip Sync
• Vertical Stretch
• HDMI Audio Out
• HDMI Pass Through
• Video Output
• HDMI Controlz

• Pass Through Source
• Control Monitorz
• Power Off Control

z Only these items are supported for HDMI ZONE4.

NOTE
To output audio signals that are input from the HDMI input connector to a TV connected via HDMI, set
“HDMI Audio Out” (vpage 129) to “TV”.
Audio signals input via the Analog/Coaxial/Optical input connectors cannot be output from the HDMI
MONITOR output connector.

DVD

Advanced version

nnAuto Lip Sync (vpage 129, 193)
nn“x.v.Color”, sYCC601 color, Adobe RGB color, Adobe YCC601 color
(vpage 193, 195)
nnHigh definition digital audio format
nnARC (Audio Return Channel) (vpage 10)

NOTE
• The HDMI control function may not work depending on the device it is connected to and its settings.
• You cannot operate a TV or Blu-ray Disc player/DVD player that is not compatible with the HDMI control
function.
• The HDMI ZONE4 function is compatible with the HDMI control function. To enable the HDMI control for
the ZONE4 HDMI monitor, set “Control Monitor” (vpage 130) to “ZONE4”.

Basic version

nnHDMI control function (vpage 102)

Connecting an HDMI-incompatible device

Connection methods for various devices
vpage 17

vpage 18

vpage 19

Changing the source assigned to
connectors

Video cable (sold separately)

This unit can change the source that is assigned to the HDMI IN,
DIGITAL AUDIO IN, COMPONENT VIDEO IN, VIDEO IN and AUDIO
IN connectors.

Component video
cable
Video cable
Audio cable (sold separately)
Coaxial digital cable
Optical cable

vpage 20

vpage 21

vpage 22

Audio cable

Cable (sold separately)
Ethernet cable

vpage 26

vpage 25

vpage 27

nnHow to change the source assigned to
connectors (vpage 135)

vpage 31

DVD

Informations

vpage 23

Let us take a digital audio connection for Blu-ray Disc players for an
example. The rear panel digital audio input connectors do not have the
input connector indication for Blu-ray disc players (Blu-ray). However,
DIGITAL AUDIO IN connectors have the “ASSIGNABLE” indication,
which means that you can change the source assigned to these
connectors. You can assign Blu-ray disc players to these connectors
to use them for Blu-ray disc players. Select “Blu-ray” when switching
functions on this unit to play back the source connected to these
connectors.

Advanced version

vpage 16

Cables used for connections

Basic version

For high quality video and surround playback, it is recommended to
use an HDMI cable to connect this unit to TV and other video devices
(vpage 9 “Connecting an HDMI-compatible device”).
This section describes connections when your device does not
support HDMI connections.

Connecting an HDMI-incompatible device
You can also make connections for the
part on the connection diagram. To make
connections for these connectors, you need to make the input connector settings.

• This section describes how to connect when your TV does not support HDMI connections.
For instructions on HDMI connections, see “Connecting an HDMI-compatible device” (vpage 9).
• To listen to TV audio through this device, use the optical digital connection.

To make connections for connectors indicated by a

Assign a connector to which an audio cable is inserted to “TV AUDIO” in “Input Assign” – “DIGITAL”
(vpage 136).
For video connections, see “Converting input video signals for output (Video conversion function)”
(vpage 7).

To make connections for connectors indicated by s

AUDIO

VIDEO
VIDEO
IN

COMPONENT VIDEO
IN
Y
P B PR

Advanced version

Assign a connector to which an audio cable is inserted to “TV AUDIO” in “Input Assign” – “ANALOG”
(vpage 136).

TV
OPTICAL
OUT

Basic version

Connecting a TV

Informations

DVD

Connecting an HDMI-incompatible device
You can also make connections for the
part on the connection diagram. To make
connections for these connectors, you need to make the input connector settings.

This section describes how to connect when your satellite tuner or cable TV does not support HDMI
connections.
For instructions on HDMI connections, see “Connecting an HDMI-compatible device” (vpage 9).

To make connections for connectors indicated by a

Assign a connector to which an audio cable is inserted to “CBL/SAT” in “Input Assign” – “DIGITAL”
(vpage 136).

Satellite tuner/Cable TV
AUDIO

VIDEO

COMPONENT VIDEO
OUT
Y
PB PR

VIDEO
OUT

Advanced version

AUDIO
OUT
L
R

COAXIAL
OUT

Basic version

Connecting a set-top box (Satellite tuner/cable TV)

or
L

Informations

DVD

Connecting an HDMI-incompatible device
You can also make connections for the
part on the connection diagram. To make
connections for these connectors, you need to make the input connector settings.

This section describes how to connect when your DVD player does not support HDMI connections.
For instructions on HDMI connections, see “Connecting an HDMI-compatible device” (vpage 9).

To make connections for connectors indicated by a

DVD player
AUDIO

Assign a connector to which an audio cable is inserted to “DVD” in “Input Assign” – “DIGITAL”
(vpage 136).

VIDEO
AUDIO
OUT
L
R

COAXIAL
OUT

VIDEO
OUT

Advanced version

COMPONENT VIDEO
OUT
Y
PB PR

or
L

Basic version

Connecting a DVD player

Informations

DVD

Connecting an HDMI-incompatible device
You can also make connections for the
part on the connection diagram. To make
connections for these connectors, you need to make the input connector settings.

This section describes how to connect when your Blu-ray disc player does not support HDMI connections.
For instructions on HDMI connections, see “Connecting an HDMI-compatible device” (vpage 9).

To make connections for connectors indicated by a

Blu-ray Disc player
AUDIO

VIDEO

AUDIO
OUT
L
R

COMPONENT VIDEO
OUT
Y
PB PR

Assign a connector to which an audio cable is inserted to “Blu-ray” in “Input Assign” – “DIGITAL”
(vpage 136).

To make connections for connectors indicated by s

Informations

a
s

When you want to play back HD Audio (Dolby TrueHD, DTS-HD, Dolby Digital Plus, DTS Express) and Multichannel PCM with this unit, use an HDMI connection (vpage 9 “Connecting an HDMI-compatible
device”).

DVD

Advanced version

Assign a connector to which a video cable is inserted to “Blu-ray” in “Input Assign” – “VIDEO”
(vpage 136).
L

Basic version

Connecting a Blu-ray Disc player

Connecting an HDMI-incompatible device
You can also make connections for the
part on the connection diagram. To make
connections for these connectors, you need to make the input connector settings.

This section describes how to connect when your game console does not support HDMI connections.
For instructions on HDMI connections, see “Connecting an HDMI-compatible device” (vpage 9).

To make connections for connectors indicated by a

Game
console

Assign a connector to which an audio cable is inserted to “GAME” in “Input Assign” – “DIGITAL”
(vpage 136).

AUDIO
AUDIO
OUT
L
R

To make connections for connectors indicated by s

Assign a connector to which a video cable is inserted to “GAME” in “Input Assign” – “VIDEO”
(vpage 136).

To make connections for connectors indicated by d

Assign a connector to which a video cable is inserted to “GAME” in “Input Assign” – “COMP”
(vpage 136).

Informations

a
s

DVD

Advanced version

Basic version

Connecting a game console

Connecting an HDMI-incompatible device
You can also make connections for the
part on the connection diagram. To make
connections for these connectors, you need to make the input connector settings.

This section describes how to connect when your digital camcorder does not support HDMI connections.
For instructions on HDMI connections, see “Connecting an HDMI-compatible device” (vpage 9).

To make connections for connectors indicated by a

Assign a connector to which an audio cable is inserted to “AUX1” in “Input Assign” – “DIGITAL”
(vpage 136).

GFront panelH
Digital camcorder
VIDEO

AUDIO

VIDEO
OUT

AUDIO
OUT
L
R

To make connections for connectors indicated by s

Assign a connector to which a video cable is inserted to “AUX1” in “Input Assign” – “COMP”
(vpage 136).

Informations

a
s

GRear panelH

You can enjoy games by connecting a game machine via the AUX1 input connector. In this case, select
the input source to “AUX1”.

NOTE
When a non-standard video signal from a game machine or some other source is input, the video conversion
function (vpage 7) might not operate. In this case, use the monitor output of the same connector
as the input.

DVD

Advanced version

Basic version

Connecting a digital camcorder

Connecting an HDMI-incompatible device
You can also make connections for the
part on the connection diagram. To make
connections for these connectors, you need to make the input connector settings.

• This section describes how to connect when your media player does not support HDMI connections.
For instructions on HDMI connections, see “Connecting an HDMI-compatible device” (vpage 9).
• When recording analog audio, use the analog connection.
• See “REC OUT mode” (vpage 107) for operating instructions.

To make connections for connectors indicated by a

Assign a connector to which an audio cable is inserted to “MEDIA PLAYER” in “Input Assign” – “DIGITAL”
(vpage 136).

Media player
VIDEO

AUDIO

VIDEO

VIDEO
OUT

AUDIO
IN
L
R

VIDEO
IN

To make connections for connectors indicated by s

Assign a connector to which a video cable is inserted to “MEDIA PLAYER” in “Input Assign” – “COMP”
(vpage 136).

Informations

a
s

NOTE
To record video signals through this unit, use the video cable for connection between this unit and the
player.

DVD

Advanced version

AUDIO
AUDIO
OUT
L
R

Basic version

Connecting a media player

Connecting an HDMI-incompatible device

Connecting an iPod or USB memory device to the iPod/USB port

Basic version

Cables used for connections
To connect an iPod to this unit, use the USB cable supplied with the iPod.

• You can enjoy music stored on an iPod or USB memory device.
• For operating instructions see “Playing an iPod” (vpage 44) or “Playing a USB memory device”
(vpage 47).

iPod

GFront panelH

iPod

GRear panelH

USB memory
device

DENON does not guarantee that all USB memory devices will operate or receive power. When using a
portable USB connection type HDD of the kind to which an AC adapter can be connected to supply power,
use the AC adapter.

Advanced version

NOTE

Informations

• You cannot use the USB ports on the front panel and rear panel simultaneously. Select and connect
the USB port to use (vpage 76).
• USB memory devices will not work via a USB hub.
• It is not possible to use this unit by connecting the unit’s iPod/USB port to a PC via a USB cable.
• Do not use an extension cable when connecting a USB memory device. This may cause radio interference
with other devices.
• When connecting an iPhone to this unit, keep the iPhone at least 20 cm away from this unit. If the iPhone
is kept closer to this unit and a telephone call is received by the iPhone, noise may be output from this
device.
• If the iPod is connected using an iPod cable (commercially available) that is longer than 6.6 ft (2 m), sound
may not be played correctly. In this case, use a genuine iPod cable, or a cable that is shorter than 3.3 ft
(1 m).

USB memory
device
or

v See overleaf

DVD

Connecting an HDMI-incompatible device
Basic version

Supported iPod models
• iPod classic

Advanced version

• iPod nano

Informations

• iPod touch

• iPhone

(as of August 2012)

DVD

Connecting an HDMI-incompatible device
You can also make connections for the
part on the connection diagram. To make
connections for these connectors, you need to make the input connector settings.

You can enjoy CD sound.

To make connections for connectors indicated by a

CD player

Assign a connector to which an audio cable is inserted to “CD” in “Input Assign” – “DIGITAL”
(vpage 136).

AUDIO
AUDIO
OUT
L
R

OPTICAL
OUT

Advanced version

Basic version

Connecting a CD player

Informations

When you want to play back HD Audio (Dolby TrueHD, DTS-HD, Dolby Digital Plus, DTS Express), DSD
and Multi-channel PCM with this unit, use an HDMI connection (vpage 9 “Connecting an HDMIcompatible device”).

DVD

Connecting an HDMI-incompatible device
Record player
(MM cartridge)

You can enjoy playing records.

• This unit is compatible with record players with an MM cartridge. When you connect to a record player
with an MC cartridge, use a commercially available MC head amp or a step-up transformer.
• If you set this unit’s input source to “PHONO” and increase the volume without connecting the record
player, there may be a “booming” noise from the speakers.
The SIGNAL GND terminal of this unit is not a safety ground connection. Connect it to reduce noise when
noise is excessive. Note that depending on the record player, connecting the ground line may have the
reverse effect of increasing noise. In this case, it is not necessary to connect the ground line.

Advanced version

AUDIO
OUT

GND

NOTE

Basic version

Connecting a record player

Informations

DVD

Connecting an HDMI-incompatible device
AM loop antenna (for HD Radio
broadcasting, supplied)
• To prevent interference, install at least 3.3
ft/1 m away from the antenna connected
to the this unit’s other AM tuner terminal.

• By connecting a HD Radio antenna to this unit, you can receive HD Radio programs.
• HD Radio broadcasting currently is available in the United States and select other countries.
• After connecting the antenna and receiving a broadcast signal (vpage 51 “Listening to HD Radio
stations”), fix the antenna with tape in a position where the noise level becomes minimal.

Direction of broadcasting station
FM outdoor
antenna

Basic version

Connecting an HD Radio receiver

nnAM loop antenna assembly
q

Stand
Loop
antenna

Square
hole
Projecting
part

Black

Standing alone

Suspend directly on a wall without assembling.

Use the procedure shown above to assemble.

FM indoor antenna
(for HD Radio
broadcasting, supplied)

White

Informations

nnUsing the AM loop antenna
Suspending on a wall

Nail, tack, etc.
Ground

NOTE
• Do not connect two FM antennas simultaneously.
• Even if an external AM antenna is used, do not disconnect the AM loop antenna.
• Make sure the AM loop antenna lead terminals do not touch metal parts of the panel.
• If the signal has noise interference, connect the ground terminal (GND) to reduce noise.
• If you are unable to receive a good broadcast signal, we recommend installing an outdoor antenna. For
details, inquire at the retail store where you purchased the unit.

DVD

75 Ω coaxial
cable

Advanced version

the stand section through the bottom of the
1 Put
loop antenna from the rear and bend it forward.
the projecting part into the square hole in
2 Insert
the stand.

AM outdoor
antenna

Connecting a device with a multi-channel output connector
Devices with a multi-channel
output connector
(Blu-ray Disc player, DVD player,
External decoder etc.)
AUDIO
SURROUND
L

FRONT
R

Basic version

• You can connect this unit to an external device fitted with multi-channel sound audio output connectors
to enjoy music and video.
• To play analog signals input from EXTERNAL IN connectors, set “Input Mode” (vpage 138) to
“EXTERNAL IN”.
• The video signal can be connected in the same way as a Blu-ray Disc player / DVD player (vpage 18
“Connecting a DVD player”, vpage 19 “Connecting a Blu-ray Disc player”).

CENTER SURROUND
SUBBACK
WOOFER

Advanced version

Informations

DVD

Connecting an external power amplifier

• When using just one surround back speaker, connect it to the left channel (L) terminal.
• Use the volume control on the subwoofer to control subwoofer volume.
• If the subwoofer volume sounds low, use the volume control provided on the subwoofer to adjust the
volume.

Subwoofer
(Primary)

Subwoofer
(Secondary)

AUDIO

SUBWOOFER
1

SUBWOOFER
2

Power amplifier
AUDIO
SURROUND
L

FRONT
R

CENTER SURROUND FRONT HEIGHT FRONT WIDE
BACK

Advanced version

Basic version

• You can use this unit as a pre-amp by connecting a commercially available power amp to the PRE OUT
connector. Adding a power amp to each of the channels provides an even greater sound presence.
• Select the terminal to use and connect the device.

Informations

DVD

Connecting an external control device
RS-232C connector

TRIGGER OUT jacks

If this unit is installed in a location that is out of range of the signal
from the remote control unit, you can still operate the unit and the
devices connected to it by using a commercially available IR receiver.
You can also use it to remotely control ZONE2, ZONE3 and ZONE4
(another room).

When you connect an external control device, you can control this
unit with the external control device (such as power supply operation,
volume adjustment, and input source switching).

When a device with TRIGGER IN jack is connected, the connected
device’s power on/standby can be controlled through linked operation
to this unit.
The TRIGGER OUT jack outputs a maximum 12 V/150 mA electrical
signal.
12 V/150 mA trigger-compatible device

Infrared
sensor

Advanced version

Infrared
retransmitter

External serial controller

Device equipped with a
REMOTE CONTROL IN jack
AUX
OUT

Input

Basic version

REMOTE CONTROL jacks

Output

Informations

Perform the operation below beforehand.
q Turn on the power of this unit.
w Turn off the power of this unit from the external controller.
e Check that the unit is in the standby mode.

DVD

NOTE
• Use the monaural mini-plug cable for connecting TRIGGER OUT
jacks. Do not use the stereo mini-plug cable.
• If the permissible trigger input level for the connected device is larger
than 12 V/150 mA, or has shorted, the TRIGGER OUT jack cannot be
used. In this case, turn off the power to the unit, and disconnect it.

Connecting to a home network (LAN)
nnBroadband internet connection
nnModem

• Playback of network audio such as the Internet Radio and Media Servers
• Playback of music from online services
• AirPlay
• Operations on this unit via the network

Device that connects to the broadband circuit and conducts communications on the Internet.
A type that is integrated with a router is also available.

nnRouter

When using this unit, we recommend you use a router equipped with the following functions:
• Built-in DHCP server
This function automatically assigns IP addresses on the LAN.
• Built-in 100BASE-TX switch
When connecting multiple devices, we recommend a switching hub with a speed of 100 Mbps or
greater.

Network settings are necessary. See “Network” on the menu (vpage 146) for more information on
network setting.
NAS
(Network Attached
Storage)

NOTE

Modem
Internet

Router

To WAN side

LAN port/
Ethernet
connector
To LAN port

LAN port/
Ethernet
connector

Router

To LAN port

Router

Switching
hub

The figure above is an example. Connect the LAN cable to any of the NETWORK connectors from 1 – 4.
For connections to the Internet, contact an ISP (Internet Service Provider) or a computer shop.

DVD

v See overleaf

Informations

• Connect the router to one of the NETWORK connectors on this unit. Furthermore, do not use more than
2 LAN cables when connecting this unit with a router.
• When connecting a hub to this unit, connect using just 1 LAN cable per hub. Connecting with two or
more LAN cables may cause a malfunction.
• To use a NETWORK connector as a hub, set “Network” (vpage 147) in the menu to “Always On”
(default).
• The loop detection function is not provided.
• Do not connect in the following ways.

Advanced version

In addition, when an updated firmware becomes available for improving this unit, the update information is
delivered from us to this unit over the network. You can then download the latest firmware.
For more information, on the menu, select “Update” (vpage 154).

Basic version

Required system

You can connect this unit to your home network (LAN) to perform various types of playbacks and operations
as follows. This unit is also equipped with a switching hub function. Make network connections for this unit
by carefully reading information on this page.

Connecting to a home network (LAN)

Connecting the power cord
After completing all the connections, insert the power plug into the power outlet.

• Use only a shielded STP or ScTP LAN cable which is available at retailer.
• The normal shielded-type Ethernet cable is recommended. If a flat-type cable or unshielded-type cable
is used, other devices could be affected by noise.
• This product is equivalent to the crossover cable.

Advanced version

• If you have an Internet provider contract for a line on which network settings are made manually, make
the settings at “Network” (vpage 146).
• With this unit, it is possible to use the DHCP and Auto IP functions to make the network settings
automatically.
• When using this unit with the broadband router’s DHCP function enabled, this unit automatically performs
the IP address setting and other settings.
When using this unit connected to a network with no DHCP function, make the settings for the IP
address, etc., at “Network” (vpage 146).
• When setting manually, check the setting contents with the network administrator.

Basic version

nnEthernet cable
(CAT-5 or greater recommended)

NOTE

DVD

To household power outlet
(AC 120 V, 60 Hz)

Power cord (supplied)

NOTE
• Do not plug in the power cord until all connections have been completed.
• Do not plug in the power cord until all connections have been completed. However, when the
“Setup Assistant” is running, follow the instructions in the “Setup Assistant” (C page 7) screen
for making connections. (During “Setup Assistant” operation, the input/output connectors do not
conduct current.)
• Do not bundle power cords together with connection cables. Doing so can result in humming or noise.

Informations

• A contract with an ISP is required to connect to the Internet.
No additional contract is needed if you already have a broadband connection to the Internet.
• The types of routers that can be used depend on the ISP. Contact an ISP or a computer shop for details.
• DENON assumes no responsibility whatsoever for any communication errors or troubles resulting from
customer’s network environment or connected devices.
• This unit is not compatible with PPPoE. A PPPoE-compatible router is required if you have a contract for
a type of line set by PPPoE.
• To listen to audio streaming, use a router that supports audio streaming.

Here, we explain “Audyssey® Setup”, which allows you to
automatically make the optimal settings for your speakers, and
“Network”, which allows you to connect this unit to a home network
(LAN).
This unit lets you play via your home network (LAN) music files stored
on a computer and music content such as that from Internet Radio.

nn Set up speakers (Audyssey® Setup) (vpage 33)
nn Making the network settings (Network)
(vpage 40)
Playback (Basic operation) (vpage 41)
Selecting a listening mode (Sound Mode)
(vpage 84)

The acoustic characteristics of the connected speakers and
listening room are measured and the optimum settings are made
automatically. This is called “Audyssey® Setup”.
To perform measurement, place the setup microphone in
multiple locations all around the listening area. For best results,
we recommend you measure in six or more positions, as shown
in the illustration (up to eight positions).
• When performing Audyssey® Setup, Audyssey MultEQ® XT 32/
Audyssey Dynamic EQ®/Audyssey Dynamic Volume® functions
become active (vpage 125, 126).
• To set up the speakers manually, use “Speakers” (vpage 139)
on the menu.

About setup microphone placement
• Measurements are performed by placing the setup microphone
successively at multiple positions throughout the entire listening
area, as shown in GExample qH. For best results, we recommend
you measure in six or more positions, as shown in the illustration (up
to eight positions).
• Even if the listening environment is small as shown in GExample wH,
measuring at multiple points throughout the listening environment
results in more effective correction.

NOTE
• Make the room as quiet as possible. Background noise can disrupt
the room measurements. Close windows and turn off the power on
electronic devices (TVs, radios, air conditioners, fluorescent lights,
etc.). The measurements could be affected by the sounds emitted
by such devices.
• During the measurement process, place cell phones outside the
listening room. Cell phone signals could disrupt the measurements.
• Do not unplug the setup microphone from the main unit until
Audyssey® Setup is completed.
• Do not stand between the speakers and setup microphone or allow
obstacles in the path while the measurements are being made. This
will cause inaccurate readings.
• During the measurement process, loud test sounds may be played,
but this is part of normal operation. If there is background noise in
room, these test signals will increase in volume.
• Operating VOLUME df on the remote
control unit or MASTER VOLUME on the
main unit during the measurements will
cancel the measurements.
• Measurement cannot be performed when headphones are
connected. Unplug the headphones before performing Audyssey®
Setup.

GExample qH

GExample wH

FL SW C

( : Measuring positions)

FL Front speaker (L)
FR Front speaker (R)
C Center speaker

( : Measuring positions)

SW Subwoofer
SL Surround speaker (L)
SR Surround speaker (R)

About the main listening position (*M)
The main listening position is the position where listeners would
normally sit or where one would normally sit alone within the listening
environment. Before starting Audyssey® Setup, place the setup
microphone in the main listening position. Audyssey MultEQ® XT
32 uses the measurements from this position to calculate speaker
distance, level, polarity, and the optimum crossover value for the
subwoofer.
v See overleaf

DVD

Informations

Playback (Advanced operation) (vpage 102)

Set up speakers (Audyssey® Setup)

Advanced version

nn Speaker connection (vpage 93)

Basic version

Setup

Set up speakers (Audyssey® Setup)

Prepare the included setup microphone
Mount the setup microphone on a tripod or stand
and place it in the main listening position.

When placing the setup microphone, adjust the height of the
sound receptor to the level of the listener’s ear.
Sound receptor
Setup microphone

Set up the subwoofer
If using a subwoofer capable of the following
adjustments, set up the subwoofer as shown below.

For details, see your subwoofer’s manual.

nn When using a subwoofer with a direct mode

Preparation
the setup microphone to the SETUP MIC
4 Connect
jack of this unit.

nn When using a subwoofer without a direct mode

Make the following settings:
• Volume : “12 o’clock position”
• Crossover frequency : “Maximum/Highest Frequency”
• Low pass filter : “Off”
• Standby mode : “Off”

NOTE

If you do not have a tripod or stand, set up the microphone on, for
example, a seat without a back.

NOTE
• Do not hold the setup microphone in your hand during
measurements.
• Avoid placing the setup microphone close to a seat back or wall as
sound reflections may give inaccurate results.

Set up the zone mode
Press ZONE SELECT to switch the zone mode.
The J indicator lights.

Press ZONE SELECT
NOTE
When using a remote control with preset codes registered
(vpage 160), press AVR to set the remote control to the AVRoperation mode before operation.

DVD

Amp Assign
Channel Select
Check Results
Restore...
Start

• Here, we explain setup using the example of 7.1-channel speaker
playback.
For settings other than 7.1-channel speaker playback, select “Amp
Assign” and perform step 3 to 10 of “Set up “Amp Assign””
(vpage 99).
If unused channels are set with “Channel Select”, measuring time
can be shortened. For setting, perform steps 13 to 19 of “Set up
“Channel Select”” (vpage 101).

About Audyssey Sub EQ HT™
Audyssey Sub EQ HT™ makes the integration seamless by first
compensating for any level and delay differences between the two
subwoofers and then applying Audyssey MultEQ® XT 32 to both
subwoofers together.
zz To run Audyssey Sub EQ HT™ you must select “Measure (2
spkrs)” in “Set up “Channel Select”” (vpage 101).

Audyssey Setup
Your AV receiver can automatically measure the acoustics of
your room then optimize your speakers using the included
microphone.
Set the following items
if necessary.

v See overleaf

Informations

When using 2 subwoofers at the same time, before starting
Audyssey® Setup. adjust the volume of the subwoofers by using
“Subwoofer Level” (vpage 121) from the menu. You cannot set
the volume for individual subwoofers.

When the setup microphone is
connected, the following screen is
displayed.

Advanced version

Set the direct mode to “On” and disable the volume adjustment
and crossover frequency setting.

Basic version

Set up speakers (Audyssey® Setup)

This step automatically checks the speaker configuration and speaker
size, and calculates the channel level, distance, and crossover
frequency.
It also corrects distortion in the listening area.

Select “Start” and then press
ENTER.

The volume level for the subwoofer is measured.

Audyssey Setup
Open the front panel door and connect the calibration
microphone to the SETUP MIC input.

Back

The subwoofer volume setting screen is displayed.

8 The detected speakers are displayed.
• The illustration below shows an example of when the front
speakers, center speaker, subwoofer, surround and surround back
speakers have been detected.
Audyssey Setup

Audyssey Setup

Speaker Detection

Make sure your subwoofer is plugged in and turned on. If your
subwoofer has a volume control on it, please set it at 50%...

POWER

OFF

Back

Front
Center
Subwoofer
Surround
Surr. Back

VOLUME

MIN

:Yes
:Yes
:2spkrs
:Yes
:2spkrs

MAX

Repeat Last Test

NOTE
If a connected speaker is not displayed, the speaker may not be
connected correctly. Check the speaker connection.

9 Select “Next” and then press ENTER.

DVD

Going back to the previous screen
Select “Back” and then press ENTER.

When measuring has stopped
q Press BACK to display the popup screen.
w Press o to select “Yes”, and then press ENTER.

Setting up the speakers again
Repeat the operation from step 4.
v See overleaf

Informations

Select “Next” and then press ENTER.

• If the volume level for the subwoofer is not appropriate, an error
message is displayed. See “Subwoofer level error message and
how to adjust” (vpage 39) and adjust the volume level for the
subwoofer.
• Measurement requires several minutes.
• To stop measuring, select “Cancel” and then press ENTER.

NOTE
If “Caution!” is displayed on TV screen:
Go to “Error messages” (vpage 38). Check any related items,
and perform the necessary procedures.
If the problem is resolved, return and restart “Audyssey® Setup”.

Advanced version

7 Select “Begin Test” and then press ENTER.

Basic version

Detection & Measurement (Main)

Preparation (Continued)

Set up speakers (Audyssey® Setup)

• In this step, you will perform measurements at multiple positions
(two to eight positions) other than the main listening position.
• Just one position can be measured but measuring multiple positions
increases the accuracy of the correction of acoustic distortion within
the listening area.

When measurement of position 8 is completed,
“Measurements finished.” message is displayed.
Audyssey Setup

12 Select “Calculation” and then press ENTER.

Measuring results are analyzed, and the frequency response of
each speaker in the listening room is determined.
Audyssey Setup

Measurements finished.

Calibration completed! Now calculating...Please wait.

and then press ENTER.

The measurement of the second
position starts. Measurements can be
made in up to eight positions.

Advanced version

the setup microphone to
10 Move
position 2, select “Continue”,

11 Repeat step 10, measuring positions 3 to 8.

50%

Calculation
Repeat Last Test

Audyssey Setup

• Analysis takes several minutes to complete. The more speakers
and measurement positions that there are, the more time it takes
to perform the analysis.

Place the microphone at ear level at the 2nd listening position,
then select “Continue”...

Audyssey Setup
Measuring the LEFT FRONT SPEAKER...

Cancel

• To skip measuring the third and subsequent listening position, use
ui to select “Calculation” and press ENTER to proceed to step
13.
• To measure the second position again, use ui to select “Repeat
Last Test” and press ENTER.

Informations

v See overleaf
Continue
Calculation
Back

DVD

Basic version

Calculation

Measurement (2nd – 8th)

Set up speakers (Audyssey® Setup)

Store

ui to select the item you
13 Use
want to check, and then press
ENTER.

Finish

14 Select “Store” and then press ENTER.
Save the measurement results.
Audyssey Setup
Check processing results. To proceed, press “Store”.

Audyssey Setup
You can set Dynamic Volume function, which automatically
adjust volume level for all content.

Speaker Config.
Distances
Levels
Crossovers

Audyssey Setup
Check processing results. To proceed, press “Store”.

Do you want to enable?

Store
Yes
No

Speaker Config.
Distances
Levels
Crossovers
Store

• Subwoofers may measure a greater reported distance than
the actual distance due to added electrical delay common in
subwoofers.
• If you want to check another item, press BACK.

Now storing...Please wait.

50%

• This feature adjusts the output volume to the optimal level while
constantly monitoring the level of the audio input to the unit.
Optimal volume control is performed automatically without any
loss in the dynamism and clarity of the sound when, for example,
the volume suddenly increases for commercials shown during
television programs.

nn When turning Dynamic Volume on

NOTE
• If the result differs from the actual connection status, or if “Caution!”
is displayed, see “Error messages” (vpage 38). Then carry out
Audyssey® Setup again.
• If you change speaker positions or orientation, perform Audyssey®
Setup again to find the optimal equalizer settings.

• Press u to select “Yes”, and then press ENTER.
The unit automatically enters “Medium” (vpage 126) mode.

• Saving the results requires about 20 seconds.
• During saving of measurements results, “Now storing...Please
wait.” is displayed. When saving is completed, “Storing complete.
Audyssey® Setup is now finished. Please unplug microphone.” is
displayed.

NOTE
During saving of measurement results, be sure not to turn off the
power.

DVD

nn When turning Dynamic Volume off

• Press i to select “No”, and then press ENTER.

NOTE
After performing Audyssey® Setup, do not change the speaker
connections or subwoofer volume. In event of a change, perform
Audyssey® Setup again.

Informations

Audyssey Setup

Advanced version

the setup microphone from the unit’s SETUP
15 Unplug
MIC jack.
®
16 Set Audyssey Dynamic Volume .

Basic version

Check

Set up speakers (Audyssey® Setup)

NOTE
• An error message is displayed if Audyssey® Setup could not be completed due to speaker placement, the measurement environment, etc. If an error message is displayed, check the relevant items and perform the
necessary measures. Then perform Audyssey® Setup again.
• If the result still differs from the actual connection status after remeasurement or the error message still appears, it is possible that the speakers are not connected properly. Turn this unit off, check the speaker
connections and repeat the measurement process from the beginning.
• Be sure to turn off the power before checking speaker connections.

Audyssey Setup
Caution! : Please check the cable connection and retry.
Microphone or Speaker is None

Error details

Measures

• The connected setup microphone is broken, or a device other than the
supplied setup microphone is connected.
• Not all speakers could be detected.

• Connect the included setup microphone to the SETUP MIC jack of this unit.

• There is too much noise in the room for accurate measurements to be
made.
• Speaker or subwoofer sound is too low for accurate measurements to be
made.

• Either turn off any device generating noise or move it away.
• Perform again when the surroundings are quieter.
• Check the speaker installation and the direction in which the speakers are
facing.
• Adjust the subwoofer’s volume.

• The displayed speaker could not be detected.
(The screen on the left indicates that the front right speaker cannot be
detected.)

• Check the connections of the displayed speaker.

• The displayed speaker is connected with the polarity reversed.
(The screen on the left indicates that the polarity phases of the front right
speakers are reversed.)

• Check the polarity of the displayed speaker.
• For some speakers, this error message may be
displayed even if the speaker is properly connected.
If you are sure the connection is correct, use o p
to select “Skip Error”, then press ENTER.

• Check the speaker connections.

Advanced version

Examples

Basic version

Error messages

Retry

Audyssey Setup

Ambient noise is too high or level is too low

Retry

Audyssey Setup
Caution! : Please check the cable connection and retry.
Front R

:None

Retry

Audyssey Setup
Caution! : Please check the cable connection and retry.
Front R

Retry

:Phase

Phase Info.

Skip Error

DVD

Informations

Caution!

Set up speakers (Audyssey® Setup)

GError messageH

the volume control on your subwoofer so that
2 Adjust
the measured level is within the 72 to 78 dB range.

Subwoofer level measurement begins.
During measuring, a “Calibrating…”
message is displayed.
The measured level appears on the level
indicator after about 3 to 5 seconds.

Audyssey Setup
Adjust the volume on your first subwoofer so that the level
below indicates 75dB

VOLUME

Audyssey Setup

MIN

Adjust the volume on your first subwoofer so that the level
below indicates 75dB

MAX

75.0dB

Green
Back

Calibrating...
Next

VOLUME

Audyssey Setup
Your Subwoofer 1’s level is too high.
If your subwoofer has a volume control on it,
Select “SW Level Matching” to interactively adjust the level of
your subwoofer.
If your subwoofer does not have a volume control,
or if you do not want to use a subwoofer, select “Skip”.

Back

Skip

MIN

MAX

• If the measured level is within the 72 to 78 dB range, the level
indicator is green.

--.-dB
Calibrating...
Back

SW Level Matching

• If you use two subwoofers, the second subwoofer’s adjust will be
started.
Repeat the operation from step 2, 3.

VOLUME

MIN

When you use two subwoofers, adjust each subwoofer so that the
volume levels of Subwoofer 1 and Subwoofer 2 are appropriate for
your needs.

MAX

60.0dB

Red

Calibrating...

Back

• If the measured level is outside the 72 to 78 dB range, the level
indicator is red.
• When measuring finishes, select “Back” and then press ENTER.

DVD

Informations

Audyssey Setup
Adjust the volume on your first subwoofer so that the level
below indicates 75dB

the measured level is within the 72 to 78 dB
3 When
range, select “Next” and then press ENTER.

Advanced version

The optimal level of each subwoofer channel for Audyssey Setup
measurement is 75 dB.
During subwoofer level measurement (vpage 33 “Set up
speakers (Audyssey® Setup)”), an error message is displayed
when one level of subwoofers is outside the 72 – 78 dB range.
When using a subwoofer with built-in amplifier (active type), adjust
the subwoofer volume so that the subwoofer level is within the 72
to 78 dB range.

“SW Level Matching” and
1 Select
then press ENTER.

Basic version

nnSubwoofer level error message and how to
adjust

Set up speakers (Audyssey® Setup)

This function enables you to check the measurement results and equalizer characteristics after Audyssey®
Setup.

This unit can be connected to a home network (LAN) to listen to Internet Radio or play back music files and
still image (JPEG) files stored on a computer.

Audyssey Setup

1 Connect the Ethernet cable (vpage 31 “Connecting to a home network (LAN)”).
2 Turn on this unit (vpage 41).

This unit performs automatic network setup due to the DHCP function.
When connecting to a network that has no DHCP function, perform the setting in “Settings”
(vpage 148).

Check Results

Your AV receiver can automatically measure the acoustics of
your room then optimize your speakers using the included
microphone.
Set the following items
if necessary.

Check Audyssey Setup Measurement results.

Speaker Config.
Distances
Levels

Amp Assign
Channel Select
Check Results

Crossovers
Equalizers

Restore...

Informations

Start

4 Use ui to select the item you want to check, then press ENTER.
Measurement results for each speaker are displayed.

Speaker Config.
Distances
Levels

Advanced version

1 Press SETUP to display the menu on the TV screen.
2 Use ui to select “Speakers” – “Audyssey® Setup” and then press ENTER or p.
3 Use ui to select “Check Results” and then press ENTER.

Basic version

Making the network settings
(Network)

Check Results

Check the speaker configuration.
Check the speaker distance.
Check the speaker channel level.

Crossovers

Check the speaker crossover frequency.

Equalizers

Check the equalizer.

• If “Equalizers” is selected, press ui to select equalizing curve (“Audyssey” or “Audyssey Flat”) to
be checked.
Use ui to switch the display between the different speakers.

5 Press o or BACK.

The confirmation screen reappears. Repeat step 2.

Retrieving Audyssey® Setup settings
If you set “Restore...” to “Restore”, you can return to Audyssey® Setup measurement result (value
calculated at the start by MultEQ® XT 32) even when you have changed each setting manually.

DVD

Basic version

Playback (Basic operation)
Important information

Setup (vpage 33)

nn Listening to Internet Radio (vpage 59)
nn Playing back files stored on a PC and NAS
(vpage 62)
nn Using online services (vpage 66)
nn Convenient functions (vpage 76)
nn AirPlay function (vpage 82)
Selecting a listening mode (Sound Mode)
(vpage 84)

NOTE
Also refer to the operating instructions of the connected devices
when playing them.

Turning the power on
Press POWER X to turn on power to
the unit.

The power indicator flashes green and the
power turns on.

Press the input source select button
(CBL/SAT, Blu-ray, GAME, MEDIA
PLAYER, DVD, AUX1, AUX2, CD,
TUNER, PHONO, NETWORK, TV
AUDIO, iPod/USB or INTERNET
RADIO) to be played back.

The desired input source can be selected
directly.

You can also use the following operation to select an input
source.

nnSelect the input source using the main unit
You can also switch the power to standby by pressing X on the main
unit.

nnWhen power is switched to standby

Turn SOURCE SELECT.
• Turning SOURCE SELECT switches the input source, as shown
below.
CBL/SAT

Press POWER X.

GPower indicator status in standby modeH
• Normal standby : Off
• When “HDMI Pass Through” or “HDMI Control” (vpage 130)
is set to “On” : Red
• When “Network” (vpage 147) is set to “Always On” : Red
• When a mobile device that supports MHL is being charged : Red

Playback (Advanced operation) (vpage 102)

DVD

Selecting the input source

DVD

Blu-ray

GAME

AUX1

AUX2
MEDIA
PLAYER

PHONO
TV AUDIO

NETWORK

HD Radio

iPod/USB

Informations

nn Playing a Blu-ray Disc player/DVD player
(vpage 42)
nn Playing a Blu-ray Disc player compatible with
Denon Link HD (vpage 42)
nn Playing Super Audio CD (vpage 43)
nn Playing a CD player (vpage 43)
nn Playing an iPod (vpage 44)
nn Playing a USB memory device (vpage 47)
nn Listening to HD Radio stations (vpage 50)

Before starting playback, make the connections between the different
devices and the settings on the unit.

Advanced version

nn Turning the power on (vpage 41)
nn Selecting the input source (vpage 41)
nn Adjusting the master volume (vpage 42)
nn Turning off the sound temporarily (vpage 42)

Important information

Use VOLUME df to adjust the
volume.

• The volume display method varies
depending on the “Scale” setting
(vpage 124).

GAdjustable rangeH

0.0

The following describes the procedure for playing Blu-ray Disc player/
DVD player.

1 Prepare for playback.

q Turn on the power of the TV,
subwoofer and player.

w Change the TV input to the input of
this unit.

0.5 – 98.0

nn When the “Scale” setting (vpage 124) is “–79.5dB –
18.0dB”
GAdjustable rangeH – – –.– –79.5dB – 18.0dB
• The variable range differs according to the input signal and channel
level setting.

• Denon Link HD uses the clock of the AV amplifier connected by
Denon Link to achieve HDMI signal transfer with low jitter when
playing BD.
• To play Denon Link HD signals, make HDMI and Denon Link
connections with a compatible Blu-ray disc player (vpage 13
“Connecting a player compatible with the Denon Link HD function”).

1 Prepare for playback.

q Turn on the power of the TV,
subwoofer and player.

2
Press Blu-ray or DVD to switch an input source for a
3 player
used for playback.
2 Press POWER X to turn on power to the unit.
the settings of the “Input Assign” menu
4 Play the Blu-ray Disc player or DVD player.
3 Perform
(vpage 135).
Press POWER X to turn on power
to the unit.

• Make the necessary settings on the player (language setting,
subtitles setting, etc.) beforehand.

w Change the TV input to the input of
this unit.

e Load the disc in the player.

q Assign HDMI connectors for the input source
(example: Blu-ray).

w Set “DIGITAL” to “D.LINK”.

Turning off the sound temporarily

• The default assign of “D.LINK” is “Blu-ray”.

the input source select button (example: Blu4 Press
ray) to switch an input source assigned in step 3 - q.
the audio input mode to “Auto” or “HDMI” using
5 Set
the “Input Mode” menu (vpage 138).

Press MUTE :.

• “MUTE” indicator on the display flashes.
• : appears on a TV screen.

• The default setting of “Input Mode” is “Auto”.

6 Play the component connected to this unit.

• The sound is reduced to the level set at “Mute Level” (vpage 124).
• To cancel, press MUTE : again. Muting can also be canceled by
adjusting the master volume.

• Make the necessary settings on the player (language setting,
subtitles setting, etc.) beforehand.

v See overleaf

DVD

Informations

You can also adjust the master volume by turning MASTER VOLUME
on the main unit.

e Load the disc in the player.

Playing a Blu-ray Disc player
compatible with Denon Link HD

Advanced version

nn When the “Scale” setting
(vpage 124) is “0 – 98”

Playing a Blu-ray Disc player/DVD
player

Basic version

Adjusting the master volume

Playing a Blu-ray Disc player compatible with Denon Link HD
• Set the Blu-ray disc player’s “Denon Link” setting to “On”. For
instructions on operation, refer to the Blu-ray disc player’s manual.
• When a Blu-ray disc is played with the “Input Mode” (vpage 138)
set to “Auto” or “HDMI”, playback is performed in the Denon Link
HD mode.

Playing Super Audio CD

Playing a CD player

The following describes the procedure for playing Super Audio CD.

The following describes the procedure for playing CD player.

1 Prepare for playback.

q Turn on the power of the subwoofer
and player.
w Load the disc in the player.

q Turn on the power of the subwoofer
and player.

w Load the disc in the player.

Assign HDMI connectors for the input source(example: DVD).

the audio input mode to “Auto” using the “Input
5 Set
Mode” menu (vpage 138).

Advanced version

POWER X to turn on power
POWER X to turn on power
2 Press
2 Press
to the unit.
to the unit.
the settings of the “Input Assign” menu
Press CD to switch the input
3 Perform
3 source
(vpage 135).
to “CD”.
Play the CD player.
Press the input source select button (example: DVD)
4
4 to switch an input source assigned in step 3.

Basic version

NOTE

• The default setting of “Input Mode” is “Auto”.
The

indicator lights on the display.

When playing back Super Audio CD, DSD signals are converted into
PCM signals which are then converted into analog signals.

DVD

Informations

6 Play the component connected to this unit.

Playing an iPod
Listening to music on an iPod
The iPod display modes include “From iPod” and “On-Screen”.
By default, “From iPod”, where you directly operate iPod itself while
seeing the iPod screen, is set.
To change to “On-Screen”, where you perform operations while
having the iPod information displayed on the TV screen, see “Setting
operation mode (iPod Browse Mode)” (vpage 45).

iPod to the iPod/USB port
(vpage 23).

2
Press iPod/USB to switch the
3 input
source to “iPod/USB”.
Press POWER X to turn on
power to the unit.

iPod itself directly while
4 Operate
seeing the iPod screen to play
back music.

nnStreaming music stored in iPhone, iPod touch,
or iPad directly to the unit (vpage 82)
nnPlaying iTunes music with this unit
(vpage 82)

DVD

nn Setting operation mode (iPod Browse Mode)
(vpage 45)
nn Performing repeat playback (Repeat)
(vpage 46)
nn Performing random playback (Random)
(vpage 46)
nn Adjusting the picture quality for your viewing
environment (Picture Mode) (vpage 80)
nn All Zone Stereo function (vpage 80)

Informations

“Remote iPod” is displayed on the
display of this unit.
• Nothing is displayed on the TV screen.

nn Setting the USB port to use (USB Select)
(vpage 76)
Advanced version

the USB cable provided
1 Using
with the iPod, connect the

Operations available through the OPTION button
Press the OPTION button to display a menu of functions that can be
used on the TV screen. Select the function you want to use from this
menu. You can easily find and use the desired function.

Basic version

You can use the USB cable provided with the iPod to connect the iPod
with the unit’s iPod/USB port and enjoy music stored on the iPod.
For information on the iPod models that can be played back with this
unit, see “Connecting an iPod or USB memory device to the iPod/USB
port” (vpage 23).

Playing an iPod
In this mode, various lists and screens during playback on iPod are
displayed on the TV screen.
This section describes the steps up to playing back tracks on iPod
in “On-Screen”.

The option menu screen is displayed.

The “iPod Browse Mode” screen is displayed.

Display mode

From iPod

On-Screen

Playable Music file
files
Video file
Active
buttons

Remote
control unit
(This unit)

iPod

P
zzOnly the sound is played.

Option
USB Select

iPod Browse Mode
Picture Mode

All Zone Stereo On

Use ui to select the item, then press ENTER or p to
5 select
the file to be played.
6 Press ENTER, p or 1.
Playback starts.

The iPod screen is displayed.

iPod Browse Mode
On-Screen

DVD

Make this setting at “Restorer” (vpage 124) in the menu.
You can use the “Restorer” function to restore to a state close
to the audio before compression while correcting the bass feel to
enjoy a richer playback experience. The default setting is “Mode
3 (Low)”.

nnChanging the screen display duration

Make this setting at “Now Playing” (vpage 133) in the menu.
The default setting is “Always On”.
When “Auto Off” is set, the on-screen display is turned off 30
seconds after an operation.
Press uio p while the display is off to return to the original
screen.

nnSwitching the screen display

Press STATUS on this unit during playback with “iPod Browse
Mode” set to “On-Screen”.
The display switches between track title, artist name, and album
title etc. each time the button is pressed.

NOTE
• Depending on the type of iPod and the software version, some
functions may not operate.
• Note that DENON will accept no responsibility whatsoever for any
problems arising with the data on an iPod when using this unit in
conjunction with the iPod.

Informations

o p to select “On-Screen”,
4 Use
then press ENTER.

nnAdjusting the sound quality (Restorer)

Advanced version

1
2 Press OPTION.
3 Select “iPod Browse Mode”, then press ENTER.

Press iPod/USB to switch the input source to “iPod/
USB”.

• English letters, numbers and certain symbols are displayed.
Incompatible characters are displayed as “.” (period).
• Operations available for “On-Screen” and “From iPod” are listed
below.

Basic version

nnSetting operation mode (iPod Browse Mode)

Playing an iPod

nnPerforming random playback (Random)

Press OPTION with “iPod Browse Mode” set to
Press OPTION with “iPod Browse Mode” set to
1 “On-Screen”.
1 “On-Screen”.
The option menu screen is displayed.

The option menu screen is displayed.

Use ui to select “Repeat”, then press ENTER.

iPod

Option

USB Select
Now Playing
Repeat

Random

Title
Artist
Album

Picture Mode

00:06
OPTION

Option

100%

Pause
Back

Use o p to select repeat playback mode.

Previous
Next

OPTION

Option

Use o p to select random playback mode.

iPod

iPod
Now Playing

Now Playing

Repeat

Random

Title
ArtistAll
Album
00:06

uio p

Picture Mode

Title
ArtistOff
Album

100%

Pause
Back

00:06

Previous
Next

OPTION

Option

• Each time o p is pressed, the setting is changed as shown below.
Off

100%

Pause
Back

Off

Repeat playback mode is canceled.

One

A file being played is played repeatedly.

All

All files in the folder currently being played are played
repeatedly.

4 Press ENTER.

The display returns to the playback screen.

DVD

OPTION

Option

• Each time o p is pressed, the setting is changed as shown below.

One
All

Previous
Next

Off

Disable random playback.

Enable random playback.

4 Press ENTER.

The display returns to the playback screen.

The random playback randomly selects a track to play back from all
tracks every time a track ends. Therefore, the same track may be
played back consecutively.

ENTER
(Press and release)
ENTER
(Press and hold)
BACK
SETUP
8 9
1
6 7
(Press and hold)
3
2

Function
Page search
Display of information such as the
source name, volume, and sound mode
name
USB Select /
Repeat playback /
Random playback /
iPod Browse Mode switching /
Picture Mode /
All Zone Stereo
Cursor operation /
Auto search (cue, ui) /
Manual search (Press and hold, ui)
Enter
Stop
Return
Setup menu
Auto search (cue)
Playback / Pause
Manual search
(fast-reverse/fast-forward)
Pause
Stop

Informations

Previous
Next

iPod Browse Mode
All Zone Stereo On

100%

Pause
Back

Random

Title
Artist
Album

iPod Browse Mode
All Zone Stereo On

00:06

INFO

OPTION

Option

USB Select
Now Playing
Repeat

Operation buttons
CH/PAGE df

Advanced version

iPod

2 Use ui to select “Random”, then press ENTER.

nniPod operation buttons

Basic version

nnPerforming repeat playback (Repeat)

Playing a USB memory device
Important information
• Only USB memory devices conforming to mass storage class and MTP (Media Transfer Protocol)
standards can be played on this unit.
• This unit is compatible with USB memory devices in “FAT16” or “FAT32” format.
• This unit is compatible with MP3 files conforming to “MPEG-1 Audio Layer-3” standards.
• File types that this unit can play back and specifications are shown below.

GCompatible formatsH
Bit rate

Extension

32/44.1/48 kHz

48 – 192 kbps

.wma

MP3 (MPEG-1 Audio Layer-3)

32/44.1/48 kHz

32 – 320 kbps

.mp3

32/44.1/48/88.2/96/
176.4/192 kHz

–

.wav

32/44.1/48 kHz

16 – 320 kbps

.aac/
.m4a/
.mp4

32/44.1/48/88.2/96/
176.4/192 kHz

–

.flac

32/44.1/48/88.2/96 kHz

–

.m4a

WAV

USB memory devices z1

WMA (Windows Media Audio)

Pz2

MP3 (MPEG-1 Audio Layer-3)

WAV

MPEG-4 AAC

Pz3

FLAC (Free Lossless Audio Codec)

ALAC (Apple Lossless Audio Codec)z

JPEG

ALAC (Apple Lossless Audio Codec)

MPEG-4 AAC

z1 USB memory device
• This unit is compatible with MP3 ID3-Tag (Ver. 2) standard.
• This unit can show the artwork that was embedded by using MP3 ID3-Tag Ver. 2.3 or 2.4.
• This unit is compatible with WMA META tags.
• If the image size (pixels) of an album artwork exceeds 500 × 500 (WMA/MP3/WAV/FLAC) or 349 ×
349 (MPEG-4 AAC), then music may not be played back properly.
• WAV format Quantization bit length: 16 or 24 bits.
• FLAC format Quantization bit length: 16 or 24 bits.
z2 Copyright-protected files can be played on certain portable players compatible with MTP.
z3 Only files that are not protected by copyright can be played on this unit.
Content downloaded from pay sites on the Internet are copyright protected. Also, files encoded in
WMA format when ripped from a CD, etc. on a computer may be copyright protected, depending on
the computer’s settings.

nnMaximum Number of Playable Files and Folder

The limits on the number of folders and files that can be displayed by this unit are as follows.
Media

Item
Memory capacity
Number of folder directory levels z1

FAT16 : 2 GB, FAT32 : 2 TB
8 levels

Number of folders

500

Number of files z2

5000

z1 The limited number includes the root folder.
z2 The allowable number of files may differ according to the USB memory device capacity and the file
size.

NOTE
File types that this unit does not support are not displayed.

DVD

USB memory devices

Informations

zz Copyright [2012] [D&M Holdings. Inc.]
Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the “License”); you may not use this file except in
compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/
LICENSE-2.0

Advanced version

GSupported file typesH
Supported file types

Sampling frequency
WMA (Windows Media Audio)

Basic version

Playing back music or still picture (JPEG) files recorded on a USB memory device.

Playing a USB memory device

the USB memory device to the iPod/USB
1 Connect
port (vpage 23).
iPod/USB to switch the
2 Press
input source to “iPod/USB”.
[1/9]

nnGoing back to the previous screen
Press o or BACK.

nnChanging the screen display duration

D&M1
D&M2
D&M3

Music1
Music2
Music3
Music4
OPTION

Option

Playback starts.

DVD

NOTE
• Note that DENON will accept no responsibility whatsoever for any
problems arising with the data on a USB memory device when using
this unit in conjunction with the USB memory device.
• USB memory devices will not work via a USB hub.
• DENON does not guarantee that all USB memory devices will
operate or be supplied power. When using a USB portable hard disk
that can draw power from an AC adapter, we recommend using the
AC adapter.
• It is not possible to connect and use a computer via the iPod/USB
port of this unit using a USB cable.

nn Setting the USB port to use (USB Select)
(vpage 76)
nn Searching content with keywords
(Text Search) (vpage 76)
nn Performing repeat playback (Repeat)
(vpage 77)
nn Performing random playback (Random)
(vpage 77)
nn Playing back music and a favorite picture at the
same time (Slideshow) (vpage 79)
nn Playing back still images in sequential order
(Slideshow Interval) (vpage 79)
nn All Zone Stereo function (vpage 80)

Informations

ui to select the search item
3 orUsefolder,
then press ENTER or p.
Use ui to select the file, then
4 press
ENTER, p or 1.

• When an MP3 music file includes album art data, the album art can
be displayed while playing the file.
• If the USB memory device is divided into multiple partitions, only the
first partition is played back.

Advanced version

USB

nnAdjusting the sound quality (Restorer)

Basic version

Playing files stored on USB memory
devices

Playing a USB memory device
Operation buttons
CH/PAGE df
INFO

uio p

Function
Page search
Display of information such as the
source name, volume, and sound mode
name
USB Select /
Text Search /
Repeat playback /
Random playback /
Slideshow /
Slideshow Interval /
All Zone Stereo
Cursor operation /
Auto search (cue, ui)

ENTER
(Press and release)
ENTER
(Press and hold)
BACK
SETUP
8 9
1
3
2

Advanced version

OPTION

Basic version

nnUSB memory device operation buttons

Enter
Stop

DVD

Informations

Return
Setup menu
Auto search (cue)
Playback / Pause
Pause
Stop

Listening to HD Radio stations
Important information

How to tune in

nnUsing the HD Radio™ receiver

The modes for receiving FM broadcasts consists of “Auto” mode that automatically searches available
broadcast stations and “Manual” mode that lets you tune in using buttons to change the frequency. The
default setting is “Auto”. You can also use “Direct Tune” to tune in by entering the frequency directly.
In “Auto” mode, you cannot tune in to radio stations if the reception is not good. If this is the case, then
use the “Manual” mode or “Direct Tune” to tune in.

Advanced version

HD Radio stations offer higher sound quality than conventional FM/ AM broadcasts. It is also possible to
receive data services and select broadcasts from among up to eight multicast programs.
HD Radio Technology provides higher quality sound than conventional broadcasts and allows reception
of data services.

Basic version

For antenna connections, see “Connecting an HD Radio receiver” (vpage 27).

• Digital, CD-quality sound. HD Radio Technology enables local radio stations to broadcast a clean digital
signal. AM sounds like today’s FM and FM sounds like a CD.

• Program Service Data: Contributes to the superior user experience of HD Radio Technology. Presents
song name, artist, station IDs, and other relevant data streams.

Informations

• Adjacent to traditional main stations are extra local FM channels. These HD2/HD3 Channels provide
new, original music as well as deep cuts into traditional genre.

HD Radio Technology manufactured under license from iBiquity Digital Corporation. U.S. and Foreign
Patents. HD Radio™ and the HD, HD Radio, and “Arc” logos are proprietary trademarks of iBiquity
Digital Corp.
For detailed information on HD Radio Technology, please go to “www.hdradio.com/”.

DVD

Listening to HD Radio stations

Press TUNER to switch the input source to
“HD Radio”.

Use o p to select “FM” or “AM”, then press ENTER.
GTV ScreenH
HD Radio

GTV ScreenH

STEREO HD-AUTO

HD Radio

FM
FM 87.50MHz

Now Playing
FM 87.50MHz
TUNE+/-

TUNE+/-

Tune

Preset

CH /

OPTION

Option

Preset

FM/AM

87.50MHz

OPTION

Option

The option menu screen is displayed.
The Band screen is displayed.

GTV ScreenH
HD Radio

• FM –

When listening to an FM broadcast.

When listening to an AM broadcast.

TUNE + or TUNE – to select the station you
5 Press
want to hear.
Scanning is performed until it finds an available radio station.
When it finds a radio station, it stops the scan automatically
and tunes in.

Option
FM/AM

STEREO HD-AUTO

Direct Tune Now Playing
Preset Memory

Tune Mode
FM 87.50MHz
Auto Preset Memory
Preset Name
Preset Skip

• If the desired station cannot be tuned in with auto tuning, tune it in
manually.
• When tuning in stations manually, press and hold TUNE + or TUNE
– to change frequencies continuously.

nnAdding to the FAVORITE STATION button
(vpage 78)
Operations available through the OPTION button
Press the OPTION button to display a menu of functions that can be
used on the TV screen. Select the function you want to use from this
menu. You can easily find and use the desired function.

nn Changing the tuning mode (Tune Mode)
(vpage 52)
nn Tuning in by entering the radio frequency
(Direct Tune) (vpage 53)
nn Tuning in to radio stations and presetting them
automatically (Auto Preset Memory) (vpage 54)
nn Presetting the current broadcast station
(Preset Memory) (vpage 55)
nn Specify a name for the preset broadcast station
(Preset Name) (vpage 56)

All Zone Stereo On
TUNE+/-

Tune

CH /

Preset

OPTION

Option

nn Skipping preset broadcast stations
(Preset Skip) (vpage 57)

GDisplay of this unitH

nn All Zone Stereo function (vpage 80)

*OPTION
FM/AM

v See overleaf

DVD

Informations

2
3 Use ui to select “FM/AM”, then press ENTER.
Press OPTION.

CH 1

CH /

GDisplay of this unitH

01 FM

Tune

Advanced version

CH 1

Now Playing

FM/AM

CH 1

STEREO HD-AUTO

nnChanging the screen display duration

Basic version

Listening to HD Radio stations

Listening to HD Radio stations
You can change the mode for tuning into FM/AM broadcasts.

GTV ScreenH
HD Radio
STEREO HD-AUTO

The option menu screen is displayed.

GTV ScreenH
HD Radio

TUNE+/-

Option
FM/AM

Preset Skip

All Zone Stereo On
TUNE+/-

Mode
•

Preset Memory

Tune Mode
FM 87.50MHz
Auto Preset Memory
Preset Name

Tune

CH /

Preset

OPTION

Option

*OPTION
Tune Mode

CH /

Preset

Auto

OPTION

Option

Auto

Automatically tune to the station.

HD-Auto

Automatically tune to the HD Radio station.

AnalogAuto

Automatically tune to an analog station and analog
HD Radio station.

Manual

Manually tune to the station.

AnalogManual

Manually tune to an analog station and analog HD Radio
station.

“Manual”).

• If the station you are tuning in has multiple audio programs,“HD1”is
indicated on the display.
If it only has one audio program, “HD” is indicated.
• When the unit receives multicast channels, the multicast program
number (HD2) is displayed to the right of the station name.

–

When tuning in stations manually, press and hold TUNE + or TUNE – to
change frequencies continuously.

DVD

the tuning mode
1 Select
(“HD-Auto”, “Auto” or

NOTE
• This function is not available for AM HD Radio stations because they
cannot broadcast multicast channels.
• If digital audio data cannot be received after the station is selected,
or if the station signal is weak, the unit may not be able to receive
the multicast channels.
• If the station signal is weak, the digital audio of the multicast channel
may cut out.

nnChanging the screen display duration

Informations

GDisplay of this unitH

Tune

HD Radio Technology enables stations to broadcast multiple Audio
Program and data services on HD2 / HD3 / HD4 channels.

+ or TUNE – to tune
2 inPressthe TUNE
desired Multicast channel.

Auto
FM 87.50MHz

GDisplay of this unitH

STEREO HD-AUTO

Direct Tune Now Playing
CH 1

Now Playing

Tune Mode

CH 1

nnSelecting audio programs

Advanced version

TUNER to switch the input
1 Press
source to “HD Radio”.
2 Press OPTION.
Use ui to select “Tune Mode”,
3 then
press ENTER.

4 Use o p to select tuning mode, then press ENTER.

Basic version

nnChanging the tuning mode (Tune Mode)

Listening to HD Radio stations

You can enter the receiving frequency directly to tune in.

The option menu screen is displayed.

The direct tuner screen is displayed and
“–” in the display flashes.

source to

The screen that lets you enter the frequency is displayed.
GTV ScreenH
HD Radio
STEREO HD-AUTO

Now Playing
FM ---.-MHz
DIRECT TUNE

Input

Enter

GDisplay of this unitH

GTV ScreenH
HD Radio

FM ---.- MHz
DIRECT TUNE

Option
FM/AM

STEREO HD-AUTO

Direct Tune Now Playing
Preset Memory

CH 1

Tune Mode
FM 87.50MHz
Auto Preset Memory
Preset Skip

All Zone Stereo On
Tune

CH /

Preset

OPTION

Option

• If o is pressed, the immediately preceding input is cancelled.

step 4 and enter the frequency of the radio
5 Repeat
station you want to hear.
6 When setting is completed, press ENTER.
The preset frequency is tuned in.

GDisplay of this unitH

*OPTION
Direct Tune

DVD

Informations

Preset Name

TUNE+/-

Advanced version

TUNER to switch the input
1 Press
“HD Radio”.
2 Press OPTION.
ui to select “Direct Tune”,
3 Use
then press ENTER.

4 Use ui or 0 – 9 to select a number and press p.

Basic version

nnTuning in by entering the radio frequency
(Direct Tune)

Listening to HD Radio stations

nnTuning in to radio stations and presetting them
automatically (Auto Preset Memory)

4 Press ENTER.

The unit starts to tune in to radio stations automatically and
preset them.
GTV ScreenH

Up to 56 stations can be preset.
If “Auto Preset Memory” is performed after performing “Preset
Memory”, the “Preset Memory” settings will be overwritten.

The option menu screen is displayed.

Option
FM/AM

Auto Preset Memory

CH 1

TUNE+/-

STEREO HD-AUTO

Start
FM 87.50MHz

Tune

CH /

Preset

• When presetting is completed, “Completed” is displayed for about
5 seconds and the option menu screen turns off.

Preset Memory

v See overleaf

Tune Mode
FM 87.50MHz
Auto Preset Memory
Preset Skip

All Zone Stereo On
Tune

CH /

Preset

OPTION

Option

GDisplay of this unitH

Preset Name

TUNE+/-

OPTION

Option

GDisplay of this unitH

*OPTION
Auto Preset

DVD

Informations

Direct Tune Now Playing
CH 1

Now Playing

Auto Preset
Start

GTV ScreenH
HD Radio

STEREO HD-AUTO

Advanced version

1
2 Press OPTION.
ui to select “Auto Preset Memory”, then press
3 Use
ENTER.

Press TUNER to switch the input source to
“HD Radio”.

HD Radio

Basic version

Presetting broadcast stations

Listening to HD Radio stations

Your favorite broadcast stations can be preset so that you can tune
them in easily. Up to 56 stations can be preset.

• To preset other stations, repeat steps 1 to 4.

Preset Memory
1
HD2

HD1

6
7

TUNE+/-

8
Tune

Now Playing

FM 87.90MHz

FM 89.10MHz
FM
FM 87.50MHz
93.30MHz

41 – 48

FM 97.90MHz

FM 98.10MHz
FM 98.90MHz

FM100.10MHz
OPTION
Preset
Option

HD Radio

OPTION

STEREO HD-AUTO

Now Playing
CH 1

Preset stored at CH 1
FM 87.50MHz

Option

GDisplay of this unitH
TUNE+/-

*OPTION
Preset Memory

Tune

CH /

Preset

OPTION

Option

01 FM 87.50MHz
ST.Name HD1

HD1

The channel numbers of broadcast stations set as “Preset Skip”
(vpage 57) are grayed out, but these stations can be preset.
When grayed out channel numbers are preset, these are highlighted
and the “Preset Skip” setting changes to “On”.

DVD

GDisplay of this unitH

01 FM

GDisplay of this unitH

01 ST.Name
Stored

Use CH/PAGE df or 0 – 9 to select
the desired preset channel.

87.50MHz

Informations

All Zone Stereo On

Preset

49 – 56

CH /

Listening to preset stations

Song TitleAuto Preset Memory
Preset Name
Artist Name
Preset Skip
Program Type
CH /

33 – 40

Default Settings
87.50 / 87.90 / 89.10 / 93.30 / 97.90 / 98.10 / 98.90 /
100.10 MHz
101.90 / 102.70 / 107.90 / 90.10 / 90.10 / 90.10 /
90.10 / 90.10 MHz
530 / 600 / 930 / 1000 / 1120/ 1210 / 1400 / 1710 kHz
90.10 / 90.10 / 90.10 / 90.10 / 90.10 / 90.10 / 90.10 /
90.10 MHz
90.10 / 90.10 / 90.10 / 90.10 / 90.10 / 90.10 / 90.10 /
90.10 MHz
90.10 / 90.10 / 90.10 / 90.10 / 90.10 / 90.10 / 90.10 /
90.10 MHz
90.10 / 90.10 / 90.10 / 90.10 / 90.10 / 90.10 / 90.10 /
90.10 MHz

STEREO HD-AUTO

Preset Memory
ST.Name HD1
Tune Mode
FM 97.90MHz

Tune

FM 87.50MHz

3
4

Direct Tune Now Playing

TUNE+/-

STEREO HD-AUTO

Option
FM/AM

CH 1

25 – 32

HD Radio

CH 1

9 – 16
17 – 24

GTV ScreenH

The list of already preset channels is displayed.

HD Radio

1–8

The current broadcast station that is preset.

The option menu screen is displayed.

GTV ScreenH

Channel

Advanced version

1
2 Press OPTION.
ui to select “Preset Memory”, then press
3 Use
ENTER.
Tune in the broadcast station you want to preset.

Use ui or 0 – 9 to select the channel you want to
preset, then press ENTER.

Basic version

nnPresetting the current broadcast station
(Preset Memory)

Listening to HD Radio stations

You can set the name to the preset broadcast station or change it.
Up to eight characters can be input.

source to

The screen that lets you edit the preset name is displayed.

• Each time o p is pressed, the setting is changed as shown below.
1–8

9 – 16
49 – 56

41 – 48

Preset Name
Preset Group
CH 1

Option
FM/AM

STEREO HD-AUTO

33 – 40

HD Radio

GTV ScreenH
HD Radio

25 – 32

GTV ScreenH

The option menu screen is displayed.

The Preset Name screen is displayed.

17 – 24

TUNE+/-

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Tune

STEREO HD-AUTO

Now Playing

1-8

FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM

87.50MHz
87.90MHz
FM 87.50MHz
89.10MHz
93.30MHz
97.90MHz
98.10MHz
98.90MHz
100.10MHz
CH /
Preset

OPTION

• If you select “Set Defaults”, then the unit returns to displaying the
frequency.

7 Enter the characters, then press

• For character input, see page 118.

8 Press BACK twice.

The display returns to the playback screen.

Advanced version

TUNER to switch the input
1 Press
“HD Radio”.
2 Press OPTION.
Use ui to select “Preset Name”,
3 then
press ENTER.

Use o p to select the group of the broadcast station
4 you
6 Use ui to select a name label, then press ENTER.
want to name then press ENTER.

Basic version

nnSpecify a name for the preset broadcast station
(Preset Name)

Option

Direct Tune Now Playing
Preset Memory

CH 1

GDisplay of this unitH

Tune Mode
FM 87.50MHz
Auto Preset Memory

NAME [ 1- 8]
Group
• 1- 8–

Preset Skip

All Zone Stereo On
TUNE+/-

Tune

CH /

Preset

OPTION

Option

GDisplay of this unitH

Use ui to select the broadcast station you want to
5 name,
then press ENTER.
GTV ScreenH

*OPTION
Preset Name

HD Radio
Preset Name
Preset Group
CH 1

TUNE+/-

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Tune

FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM

STEREO HD-AUTO

Now Playing

1-8

87.50MHz
ABCDEFG
87.90MHz
FM 87.50MHz
89.10MHz

93.30MHz
97.90MHz
98.10MHz
98.90MHz
100.10MHz
CH /
Preset

OPTION

Option

GDisplay of this unitH

NAME [ 1- 8]
1 FM 87.50MHz

DVD

Informations

Preset Name

Listening to HD Radio stations

You can set in advance, the stations you do not want to be
displayed when tuning in, by groups or by stations.
The preset skip setting is useful when tuning in, because only your
favorite stations are displayed.

The option menu screen is displayed.
The Preset Skip screen is displayed.
GTV ScreenH
HD Radio

stations you want to skip.

• Each time o p is pressed, the setting is changed as
shown below.
1–8

9 – 16
49 – 56

41 – 48

e Press BACK.

STEREO HD-AUTO

Set No.1-8 to Skip
Preset Group

OPTION

41 – 48

Option
TUNE+/-

GDisplay of this unitH

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Tune

33 – 40

w Use ui to select the broadcast station you
want to skip.
e Use o p to select “Skip”.
The station you selected is not displayed.

r Press BACK.

GTV ScreenH
HD Radio
Set No.1-8 to Skip
Preset Group

STEREO HD-AUTO

1-8

25 – 32

Now Playing

FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM

87.50MHz
On
87.90MHz
On
FM 87.50MHz
89.10MHz
On
93.30MHz
On
97.90MHz
On
98.10MHz
On
98.90MHz
On
100.10MHz On
CH /
OPTION
Preset
Option

CH 1

TUNE+/-

*OPTION
Preset Skip

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Tune

STEREO HD-AUTO

1-8

Now Playing

FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM

87.50MHz
On
87.90MHz
On
FM 87.50MHz
89.10MHz
On
93.30MHz
On
97.90MHz
On
98.10MHz
On
98.90MHz
On
100.10MHz On
CH /
OPTION
Preset
Option

HD Radio
HD Radio

Preset Skip
Preset Skip

Set No.1-8 to Skip
Preset Group
CH 1

TUNE+/-

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Tune

1-8

Now Playing

FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM

87.50MHz
On
87.90MHz
On
FM 87.50MHz
89.10MHz
On
93.30MHz
On
97.90MHz
On
98.10MHz
On
98.90MHz
On
100.10MHz On
CH /
OPTION
Preset
Option

GDisplay of this unitH

SKIP [ 1- 8]
Set 1- 8to Skip

DVD

Set No.1-8 to Skip
Preset Group

STEREO HD-AUTO

CH 1

TUNE+/-

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Tune

STEREO HD-AUTO

1-8

Now Playing

FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM

87.50MHz
Skip
87.90MHz
On
FM 87.50MHz
89.10MHz
On
93.30MHz
On
97.90MHz
On
98.10MHz
On
98.90MHz
On
100.10MHz On
CH /
OPTION
Preset
Option

GDisplay of this unitH

SKIP [ 1- 8]
1 87.50M •Skp–

Informations

CH 1

All Zone Stereo On
Preset

49 – 56

17 – 24

Preset Skip
Preset Skip

Preset Skip
CH /

9 – 16

HD Radio

Preset Memory

Tune Mode
FM 87.50MHz
Auto Preset Memory

Tune

1–8

GTV ScreenH

Preset Name

TUNE+/-

33 – 40

All broadcast stations in the group “z – z” you selected
are not displayed.
(z are the selected group numbers)

Direct Tune Now Playing
CH 1

25 – 32

w Press u to select “Set z – z to Skip”, then
press ENTER.

Option
FM/AM

17 – 24

stations you want to skip.

• Each time o p is pressed, the setting is changed as
shown below.

Advanced version

1
2 Press OPTION.
3 Use ui to select “Preset Skip”, then press ENTER.

Press TUNER to switch the input source to
“HD Radio”.

set the stations you want to skip by stationsH
set the stations you want to skip by groupsH
4-2 GTo
4-1 GTo
q Use o p to select the group of broadcast
q Use o p to select the group of broadcast

Basic version

nnSkipping preset broadcast stations
(Preset Skip)

Listening to HD Radio stations

nnCheck the HD Radio reception information

While the Preset Skip screen is displayed, use o p
to select a group containing a broadcast station to
cancel the skip for.

Press STATUS on the main unit while an HD Radio
broadcast is being received.

Use ui to select a broadcast station to cancel the
skip for.

The current reception information is shown on the display.

HD Radio
Preset Skip
Set No.1-8 to Skip
Preset Group
CH 1

TUNE+/-

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Tune

STEREO HD-AUTO

1-8

INFO

Now Playing

FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM

87.50MHz
On
87.90MHz
On
FM 87.50MHz
89.10MHz
On
93.30MHz
On
97.90MHz
On
98.10MHz
On
98.90MHz
On
100.10MHz On
CH /
OPTION
Preset
Option

q Normal
OPTION

w Frequency / Signal strength
e Station name / Program and Program type

SKIP [ 1- 8]
1 87.50M •On –

r Title name / Artist name

uio p
ENTER
BACK
SETUP

t Album name / Genre name

NOTE

The skip is cancelled.

NOTE
You cannot cancel the skip for each group.

DVD

If the station signal weakens while receiving a digital broadcast (while
“HD” and text is displayed), the mode automatically switches to the
analog reception mode (the reception frequency is displayed).
Because of this, the “HD” and text may flicker if the station signal
level is weak and unstable.

TUNE +, –
0–9

Function
TV power on/standby
Switch TV input
Call up favorites
Add to the favorites list
Preset channel selection
Display of information such as the
source name, volume, and sound mode
name
FM/AM switching
Direct frequency tuning /
Preset Memory /
Switch tuning modes /
Auto Preset Memory /
Preset Name /
Preset Skip /
All Zone Stereo
Cursor operation
Enter
Return
Setup menu
Tuning (up/down)
Multicast switching
Preset channel selection (1 – 8) /
Direct frequency tuning (0 – 9)

Informations

GDisplay of this unitH

3 Use o p to select “On”.

Operation buttons
TV X
TV INPUT
FAVORITE
STATION 1 – 4
FAVORITE
STATION 1 – 4
(Press and hold)
CH/PAGE df

Advanced version

GTV ScreenH

nnTuner (HD Radio reception) operation buttons

Basic version

Cancelling preset skip

Listening to Internet Radio
Internet Radio refers to radio broadcasts distributed over the Internet.
Internet Radio stations from around the world can be received.

Listening to Internet Radio

Important information

1 Prepare for playback.

GPlayable broadcast station typesH
Supported file types

Internet Radio

WMA (Windows Media Audio)

MP3 (MPEG-1 Audio Layer-3)

q Check the network environment, then turn on this unit’s
power (vpage 31 “Connecting to a home network
(LAN)”).
w If settings are required, make the “Settings” (vpage 148).

Internet Radio

zzzzz
Search Stations

Search Podcasts

Press NETWORK.

Recommended Stations
radiodenon.com
Recently Played

Search by Keyword

• You can also press INTERNET RADIO to select the input source
“Internet Radio” directly.

GPlayable broadcast station specificationsH
Bit rate

Extension

WMA (Windows
Media Audio)

32/44.1/48 kHz

48 – 192 kbps

.wma

MP3 (MPEG-1
Audio Layer-3)

32/44.1/48 kHz

32 – 320 kbps

.mp3

Use uio p to select “Internet
3 Radio”,
then press ENTER.
Network

Favorites

Internet Radio

zzzzz
Displays typical Internet Radio stations your country.
(Country name)
Search
Stations

Displays all Internet Radio stations that this unit can
tune in to.

Search
Podcasts

Displays Internet Radio stations in the podcasts that
this unit can tune in to.

Recommended
Stations

Media Server

Spotify

Displays recommended Internet Radio stations.

radiodenon.
com

Displays Internet Radio stations added to favorites in
vTuner. For instructions on how to add to favorites
in vTuner, see “Using vTuner to add Internet Radio
stations to favorites” (vpage 61).

Recently
Played

Displays recently played Internet Radio stations. Up
to 20 stations stored in “Recently Played”.

Search by
Keyword

Displays Internet Radio stations searched
keyword. For character input, see page 118.

5 Repeat step 4 until the station list is displayed.
6 Use ui to select the station, then press ENTER or p.
The station list is displayed.

Playback starts once buffering reaches “100%”.

v See overleaf

DVD

Informations

Sampling
frequency

[1/7]

Advanced version

The broad cast station types and specifications supported by this unit
for playback are as follows.

Use ui to select the item you want to play, then
4 press
ENTER or p.

Basic version

Network contents

Listening to Internet Radio
Make this setting at “Restorer” (vpage 124) in the menu.
You can use the “Restorer” function to restore to a state close
to the audio before compression while correcting the bass feel to
enjoy a richer playback experience. The default setting is “Mode
3 (Low)”.

nnSwitching the screen display

nnGoing back to the previous screen

nn Searching content with keywords
(Text Search) (vpage 76)
nn Add to favorites from the Option menu
(Save to Favorites) (vpage 78)

Press o or BACK.

nnChanging the screen display duration

nn Playing back music and a favorite picture at the
same time (Slideshow) (vpage 79)
nn Adjusting the picture quality for your viewing
environment (Picture Mode) (vpage 80)

• There are many Internet Radio stations on the Internet, and the
quality of the programs they broadcast as well as the bit rate of the
tracks varies widely.
Generally, the higher the bit rate, the higher the sound quality, but
depending on the communication lines and server traffic, the music
or audio signals being streamed may be interrupted. Inversely, lower
bit rates mean a lower sound quality but less tendency for the sound
to be interrupted.
• “Radio station server full” or “Connection down” is displayed if the
station is busy or not broadcasting.
• On this unit, folder and file names can be displayed as titles. Any
characters that cannot be displayed are replaced with “.” (period).

NOTE
The radio station database service may be suspended without notice.

DVD

This unit memorizes the last played Internet Radio station. If you
press INTERNET RADIO to switch to the Internet Radio function
from another input source, the last Internet Radio station you
listened to is played.

Press INTERNET RADIO.

The source switches to “Internet Radio” and
the last played radio station plays.

Informations

nn All Zone Stereo function (vpage 80)

nnPlaying the last played Internet Radio station

Advanced version

Press STATUS on the main unit.
The display switches between track title and radio station name
etc. each time the button is pressed.

Basic version

nnAdjusting the sound quality (Restorer)

Listening to Internet Radio

There are many Internet Radio stations in the world, and this unit
can tune into these stations. But finding the radio station you want
to hear may be difficult, because there are too many stations. If
this is the case, then please use vTuner, an Internet Radio station
search website specifically designed for this unit. You can use
your PC to search Internet Radio stations and add them as your
favorites. This unit can play radio stations added to vTuner.

The screen that lets you create a favorite group is displayed.

the name of the favorite group, then click
8 Enter
“Go”.

A new favorite group that includes the selected radio station is
created.

• Internet Radio stations added to favorites in vTuner can be played
from “radiodenon.com” (vpage 59) with this unit.

The screen that lets you edit the preset name is displayed.
MAC address:

nnInternet Radio operation buttons
Operation buttons
TV X
TV INPUT
INTERNET RADIO
FAVORITE
STATION 1 – 4
FAVORITE
STATION 1 – 4
(Press and hold)
CH/PAGE df
INFO

• The MAC address is necessary when you create an account for
vTuner.

your PC to access the vTuner website (http://
2 Use
www.radiodenon.com).

OPTION

The vTuner login screen is displayed.

uio p
ENTER
(Press and release)
ENTER
(Press and hold)
BACK
SETUP
2

The account creation screen is displayed.

The account is registered and you can now log in.

Enter your account information (E-mail address and
password) and log in.
The top menu of vTuner is displayed.

the search criteria (genre, region, language,
6 Select
etc.) of your choice.
The list of radio stations matching the criteria is displayed.

• You can also enter a keyword to search for a station you want to
hear.

DVD

Call up favorites
Add to the favorites list
Page search
Display of information such as the
source name, volume, and sound mode
name
Text Search /
Save to Favorites /
Slideshow /
Picture Mode /
All Zone Stereo
Cursor operation
Enter
Stop
Return
Setup menu
Stop

Informations

3 Enter the MAC address of this unit, then click “Go”.
your E-mail address and a password of your
4 Enter
choice.

Function
TV power on/standby
Switch TV input
Last played Internet Radio station

Advanced version

Check the MAC address of this unit (vpage 147).

Select the radio station of your choice from the list,
and then click the Add to Favorites icon.

Basic version

nnUsing vTuner to add Internet Radio stations to
favorites

Playing back files stored on a PC and NAS
Basic version

This unit can play back music files and playlists (m3u, wpl) stored on a PC and on Network Attached
Storage (NAS) that supports DLNA.

Important information
• The network audio playback function of this unit connects to the server using technologies shown below.
• Windows Media Player Network Sharing Service
• Windows Media DRM10
• File types that this unit can play back and specifications are shown below.

GSpecifications of supported filesH

Media Server z1

Supported file types
WMA (Windows Media Audio)

MP3 (MPEG-1 Audio Layer-3)

WAV

MPEG-4 AAC

Pz2

FLAC (Free Lossless Audio Codec)

JPEG

ALAC (Apple Lossless Audio Codec)

Extension

48 – 192 kbps

.wma

MP3 (MPEG-1 Audio Layer-3)

32/44.1/48 kHz

32 – 320 kbps

.mp3

32/44.1/48/88.2/96/
176.4/192 kHz

–

.wav

32/44.1/48 kHz

16 – 320 kbps

.aac/
.m4a/
.mp4

32/44.1/48/88.2/96/
176.4/192 kHz

–

.flac

32/44.1/48/88.2/96 kHz

–

.m4a

WAV
MPEG-4 AAC
FLAC (Free Lossless Audio Codec)
ALAC (Apple Lossless Audio Codec)z

NOTE
File types that this unit does not support are not displayed.

Informations

A server or server software compatible with distribution in the corresponding formats is required to play
music files via a network.
z1 Media Server
• This unit is compatible with MP3 ID3-Tag (Ver. 2) standard.
• This unit can show the artwork that was embedded by using MP3 ID3-Tag Ver. 2.3 or 2.4.
• This unit is compatible with WMA META tags.
• If the image size (pixels) of an album artwork exceeds 500 × 500 (WMA/MP3/WAV/FLAC) or 349 ×
349 (MPEG-4 AAC), then music may not be played back properly.
• WAV format Quantization bit length: 16 or 24 bits.
• FLAC format Quantization bit length: 16 or 24 bits.
z2 Only files that are not protected by copyright can be played on this unit.
Content downloaded from pay sites on the Internet are copyright protected. Also, files encoded in
WMA format when ripped from a CD, etc. on a computer may be copyright protected, depending on
the computer’s settings.

DVD

Bit rate

32/44.1/48 kHz

Advanced version

GSupported file typesH

Sampling frequency
WMA (Windows Media Audio)

Playing back files stored on a PC and NAS

Here, we apply the settings to share music files stored on a PC and
NAS on the network.

nnSharing media stored in PC

If you are using a Media Server, be sure to apply this setting first.

When using Windows Media Player 12
(Windows 7)
NOTE
Perform this procedure after changing the control panel display to
“Category”.

PC’s “Control Panel”, select “Network
1 Inand theInternet”
- “Choose homegroup and sharing
the “Stream my pictures, music, and videos
2 Select
to all devices on my home network” check box and
select “Choose media streaming options”.

DVD

media controller, and then click “Allow”.

5 Click “OK” to finish.
Sharing media stored in NAS
Change settings on the NAS to allow this unit and other devices (PCs
and mobile devices) used as media controllers to access the NAS. For
details, see the owner’s manual that came with the NAS.

Informations

3
“Allowed” in the drop-down list for “Media
4 Select
programs on this PC and remote connections...”.
5 Click “OK” to finish.
Select “Allowed” in the drop-down list for “AVR4520CI”.

1 Start up Windows Media Player 11 on the PC.
2 Select “Media Sharing” in the “Library”.
the “Share my media” check box, select “AVR3 Click
4520CI”, and then click “Allow”.
3, select the icon of the device
4 As(otheryouPCsdidandin step
mobile devices) you want to use as a

Advanced version

options”.

When using Windows Media Player 11

Basic version

Applying media sharing settings

Playing back files stored on a PC and NAS

Use this procedure to play music files, image files or playlists.

1 Prepare for playback.

2 Press NETWORK.
Use uio p to select “Media
3 Server”,
then press ENTER.
Network

Favorites

Internet Radio

nnSwitching the screen display

Press STATUS on the main unit.
The display switches between track title, artist name, and album
title each time the button is pressed.

nnGoing back to the previous screen
Press o or BACK.

nnChanging the screen display duration

• When a WMA (Windows Media Audio), MP3 or MPEG-4 AAC file
includes album art data, the album art can be displayed while the
music files are playing.
• If you use Ver.11 or later of Windows Media Player, the album art for
WMA files can be displayed.
• WMA Lossless files can be played when using a server supporting
transcoding, such as Windows Media Player Ver. 11 or later.

NOTE
• Depending on the size of the still picture (JPEG) file, some time may
be required for the file to be displayed.
• The order in which the tracks/files are displayed depends on
the server specifications. If the tracks/files are not displayed in
alphabetical order due to the server specifications, searching by the
first letter may not work properly.

Advanced version

q Check the network environment, then turn on this unit’s
power (vpage 31 “Connecting to a home network
(LAN)”).
w If settings are required, make the “Settings” (vpage 148).
e Prepare
the
computer
(vComputer’s
operating
instructions).

nnAdjusting the sound quality (Restorer)

Basic version

Playing back files stored on a PC and NAS

Informations

Media Server

Spotify

Use ui to select the server including the file to be
4 played,
then press ENTER or p.
ui to select the search item or folder, then
5 Use
press ENTER or p.
6 Repeat step 4 until the file is displayed.
7 Use ui to select the file, then press ENTER or p.
Playback starts once buffering reaches “100%”.

DVD

Playing back files stored on a PC and NAS

nn Searching content with keywords
(Text Search) (vpage 76)

Operation buttons
TV X
TV INPUT
FAVORITE
STATION 1 – 4
FAVORITE
STATION 1 – 4
(Press and hold)
CH/PAGE df
INFO

nn Performing random playback (Random)
(vpage 77)
nn Add to favorites from the Option menu
(Save to Favorites) (vpage 78)

nn Playing back still images in sequential order
(Slideshow Interval) (vpage 79)
nn Adjusting the picture quality for your viewing
environment (Picture Mode) (vpage 80)
nn All Zone Stereo function (vpage 80)

DVD

uio p

Add/call up favorites
Add to the favorites list
Page search
Display of information such as the
source name, volume, and sound mode
name
Text Search /
Repeat playback /
Random playback /
Save to Favorites /
Slideshow /
Slideshow Interval /
Picture Mode /
All Zone Stereo
Cursor operation /
Auto search (cue, ui)

ENTER
(Press and release)
ENTER
(Press and hold)
BACK
SETUP
8 9
1
3
2

Enter
Stop
Return
Setup menu
Auto search (cue)
Playback / Pause
Pause
Stop

Informations

nn Playing back music and a favorite picture at the
same time (Slideshow) (vpage 79)

OPTION

Function
TV power on/standby
Switch TV input

Advanced version

nn Performing repeat playback (Repeat)
(vpage 77)

nnMedia Server operation buttons

Basic version

Using online services
nnAbout Flickr (vpage 67)

nnAbout SiriusXM (vpage 72)

Flickr is an online photograph sharing service that started in 2004. You can use the this unit to view
photographs that have been made public by Flickr users. You do not need an account to use Flickr.
To view photographs that you recorded yourself, you need an account in order to upload these
photographs to the Flickr server. For details, see the Flickr homepage.
http://www.flickr.com/

nnAbout Pandora® (vpage 69)

Pandora is an automated music recommendation and Internet Radio service created by the Music
Genome Project.
To listen to Pandora you will need a free Pandora account. If you do not have a Pandora account, you
can create one at www.pandora.com or from the Pandora smartphone application.
It is necessary to associate this machine with a Pandora account by visiting
http://www.pandora.com/denon from your PC.

nnAbout Spotify (vpage 74)

Introduce your DENON to a whole new world of music. With Spotify, you can enjoy instant access to
millions of songs.
A Spotify Premium subscription is required.
For details, see the Spotify homepage.
http://www.spotify.com

Advanced version

Enjoy anywhere access to the unparalleled content of SiriusXM.
Whether on your computer, smartphone, tablet, Lynx Portable Enjoy anywhere access to the
unparalleled content of SiriusXM.
Whether on your computer, smartphone, tablet, Lynx Portable Radio, or compatible Internet-connected
device, you don’t need to be in your vehicle to enjoy SiriusXM.
For details, see the SiriusXM homepage.
http://www.siriusxm.com

Basic version

This unit supports playback of the online services shown below.

Informations

DVD

Using online services

You can view photographs shared by particular users, or all of the
photographs shared on Flickr.

nnViewing photographs shared by particular users

1 Prepare for playback.

2 Press NETWORK.
uio p to select “Flickr”,
3 Use
then press ENTER.
Favorites

Internet Radio

Operations available through the OPTION button

6 After inputting the “Contact”, press

Press the OPTION button to display a menu of functions that can be
used on the TV screen. Select the function you want to use from this
menu. You can easily find and use the desired function.

The screen name is added to “Contact”, and the screen name
you entered in Step 5 is displayed on the top screen of Flickr.

• If you enter a screen name that does not exist, “The Flickr Contact
you entered could not be found” is displayed. Check and enter the
correct screen name.

to select the folder, and then press ENTER
7 orUsepui
.
Favorites

Displays the favorite photographs of the specified
user.

Contacts

Displays the screen name used by the specified user
in Contacts.

Add this
Contact

Deletes a user from Flickr Contact.
Adds a user from Flickr Contact.

ui to select the file, and then press ENTER or
ui to select “Add Flickr Contact”, then press
8 Use
4 Use
p.
ENTER or p.
The selected file is displayed.

Flickr

[1/2]

Add Flickr Contact
All Content

OPTION

DVD

Option

Informations

Displays the folder (photograph album) list.

Remove this
Contact

nn Playing back still images in sequential order
(Slideshow Interval) (vpage 79)

Displays a list of shared photographs.

PhotoSets

Media Server

Spotify

Press o or BACK.

• For character input, see page 118.

Photostream
Network

nnGoing back to the previous screen

Advanced version

q Check the network environment, then turn on this unit’s
power (vpage 31 “Connecting to a home network
(LAN)”).
w If settings are required, make the “Settings” (vpage 148).

In “Contact”, add the screen name (user name you
want to view) you want to add.

Basic version

Viewing photographs on the Flickr site

Using online services

to select “All Content”, then press ENTER
1 orUsepui
.
Flickr

[1/2]

Add Flickr Contact

nnFlickr operation buttons
Operation buttons
TV X
TV INPUT
CH/PAGE df
INFO

All Content

OPTION

Option

to select the folder, and then press ENTER
2 orUsepui
.
Interestingness Displays photographs that are popular from the
number of user comments or number of times they
are added as favorites.

Search by text

Displays the most recently added photographs.
Search for photographs by keyword.

ui to select the file, and then press ENTER or
3 Use
p.
The selected file is displayed.

NOTE
Depending on the file format, some photographs cannot be viewed.

DVD

Enter
Stop
Return
Setup menu
Stop

Informations

Recent

ENTER
(Press and release)
ENTER
(Press and hold)
BACK
SETUP
2

Advanced version

uio p

Function
TV power on/standby
Switch TV input
Page search
Display of information such as the
source name, volume, and sound mode
name
Slideshow Interval
Cursor operation /
Auto search (cue, ui)

Basic version

nnViewing all photographs on Flickr

Using online services

1 Prepare for playback.

If you have a Pandora account, use ui to select “I
4 have
5 Input “Email address” and “Password”.
a Pandora account”, then press ENTER or p.

q Check the network environment, then turn on this unit’s
power (vpage 31 “Connecting to a home network
(LAN)”).
w If settings are required, make the “Settings” (vpage 148).
e Complete step 4 and obtain a Pandora account.
• If you already have a Pandora account, you do not need to
obtain a new account. Use your existing Pandora account.

Network

Favorites

Email address
I have a Pandora account

BACK

Cancel

Enter

• If you do not have a Pandora account, press i to select “I am
new to Pandora”. The URL of Pandora and activation code are
displayed. Access the Pandora web page from your PC and register
the displayed activation code and account information. Then press
ENTER.
Pandora

I have a Pandora account
I am new to Pandora

Please go to
http://www.pandora.com/denon and follow
the instructions there to create a new account.
Your activation code is : zzzzzz
BACK

Cancel

Continue

This is an identification code required to register your
purchased product to the Pandora service.
This code is used to obtain your account.

• For character input, see page 118.

inputting the “Email address” and “Password”,
6 After
select “OK”, then press ENTER.

If the “Email address” and “Password” match, the top menu
for Pandora is displayed.

NOTE
Press BACK to cancel the input. When “Cancel input?” is displayed,
select “Yes”, then press ENTER.

Informations

Media Server

DVD

Exit
Enter Email address
BACK

Internet Radio

Spotify

Password

I am new to Pandora

Advanced version

2 Press NETWORK.
Use uio p to select “Pandora”,
3 then
press ENTER.

Pandora Account

Basic version

Listening to Pandora®

Using online services
You can create up to 100 radio stations.

Use ui to select “New Station”, then press ENTER
or p.

Use ui to select “Search by Artist” or “Search by
Track”, then press ENTER.
You can search and display a list by track or artist.
New Station

My Station

[1/3]

Track or Artist

A B C D E

D&M2

D&M1 Radio

$ % &

* +

;

< = >

S T U V W X Y Z
7 8 9 ! “ #
6 Track
4 5 by
0 1 2 3 Search

Quick Mix

a/A

‘

(

)

SPACE

INSERT

DELETE

D&M2 Radio

Now Playing
BACK

Exit

BACK

Sign out

2 Input a track or artist name, then press

Select
Cancel

Input

Title
Artist
Album

Press ui, select a file (e.g. D&M2) from the list, and
4 press
ENTER or p.
“Radio” is added to the end of a filename, and your new station
is created (e.g. D&M2 Radio).

New Station
My Station
D&M2

L M

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

“

A B C D E

N O P Q R
$ % &
a/A

BACK

Select
Cancel

‘

(

F G H

S
)

* +

SPACE

INSERT

;

Quick Mix

D&M1 Radio

< = >

DELETE

Input
BACK

Sign out

• For character input, see page 118.
• Your new station will play music with similar qualities to the artist
or track you entered.

DVD

Listening to created radio stations at random

Created radio stations are selected at
random, and tracks are streamed.

D&M2 Radio

Exit

Pause
Back

Use ui to select “Quick Mix”, then
press ENTER or p.

New Station

T U V W X Y

[4/4]

100%

Informations

Track or Artist

00:06

Advanced version

N O P Q R

Use ui and select the radio station
(“D&M2 Radio”) that you want to
listen to, and press ENTER or p.

L M

F G H

Search by Artist

New Station

nnListening to an existing station

Basic version

nnCreating a new station

Using online services
You can personalize your stations by providing feedback.

Press p while a track is playing.

The Pandora menu screen is displayed.
Menu

nnPandora operation buttons

NOTE
• You can Skip up to 6 Tracks that are being played back within 1 hour.
• You can create up to 100 Stations (radio stations).

nnSign out

Disassociate this unit from your Pandora account.

[1/8]

the Pandora top menu is
1 While
displayed, press BACK.

I like this track

I don’t like this track
Why is this track playing?
Bookmark this artist

My Station

Bookmark this track
I’m tired of this track

[1/3]

New Station
Quick Mix

Are you sure you want to sign out
D&M1 Radio
xxxxx_xxxxxxx@dm-holdings.com?

I like this track • Press when you like the track that is being played.
• It will return to the Play Screen. And
(Thumbs
up) icon is displayed. (The icon is not displayed on
the next track.)
• Press when you don’t like the track that is being
played.
• It will return to the Play Screen. And
(Thumbs
down) icon is displayed. (The icon is not displayed
on the next track.)

Why is this
track playing?

• Displays the reason why Pandora selected this
track.

Create station

• Creates a Station for the Track or Artist being
played.

Bookmark
this artist

• Bookmarks the artist currently being played.
• You can check on a computer or iPhone etc.
• For details, see the Pandora web page.

Bookmark
this track

• Bookmarks the track currently being played.
• You can check on a computer or iPhone etc.
• For details, see the Pandora web page.

I’m tired of
this track

• Press when you don’t like the track that is being
played.
• The track will not be played for 1 month.

Delete this
station

• Press when you want to delete the station that is
being played.

DVD

uio p
ENTER
(Press and release)
ENTER
(Press and hold)
BACK
SETUP
1
9

Exit

BACK

Sign out

When the popup menu appears, use o p to select
2 “Yes”,
then press ENTER.

3
2

Enter
Stop
Return
Setup menu
Playback
Skips the current track,
subject to skip limit
Pause
Stop

Informations

I don’t like
this track

Yes

INFO

Function
Page search
Display of information such as the
source name, volume, and sound mode
name
Cursor operation /
Auto search (cue, i)

Advanced version

Create station

Operation buttons
CH/PAGE df

Basic version

nnGiving Feedback and Managing Stations

Using online services

Over 120 channels of the SiriusXM programming you love, including
commercial-free music plus sports, talk, news and entertainment.
Listen anywhere on your computer or smartphone.

Prepare for playback.

Network

Favorites

Please set your SiriusXM username and password.
You can go to www.siriusxm.com to sign up
for an account. Or,select “Start Trial” below
to start the one-time free trial.

Start Trial
BACK

Cancel

Enter

5 Input the “Username” and “Password”.
• For character input, see page 118.

6 Select the “Sign in”, and then press ENTER.
The top menu of SiriusXM is displayed.
SiriusXM Sign in
Username

zzzzz

Password

zzzzz

Internet Radio

Media Server

BACK

Exit

Enter

Spotify

7 Use ui to select the genre, then press ENTER or p.
ui to select the file, and then press ENTER or
8 Use
p.
The selected file is displayed.

DVD

Press o or BACK.

Informations

2
uio p to select
3 Use
“SiriusXM”, then press ENTER.
Press NETWORK.

SiriusXM Sign in

nnGoing back to the previous screen

Advanced version

q Check the network environment, then turn on this unit’s
power (vpage 31 “Connecting to a home network
(LAN)”).
w If settings are required, make the “Settings” (vpage 148).
e Access the following website from your PC and obtain a
SiriusXM account.
http://www.siriusxm.com
• If you already have a SiriusXM account, you do not need to
obtain a new account. Select “Sign in” in step 4, and enter
your existing SiriusXM account.

Select “Sign in”, then press ENTER.

Basic version

Listening to SiriusXM Internet Radio

Using online services
Disassociate this unit from your SiriusXM account.

1
When the popup menu appears, use o p to select
2 “Yes”,
then press ENTER.

While the SiriusXM top menu is displayed, press
BACK.

SiriusXM

[1/20]

Dance/Electronic
Hip-Hop/R&B
Yes
Country

Christian

Jazz/Standards
Exit

BACK

Operation buttons
CH/PAGE df
INFO
uio p
ENTER
(Press and release)
ENTER
(Press and hold)
BACK
SETUP
2

Function
Page search
Display of information such as the
source name, volume, and sound mode
name
Cursor operation

Sign Out

Enter
Stop
Return
Setup menu
Stop

Advanced version

Pop

Rock
Are
you sure you want to sign out?

nnSiriusXM operation buttons

Basic version

nnSign out

Informations

DVD

Using online services

Introduce your DENON to a whole new world of music. With Spotify,
you can enjoy instant access to millions of songs.
A Spotify Premium subscription is required.
For details, see the Spotify homepage.
http://www.spotify.com

4 If you have a Spotify account, then press ENTER.
Spotify
Introduce your Denon to a whole new world of music.
With Spotify, you can enjoy instant access to
millions of songs. A Spotify Premium subscription is
required. Just subscribe at spotify.com

1 Prepare for playback.

2 Press NETWORK.
uio p to select “Spotify”,
3 Use
then press ENTER.

BACK

Exit

What’s New

Playlists

Spotify Log In
Username

zzzzz

Password

zzzzz

GUpper case characters/Numbers/SymbolsH
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
ÄÀÁÂÃÅÆÇÐÈÉÊËÌÍÎÏÑÖÒÓÔÕØÜÙÚÛÝÞ
0123456789
!“#$%&’()z+,;<=>
GLower case characters/Numbers/SymbolsH
abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
äàáâãåæçðèéêëìíîïñöòóôõøüùúûýþÿß
0123456789
.@-_/:˜?[\]^’{|}
• When you use ui while you type in, you can change uppercase
characters to lowercase and vice versa.
• Press BACK to cancel the input. When “Cancel input?” is displayed,
select “Yes”, then press ENTER.

DVD

Searches for tracks, artists and albums by entering
keywords.

What’s New

Displays the list of the latest albums.

Starred

Displays the list of the starred tracks.

Playlists

Displays the playlists for Spotify.

Accounts

Manages accounts (Log out, Add new user, Switch
to user).

ui to select a station, and press ENTER or 1 to
8 Use
start playback.
Playback starts and the following screen appears.
Spotify
Now Playing
Title
Artist
Album
00:06

Pause
Back

Previous
Next

OPTION

Option
MENU

v See overleaf

Informations

Exit

• The password should be no longer than 99 characters.
For character input, see page 118.
• The types of characters that can be input are as shown below.

Spotify

Accounts

Use ui p to enter your username and password.

Internet Radio

Media Server

[1/5]

Spotify

Starred

BACK

Favorites

7 Use ui to select menu and then press ENTER.

Get Started

Network

If the username and password match, the top menu for Spotify
is displayed.

Advanced version

q Check the network environment, then turn on this unit’s
power (vpage 31 “Connecting to a home network
(LAN)”).
w If settings are required, make the “Settings” (vpage 148).
e Complete step 5 and obtain a Spotify account.
• If you already have a Spotify account, you do not need to
obtain a new account. Use your existing Spotify account.

inputting the username and password, select
6 After
“Log In”, then press ENTER.

Basic version

Listening to Spotify

Using online services

[1/3]

Track-Artist
Star this track

Browse albums by “Artist name”

nnAdjusting the sound quality (Restorer)

Operation buttons
CH/PAGE df
INFO

nnSwitching the screen display

Browse tracks on “Album name”

nnGoing back to the previous screen

Back

Press o or BACK.

Adds a star to the selected track.

Browse albums
by “Artist name”

Displays the list of albums by the artist of the
track that is being played back.

Browse tracks on
“Album name”

Displays the list of tracks on the album that is
being played back.

nnChanging the screen display duration

Press the OPTION button to display a menu of functions that can be
used on the TV screen. Select the function you want to use from this
menu. You can easily find and use the desired function.

nn Performing repeat playback (Repeat)
(vpage 77)
nn Performing random playback (Random)
(vpage 77)
nn All Zone Stereo function (vpage 80)

DVD

uio p
ENTER
(Press and release)
ENTER
(Press and hold)
BACK
SETUP
8 9
1
3
2

Enter
Stop
Return
Setup menu
Auto search (cue)
Playback
Pause
Stop

Informations

Operations available through the OPTION button

OPTION

Function
Page search
Display of information such as the
source name, volume, and sound mode
name
Repeat playback /
Random playback /
All Zone Stereo
Cursor operation /
Auto search (cue, ui)

Advanced version

Press STATUS on the main unit.
The display switches between track title, artist name, and album
title each time the button is pressed.

Star this track

nnSpotify operation buttons

Basic version

Menu items on playback screen.

Convenient functions
Setting the USB port to use (USB Select)
USB

iPod

nn Setting the USB port to use (USB Select)
(vpage 76)

The option menu screen is displayed.

The keyboard input screen is displayed.

USB

Option
USB Select
Now Playing
Repeat

USB

Random
Title
Slideshow
Artist
Album
Picture Mode
MP3 128kbps
All Zone Stereo On

00:06

Text Search
Repeat

D&M3

Random

Slideshow Interval

Music2
Previous
Next

OPTION

Title
Front
Artist
Album
MP3 128kbps
100%
OPTION

Option

• Each time o p is pressed, the setting is changed as shown below.
Rear

Front

Uses the USB port on the front panel.

Rear

Uses the USB port on the rear panel.

“Text Search” searches for Internet Radio stations or files that start
with the entered first character from the displayed list.

NOTE
“Text Search” may not work for some lists.

nnPlaying back a search result content
Use ui to select the content you
want to play, and then press ENTER
or p.
Playback starts.

The display returns to the playback screen.

• For character input, see page 118.

USB Select

4 Press ENTER.

Option

the first character of the Internet Radio
3 Enter
station or file you want to search for, and then press
OK

Now Playing

Previous
Next

OPTION

Informations

USB

Pause
Back

All Zone Stereo On

Music4

3 Use o p to select the USB port to use.

00:06

Picture Mode

Music3

Option

Front

DVD

USB Select

D&M2
Music1

Pause
Back

nn Adjusting the picture quality for your viewing
environment (Picture Mode) (vpage 80)

[1/9]
Option
D&M1

100%

nn Playing back still images in sequential order
(Slideshow Interval) (vpage 79)

nn All Zone Stereo function (vpage 80)

Media Server

The option menu screen is displayed.

nn Favorites function (vpage 78)
nn Playing back music and a favorite picture at the
same time (Slideshow) (vpage 79)

Internet Radio

1
1 While content is playing, press OPTION.
Use ui to select “USB Select”, then press ENTER.
2
2 Use ui to select “Text Search”, then press ENTER.

nn Performing repeat playback (Repeat)
(vpage 77)
nn Performing random playback (Random)
(vpage 77)

USB

Press OPTION.

Advanced version

nn Searching content with keywords
(Text Search) (vpage 76)

Searching content with keywords
(Text Search)

Basic version

Here, we explain how to use convenient functions for NETWORK
sources and USB sources. The source names under the titles of each
function’s description are sources that allow use of these functions.

Convenient functions

Media Server

USB

Performing random playback (Random)
Media Server

USB

1 While content is playing, press OPTION.
2 Use ui to select “Repeat”, then press ENTER.
The option menu screen is displayed.

The option menu screen is displayed.

USB

Option

USB Select
Now Playing
Repeat

Random
Title
Slideshow
Artist
Album
Picture Mode
MP3 128kbps
All Zone Stereo On

00:06

Random
Title
Slideshow
Artist
Album
Picture Mode
MP3 128kbps
All Zone Stereo On

100%

00:06

Pause
Back

Previous
Next

OPTION

Option

100%

Pause
Back

Previous
Next

OPTION

Option

3 Use o p to select random playback mode.

USB

USB
Now Playing

Now Playing

Repeat

Title
ArtistOff
Album
MP3 128kbps

Random

Title
ArtistOff
Album
MP3 128kbps

100%

Pause
Back

00:06

Previous
Next

OPTION

Option

• Each time o p is pressed, the setting is changed as shown below.
Off

100%

Pause
Back

Off

Repeat playback mode is canceled.

One

A file being played is played repeatedly.

All

All files in the folder currently being played are played
repeatedly.

Off

Option

Off

Disable random playback.

Enable random playback.

4 Press ENTER.

The display returns to the playback screen.

4 Press ENTER.

The display returns to the playback screen.

DVD

OPTION

• Each time o p is pressed, the setting is changed as shown below.

One
All

Previous
Next

Informations

3 Use o p to select repeat playback mode.

00:06

Advanced version

USB

1 While content is playing, press OPTION.
2 Use ui to select “Random”, then press ENTER.

The random playback randomly selects a track to play back from all
tracks every time a track ends. Therefore, the same track may be
played back consecutively.

Basic version

Performing repeat playback (Repeat)

Convenient functions

Playing back content added in “Save to Favorites”

There are two ways to add content to favorites:
q Add to favorites from the Option menu
w Add to the FAVORITE STATION button

1
uio p to select “Favorites”,
2 Use
then press ENTER.

nnAdd to favorites from the Option menu
(Save to Favorites)

Press NETWORK.

Network

Media Server

Internet Radio

Favorites

The option menu screen is displayed.

“Favorite added” is displayed, and the current content is added
to favorites.
Internet Radio

Save to Favorites
Now Playing
Slideshow

Picture Mode
Title
All Zone Stereo On
Artist
Album
MP3 128kbps

00:06

100%
OPTION

Back

Option

• The display returns to the playback screen when the procedure is
completed.

Use ui to select the content you want to play, and
then press ENTER or p.
Playback starts.

nnAdding to the FAVORITE STATION button
You can add up to four types of content.

NOTE
• Please note that if you add new content to a number that already
contains content, the older content is deleted.
• The following operations update the database on the Media Server,
which may make the added music files unplayable.
• When you quit the Media Server and then restart it.
• When music files are deleted or added on the Media Server.
• When using an ESCIENT server, place “ESCIENT” before the server
name.

While content is playing, press and
hold one of the FAVORITE STATION
1 – 4 buttons for more than 3 seconds.
The content is added to the button you
pressed.

DVD

Radio station

Internet Radio

Top list of content / Internet Radio station

Media Server

Top list of content

Pandora

Top list of content

SiriusXM

Top list of content

Spotify

Top list of content

Favorites

Top list of content

Playing back content added to the FAVORITE
STATION button
You can easily call up content by pressing the FAVORITE STATION
button.

Press one of the FAVORITE STATION
1 – 4 buttons that you added content
to.
Playback starts.

• When the FAVORITE STATION 1 – 4 buttons is pressed, the AVRoperation mode starts automatically.
• Internet Radio stations are already registered to the FAVORITE
STATION 1 – 4 buttons. However, you may not be able to play the
stations due to restrictions imposed by the radio stations.

v See overleaf

Informations

Option

Spotify

Contents that can be added

Internet Radio

Media Server

1 While content is playing, press OPTION.
ui to select “Save to Favorites”, then press
2 Use
ENTER.

Input source

Advanced version

You can add up to 100 items as favorites for all sources (Internet
Radio and Media Server).

Contents that can be added to the FAVORITE STATION button differ
depending on the input source.

Basic version

Favorites function

Convenient functions

1 Press NETWORK.
uio p to select “Favorites”,
2 Use
then press ENTER.

USB

Internet Radio

Media Server

1 Play back a still picture.

• Playing back still pictures stored on USB memory devices
(vpage 48).
• Playing back still pictures stored on Flickr (vpage 67).

Play back a music file or Internet Radio station
(vpage 59, 64).

Internet Radio

Media Server

Playing back still images in sequential
order (Slideshow Interval)
You can play back still image (JPEG) files stored on a USB memory
device or Media Server and pictures on Flickr website as a slide show.
The display time can also be set.
USB

The option menu screen is displayed.

USB

“Favorite removed” is displayed, and the selected content is
deleted from favorites.
Favorites

D&M3

Music1
Music2

USB

Music3

Option

Music4

Text Search
Repeat

Random

Slideshow Interval
Picture Mode

All Zone Stereo On
OPTION

Random
Title
Slideshow
Artist
Album
Picture Mode
MP3 128kbps
All Zone Stereo On

00:06

100%

Pause
Back

Previous
Next

OPTION

Option

• Each time o p is pressed, the setting is changed as shown below.
Off

5s
60s

Remove from Favorites
Radio Algerienne Chaine 1
Picture Mode
FM West 84.2
All Zone Stereo On

Option

3 Use o p to set the display time.

Option

Off
5s – 60s

OPTION

USB Select

USB Select
Now Playing
Repeat

The option menu screen is displayed.

ui to select “Remove from Favorites”, then
4 Use
press ENTER.

D&M2

Informations

[1/9]
Option
D&M1

The option menu disappears, and the picture you were viewing
is shown on the screen.

Use ui to select the content you want to delete from
favorites, then press OPTION.

Flickr

1 Play back an image and press OPTION.
ui to select “Slideshow Interval”, then press
2 Use
ENTER.

The option menu screen is displayed.

Spotify

Media Server

10s
30s

15s
20s

The slide show is not played back.
Set the time for displaying a single image when playing
back images in the slide show.

4 Press ENTER.

Option

The slide show is displayed on the screen.

• The display returns to the original screen when the procedure is
completed.

This unit plays back image (JPEG) files in the orientation in which they
are stored in the folder.

DVD

Advanced version

2
3 Press OPTION.
4 Use ui to select “Slideshow”, then press ENTER.

Network

Favorites

Playing back music and a favorite picture
at the same time (Slideshow)

Basic version

nnDeleting content added to favorites
(Remove from Favorites)

Convenient functions

DVD

CBL/SAT
USB

Blu-ray

Internet Radio

GAME

AUX1

Media Server

AUX2 MEDIA PLAYER
CD z TV AUDIO z

zz You can set the picture mode when an HDMI, component video or
video connector is assigned.

Off

No picture quality adjustment is done with this unit.

Standard

The standard mode suited for most living room viewing
environments.

Movie

A mode suited for watching movies in a dark room such
as a theater room.

Vivid

A mode that makes graphic images for games, etc.
brighter and more vivid.

Streaming A mode suited for low bit rate video sources.
Custom

The option menu screen is displayed.

Adjusts the picture quality manually.

The display returns to the playback screen.

Internet Radio

Option

nnUsing the All Zone Stereo function
(All Zone Stereo On)

The All Zone Stereo function can be set for any source.

Before setting this function, you need to turn on the multi-zones
(ZONE2/ZONE3) for which you want to use the All Zone Stereo
function.

1 Press ZONE SELECT to switch the zone mode.
2 Press OPTION.
ui to select “All Zone
3 Use
Stereo On”, then press ENTER.

Save to Favorites
Now Playing
Slideshow

The J indicator lights.

Picture Mode
Title
All Zone Stereo On
Artist
Album
MP3 128kbps

The option menu screen is displayed.

100%
OPTION

Back

Option

3 Use o p to select picture mode.

The input source for the multi-zones
(ZONE2/ZONE3) is switched to the
same as the one for MAIN ZONE, and
playback in the All Zone Stereo mode
starts.

Internet Radio
Now Playing
Picture Mode

Internet Radio

Title
Standard
Artist
Album
MP3 128kbps

00:06

Picture Mode
Title
All Zone Stereo On
Artist
Album
MP3 128kbps

100%
OPTION

Back

Option
00:06

• Each time o p is pressed, the setting is changed as shown below.
Off

Standard

Movie

Custom

Streaming

Vivid

DVD

Option

Save to Favorites
Now Playing
Slideshow

100%
OPTION

Back

Option

v See overleaf

Informations

00:06

You can play back music in multi-zones (ZONE2/ZONE3) simultaneously
that is played back in MAIN ZONE.
It is useful when you want to enjoy the same music at the same time
in multiple rooms during home party or when you want to play back
the same BGM in the entire house.

Advanced version

1 While content is playing, press OPTION.
2 Use ui to select “Picture Mode”, then press ENTER. 4 Press ENTER.

All Zone Stereo function

Basic version

Adjusting the picture quality for your
viewing environment (Picture Mode)

Convenient functions
Basic version

nnStopping the All Zone Stereo function
(All Zone Stereo Off)

1 During playback in All Zone Stereo, press OPTION.
ui to select “All Zone Stereo Off”, then press
2 Use
ENTER.
The option menu screen is displayed.

Advanced version

Internet Radio

Option

Save to Favorites
Now Playing
Slideshow

Picture Mode
Title
All Zone Stereo Off
Artist
Album
MP3 128kbps

00:06

100%
OPTION

Back

Option

Informations

The All Zone Stereo function is also stopped when you:
• Turn MAIN ZONE off.
• Change the input source for MAIN ZONE.
• Change the sound mode.

NOTE
When “HDMI Audio Out” (vpage 129) is set to “TV”, the All Zone
Stereo function is not available.

DVD

AirPlay function

zzAvailable as a free download from the App Store.

nnStreaming music stored in iPhone, iPod touch,
or iPad directly to the unit

Selecting multiple speakers (devices)

iTunes 10, or later, on a Mac or Windows PC
1 Install
that is connected to the same network as this unit.
Click the AirPlay icon
and select “Multiple
Turn this unit ON.
1
Speakers”
from
the
list.
2
2 Check the speakers you want to use.

It is possible to play iTunes songs on your home’s AirPlay compatible
speakers (devices) other than those of this unit.

Set “Network” (vpage 147) to “Always On” for this unit.

NOTE

When “Network” is set to “Always On”, the unit consumes more
standby power.

Multiple Speakers

the Wi-Fi settings for iPhone, iPod touch, or
Launch iTunes and click the AirPlay icon
1 Make
3 displayed
iPad.
in the lower right of the window and select

Master Volume

• For details, see your device’s manual.

This Computer

this unit from the list.

My Computer
DENON AVR-4520CI

Startup iPhone, iPod touch, or iPad music or iPod
app.

Advanced version

If you update your “iPhone/iPod touch/iPad” to iOS 4.2.1 or later,
you can stream music stored in your “iPhone/iPod touch/iPad”
directly to this unit.

nnPlaying iTunes music with this unit

Basic version

Enjoy music from your iTunes library with high quality sound anywhere
in your home.
Use the Apple Remote Appz for iPhone, iPod touch and iPad to
control iTunes from any room in your home.

AirPlay Device

is displayed on the iPhone, iPod touch or iPad screen.

v See overleaf

4 Choose a song and click play in iTunes.
The music will stream to this unit.

DENON AVR-4520CI
Cancel

NOTE
In playback using the AirPlay function, the sound is output at the
iPhone, iPod touch, iPad or iTunes volume setting level.
You should turn down the iPhone, iPod touch, iPad or iTunes volume
prior to playback and then adjust it to a suitable level.

DVD

Informations

3 Tap the AirPlay icon .
4 Select the speaker you want to use.

AirPlay function

With this unit’s remote control unit, you can perform iTunes song
play, pause, and auto search (cue) operations.

Devices

General

Playback

Sharing

Store

Parental

Devices

is displayed on the menu screen while
AirPlay is being operated.
• Source input will be switched to
“NETWORK” when AirPlay playback is
started.
• You can stop AirPlay playback by pressing the o or choosing other
input source.
• To see song and artist names together, press STATUS on the main
unit.
• For information about how to use iTunes, also see the Help for
iTunes.
• The screen may differ depending on the OS and software versions.

Advanced

Advanced version

1 Select “Edit” – “Preferences...” on the menu.
2 Select “Devices” in the iTunes setting window.
“Allow iTunes control from remote speakers”,
3 Check
and then click “OK”.

•

Basic version

nnPerform iTunes playback operations with the
remote control unit of this unit

Device backups:

Informations

Delete Backup ...

Prevent iPods, iPhones, and iPads from syncing automatically
Warn when

more than 5%

of the data on this computer will be changed

Allow iTunes control from remote speakers

Forget All Remotes

iTunes is not paired with any Remotes

Reset Sync History
?

DVD

Cancel

This unit allows you to enjoy various kinds of surround and stereo
playbacks.
Multi-channel audio formats are adopted by many of the contents
including Blu-ray disc and DVD as well as digital broadcasting and
Internet-delivered movies and music.
This unit supports playback of almost all of these multi-channel audio
formats. It also supports surround playback of audio formats other
than multi-channel audio such as 2-channel stereo audio.

GExampleH When MOVIE is pressed and held

MOVIE SOUND
DOLBY PLIIx CINEMA
DTS NEO:X CINEMA
MULTI CH STEREO
MONO MOVIE
VIRTUAL

This unit provides not only sound modes that conform to the formats
recorded in discs such as Dolby and DTS but also extended types of
modes that match your speaker configuration including front height
speakers and surround back speakers and “original listening modes”
that create atmosphere of ROCK ARENA and JAZZ CLUB, etc.
The displayed sound modes include the 2-channel stereo playback
mode.

For audio formats recorded in a disc, see the disc jacket.

This unit automatically generates and
displays a list of selectable sound
modes.

• Each time MOVIE, MUSIC or GAME is
pressed, the listening mode is switched.
Switches to the listening mode
suitable for enjoying movies and TV
programs.
Switches to the listening mode
suitable for enjoying music.
Switches to the listening mode
suitable for enjoying games.
• Pressing MOVIE, MUSIC or GAME displays a list of the listening
modes that can be selected. Each time you press MOVIE, MUSIC
or GAME, the listening mode changes.
• While the list is displayed, you can also use ui to select a
listening mode.

• The MOVIE, MUSIC, or GAME button memorizes the last sound
mode selected for its button. Pressing MOVIE, MUSIC, or GAME
recalls the same sound mode as the one selected at the previous
playback.
• If the content played back does not support the previously selected
sound mode, the most standard sound mode for the content is
automatically selected.

Direct/DSD Direct playback
Sound recorded in source is played as is.

the selected device
1 Play
(vpage 42 – 74).

2 Press PURE to select “DIRECT” or “DSD DIRECT”.
Direct playback begins.

“DSD DIRECT” is shown on the display when playing DSD signals in
the DIRECT mode.

Pure direct playback
This mode is for playback in higher sound quality than in “DIRECT”
mode. Turn the display of the amplifier off to stop the analogue video
circuit. This suppresses the source of noise that affects sound quality.

the selected device
1 Play
(vpage 42 – 74).

2 Press PURE to select “PURE DIRECT”.

The display goes dark, and pure direct playback begins.

In DIRECT/DSD DIRECT and PURE DIRECT listening mode, the
following items cannot be adjusted.
• Tone (vpage 123)
• Restorer (vpage 124)
• MultEQ® XT 32 (vpage 125) • Dynamic EQ (vpage 125)
• Dynamic Volume (vpage 126)

NOTE
• Video signals are only output when HDMI signals are played in the
PURE DIRECT mode.
• When in the PURE DIRECT mode, the menu screen is not displayed.
• When in the PURE DIRECT mode, the display turns off and appears
as if there is no electricity.

DVD

Informations

STEREO

1 Play the selected device (vpage 42 – 74).
and hold MOVIE, MUSIC or
2 Press
GAME to select a listening mode.

Advanced version

This unit automatically generates a list of all the playable sound
modes based on the input audio format and the current speaker setup
configuration and displays the list on the screen. Therefore, you can
select a correct surround playback mode even if you are not familiar
with sound mode selection. Try out various surround playback modes
and enjoy surround playback in your favorite mode.

Selecting a listening mode

Basic version

Selecting a listening mode (Sound Mode)

Selecting a listening mode
• The following listening modes can be selected using the MOVIE, MUSIC, GAME, and PURE buttons.
• Adjust the sound field effect with the menu “Surround Parameter” (vpage 121) to enjoy your favorite sound mode.

Operation
button

Input signal

Multi-channel
z3

STEREO
DOLBY PLgx Cinema z2 /
DOLBY PLgx Cinema A-DSX z4
DOLBY PLg Cinema z2 /
DOLBY PLg Cinema A-DSX z4
DOLBY PLgz Height z2
DTS NEO:X Cinema z2 z5
MULTI CH STEREO
WIDE SCREEN
MONO MOVIE
VIRTUAL
STEREO

DVD

Input signal

DTS-HD /
DTS Express

PCM/DSD
multi-channel

Multi-channel
z3

Listening mode
DTS-HD HI RES /
DTS-HD HI RES A-DSX z4
DTS-HD MSTR /
DTS-HD MSTR A-DSX z4
DTS Express /
DTS Express A-DSX z4
DTS-HD + PLgx Cinema
DTS-HD + PLgz
DTS-HD + NEO:X Cinema
MULTI CH IN /
MULTI CH IN A-DSX z4
MULTI CH IN 7.1
MULTI IN + Dolby EX
MULTI IN + PLgx Cinema
MULTI IN + PLgz
MULTI IN + NEO:X Cinemaz5
MULTI CH STEREO
WIDE SCREEN
MONO MOVIE
VIRTUAL

z1 2-channel also includes analog input.
z2 This mode plays back 2-channel source in 5.1, 7.1, 9.1 or
11.1-channel playback. It cannot be selected when headphones
are used, or when only front speakers are used.
z3 Some listening modes cannot be selected, depending on the
audio format or number of channels of the input signal. For
details, see “Types of input signals, and corresponding sound
modes” (vpage 187).
z4 These modes add a new channel to the 5.1 channel surround
using Audyssey DSX® processing (vpage 126).
When “Heights” is selected in “Audyssey DSX®” (vpage 126),
a front height channel is added in playback. When “Wides” is
selected, a front wide channel is added in playback. When
“Wides/Heights” is selected, a front wide channel and a front
height channel are added in playback.
z5 This mode cannot be selected when DSD signals are input.
v See overleaf

Informations

DOLBY DIGITAL /
DOLBY DIGITAL A-DSX z4
DOLBY DIGITAL EX
Dolby Digital
DOLBY DIGITAL + PLgx Cinema
DOLBY DIGITAL + PLgz
DOLBY DIGITAL + NEO:X Cinema
DOLBY TrueHD /
DOLBY TrueHD A-DSX z4
DOLBY TrueHD + EX
Dolby TrueHD
DOLBY TrueHD + PLgx Cinema
DOLBY TrueHD + PLgz
DOLBY TrueHD + NEO:X Cinema
DOLBY DIGITAL Plus /
DOLBY DIGITAL Plus A-DSX z4
DOLBY DIGITAL Plus + EX
Dolby Digital
DOLBY DIGITAL Plus + PLgx Cinema
Plus
DOLBY DIGITAL Plus + PLgz
DOLBY DIGITAL Plus + NEO:X
Cinema
DTS SURROUND /
DTS SURROUND A-DSX z4
DTS ES DSCRT 6.1
DTS ES MTRX 6.1
DTS
DTS 96/24
DTS + PLgx Cinema
DTS + PLgz
DTS + NEO:X Cinema

Operation
button

Advanced version

2-channel z1

Listening mode

Basic version

nnListening mode

Selecting a listening mode
Input signal

2-channel z1

STEREO
DOLBY PLgx Music z2 /
DOLBY PLgx Music A-DSX z4
DOLBY PLg Music z2 /
DOLBY PLg Music A-DSX z4
DOLBY PLgz Height z2
DTS NEO:X Music z2 z5
MULTI CH STEREO
SUPER STADIUM
ROCK ARENA
JAZZ CLUB
CLASSIC CONCERT
MATRIX
VIRTUAL

Operation
button

Input signal

DTS-HD /
DTS Express

PCM/DSD
multi-channel

STEREO

DVD

Multi-channel
z3

DTS-HD HI RES /
DTS-HD HI RES A-DSX z4
DTS-HD MSTR /
DTS-HD MSTR A-DSX z4
DTS Express /
DTS Express A-DSX z4
DTS-HD + PLgx Music
DTS-HD + PLgz
DTS-HD + NEO:X Music
MULTI CH IN /
MULTI CH IN A-DSX z4
MULTI CH IN 7.1
MULTI IN + Dolby EX
MULTI IN + PLgx Music
MULTI IN + PLgz
MULTI IN + NEO:X Music z5
MULTI CH STEREO
SUPER STADIUM
ROCK ARENA
JAZZ CLUB
CLASSIC CONCERT
MATRIX
VIRTUAL

Informations

DOLBY DIGITAL /
DOLBY DIGITAL A-DSX z4
DOLBY DIGITAL EX
Dolby Digital
DOLBY DIGITAL + PLgx Music
DOLBY DIGITAL + PLgz
DOLBY DIGITAL + NEO:X Music
DOLBY TrueHD /
DOLBY TrueHD A-DSX z4
DOLBY TrueHD + EX
Dolby TrueHD
DOLBY TrueHD + PLgx Music
DOLBY TrueHD + PLgz
DOLBY TrueHD + NEO:X Music
DOLBY DIGITAL Plus /
DOLBY DIGITAL Plus A-DSX z4
Dolby Digital
DOLBY DIGITAL Plus + EX
DOLBY DIGITAL Plus + PLgx Music
Plus
DOLBY DIGITAL Plus + PLgz
DOLBY DIGITAL Plus + NEO:X Music
DTS SURROUND /
DTS SURROUND A-DSX z4
DTS ES DSCRT 6.1
DTS ES MTRX 6.1
DTS
DTS 96/24
DTS + PLgx Music
DTS + PLgz
DTS + NEO:X Music

Listening mode

Advanced version

Multi-channel

Listening mode

Basic version

Operation
button

Selecting a listening mode
Input signal

2-channel z1

STEREO
DOLBY PLgx Game z2 /
DOLBY PLgx Game A-DSX z4
DOLBY PLg Game z2 /
DOLBY PLg Game A-DSX z4
DOLBY PLgz Height z2
DTS NEO:X Game z2 z5
MULTI CH STEREO
VIDEO GAME
VIRTUAL
STEREO

DVD

Input signal

PCM/DSD
multi-channel

Multi-channel
z3

All
Except DSD
DSD

Listening mode
MULTI CH IN /
MULTI CH IN A-DSX z4
MULTI CH IN 7.1
MULTI IN + Dolby EX
MULTI IN + PLgz
MULTI IN + NEO:X Game z5
MULTI CH STEREO
VIDEO GAME
VIRTUAL
PURE DIRECT
DIRECT
DSD DIRECT

Views on the TV screen or display
e
Blu-ray
DOLBY D + PL z

q Shows a decoder to be used.
• A DOLBY DIGITAL Plus decoder is displayed as “DOLBY D +”.

w Shows

a decoder that creates sound output from the surround
back speakers.
• “+ PLgz” indicates the front height sound from front height
speakers.

e Shows the name of the input source being played back.
v See overleaf

Informations

DOLBY DIGITAL /
DOLBY DIGITAL A-DSX z4
Dolby Digital
DOLBY DIGITAL EX
DOLBY DIGITAL + PLgz
DOLBY DIGITAL + NEO:X
DOLBY TrueHD /
DOLBY TrueHD A-DSX z4
Dolby TrueHD DOLBY TrueHD + EX
DOLBY TrueHD + PLgz
DOLBY TrueHD + NEO:X Game
DOLBY DIGITAL Plus /
DOLBY DIGITAL Plus A-DSX z4
Dolby Digital
DOLBY DIGITAL Plus + EX
Plus
DOLBY DIGITAL Plus + PLgz
DOLBY DIGITAL Plus + NEO:X Game
DTS SURROUND /
DTS SURROUND A-DSX z4
DTS ES DSCRT 6.1
DTS
DTS ES MTRX 6.1
DTS 96/24
DTS + PLgz
DTS + NEO:X Game
DTS-HD HI RES /
DTS-HD HI RES A-DSX z4
DTS-HD MSTR /
DTS-HD /
DTS-HD MSTR A-DSX z4
DTS Express /
DTS Express
DTS Express A-DSX z4
DTS-HD + PLgz
DTS-HD + NEO:X Game

Operation
button

Advanced version

Multi-channel

Listening mode

Basic version

Operation
button

Selecting a listening mode

Dolby listening mode

DTS listening mode

Listening mode type
DOLBY PLgxz1

DOLBY PLgzz2

DOLBY TrueHD
DOLBY DIGITAL Plus

DTS SURROUND
DTS ES DSCRT6.1z2

DTS ES MTRX6.1z3

DTS 96/24
DTS-HD
DTS Express

Description
This matrix decoding technology uses the DTS NEO:X decoder to playback
2-channel source or 5.1/6.1/7.1 channel surround sources as a maximum of
11.1 channel surround sound.
There are 3 modes: “Music” suited for playing music, “Cinema” suited for
playing movies, and “Game” which is optimized for playing games.
This mode can be selected when playing sources recorded in DTS.
This mode is suitable for playing discs recorded in DTS-ES. The surround back
channel added using the discrete method is played as an independent channel.
Since all channels are independent, the 360-degree spacial expressiveness and
sound localization are enhanced.
This mode is suitable for playing discs recorded in DTS-ES.
The surround back channel added to the surround-left and surround-right
channels by a matrix encoder at software recording time is decoded by this
unit’s matrix decoder and played from each channel (surround left, surround
right, surround back).
This mode can be selected when playing sources recorded in DTS 96/24.
This mode can be selected when playing sources recorded in DTS-HD.
This mode can be selected when playing sources recorded in DTS Express.

z1 This mode cannot be selected when DSD signals are input.
z2 This mode can be selected when only one surround back speaker is used and no front height speaker
or front wide speaker is used.
z3 This can be selected when “Speaker Config.” – “Surr. Back” (vpage 142) is not set to “None”.

PCM/DSD multi-channel listening mode

z1 This can be selected when “Speaker Config.” – “Surr. Back” (vpage 142) is not set to “None”.
z2 This can be selected when “Speaker Config.” – “Front Height” (vpage 142) is not set to “None”.

Listening mode type
MULTI CH IN

Description
This mode can be selected when playing multi-channel PCM/DSD sources .

v See overleaf

DVD

Informations

DOLBY DIGITAL
DOLBY DIGITAL EXz1

Listening mode type
DTS NEO:Xz1

Advanced version

DOLBY PLg

Description
This mode can be selected when a Dolby Pro Logic gx decoder is used to
play back 2-channel source in 6.1/7.1-channel surround sound including the
surround back channel.
By adding the surround back channel, a stronger surround feeling is obtained
compared to Dolby Pro Logic g.
There are three playback modes: “Cinema” mode that is optimized for movie
playback, “Music” mode that is optimized for music playback, and “Game”
mode that is optimized for game play.
This mode can be selected when a Dolby Pro Logic g decoder is used to play
back 2-channel source in 5.1-channel surround sound with a natural, realistic
feel.
This mode can be selected when a Dolby Pro Logic gz decoder is used to play
back 2-channel source in 7.1-channel surround sound with added front height
channel.
By adding a front height channel, the vertical expression is emphasized,
improving the three-dimensionality of the sound.
This mode can be selected when playing sources recorded with Dolby Digital.
Using a Dolby Digital EX decoder, this mode plays Dolby Digital source in
6.1/7.1 channel surround sound with added surround back channel.
By adding a surround back channel, spacial expressiveness and sound
localization are enhanced.
This mode can be selected when playing sources recorded in Dolby TrueHD.
This mode can be selected when playing sources recorded with Dolby Digital
Plus.

Basic version

nnDescription of listening mode types

Selecting a listening mode

Listening mode type
Audyssey DSX®
(A-DSX)z

STEREO listening mode
Description

Listening mode type

This mode creates playback for the new channels (front wide or front height) in
5.1-channel systems. By adding front wide or front high channels, the surround
sound effects sound more three dimensional and realistic.

STEREO

zz This mode is displayed when “Audyssey DSX®” (vpage 126) is set to “Wides/Heights”, “Heights”
or “Wides”.

Direct listening mode

MULTI CH STEREO

VIDEO GAME
MATRIX
VIRTUAL

DIRECT/DSD DIRECT
PURE DIRECT

This mode is for enjoying stereo sound from all speakers.
The same sound as that from the front speakers (L/R) is played back at the
same level from the surround speakers (L/R) and surround back speakers (L/R).
This mode is for enjoying the atmosphere of viewing a movie on a large screen.
This mode is suited for viewing sports programs.
This mode is for enjoying the atmosphere of a live concert in an arena.
This mode is for enjoying the atmosphere of a live concert in a jazz club.
This mode is for appreciating classical concert programs.
This mode is for playing monaural movie sources with surround sound.
When playing sources recorded in monaural in the “MONO MOVIE” mode,
the sound will be off balance with a single channel (left or right), so input to
both channels.
This mode is suited for achieving surround sound with video games.
This mode lets you add a spacious feel to stereo music sources.
This mode is for enjoying surround effects using only the front speakers or
headphones.

DVD

Description
Sound recorded in source is played as is.
This mode is for playback in higher sound quality than in DIRECT mode.
This suppresses the source of noise that affects sound quality.
The following circuits that affect sound quality are set to off.
• Main unit’s display circuit (The display is turned off.)
• Analog video input/output circuit

Informations

WIDE SCREEN
SUPER STADIUM
ROCK ARENA
JAZZ CLUB
CLASSIC CONCERT
MONO MOVIE

Listening mode type

Description

Advanced version

Original listening mode
Listening mode type

Description
This is the mode for playing in stereo. The tone can be adjusted.
• Sound is output from the front left and right speakers and subwoofer.
• If multichannel signals are input, they are mixed down to 2-channel audio and
are played.

Basic version

Audyssey DSX® listening mode

Advanced version
Here, we explain functions and operations that let you make better use of this unit.

F Playback (Advanced operation) vpage 102
F Playback in ZONE2/ZONE3/ZONE4 (Separate room) vpage 111

Advanced version

F Installation/connection/setup of speakers (Advanced) vpage 91

Basic version

Advanced
version

F How to make detailed settings vpage 114

DVD

Informations

F Operating external devices with the remote control vpage 157

Procedure for speaker settings
Speaker installation

Speaker connection (vpage 93)

Speaker installation
• Determine the speaker system depending on the number of speakers
you are using and install each speaker and subwoofer in the room.
Here, we explain how to install the speakers using a typical example.
• The speaker impedance should be from 6 to 16 Ω.
This unit is compatible with Audyssey DSX® (vpage 193),
Dolby Pro Logic gz (vpage 194) and DTS Neo:X (vpage 194)
which offers an even wider and deeper surround sensation.
When using Audyssey DSX®, install front wide speakers or front
height speakers.
When using Dolby Pro Logic gz, install front height speakers.

Use the illustration below as a guide for how high each speaker should
be installed. The height does not need to be exactly the same.
Surround
speaker

Front height
speaker
• Point slightly
downwards

Front wide
At least z1 speaker
3.3 ft/1 m
z2
45˚

2 – 3 ft/
60 – 90 cm

Front
speaker

Surround back
speaker
• Point slightly
downwards

Advanced version

Set up speakers (vpage 99)

Basic version

Installation/connection/setup of speakers (Advanced)

GViewed from the sideH

NOTE
Depending on the “Amp Assign” (vpage 141) setting, audio
cannot be output simultaneously from the surround back, front height,
and front wide speakers.
v See overleaf

DVD

Informations

z1 Recommended for Dolby Pro Logic gz
z2 Recommended for Audyssey DSX®

Speaker installation

When 6.1ch speakers are installed

When 5.1ch speakers are installed

When using Audyssey DSX®, install front wide speakers or front
height speakers.
When using Dolby Pro Logic gz, install front height speakers.

FL
FL

FHL

FHR

C
SW
FL 1

SW
2 FR

z1
z2

FWR

z2
z1

Listening position
SL

Listening position

Advanced version

z1
z2

FWL

Basic version

Typical speaker layout

Listening
position
SBL

SBR

z2 22˚ – 45˚
z5 135˚ – 150˚

z1 22˚ – 30˚

z2 90˚ – 110˚

z3 55˚ – 60˚

GSpeaker abbreviationsH
FL
FR
C
SW
SL
SR
SB

Front speaker (L)
Front speaker (R)
Center speaker
Subwoofer
Surround speaker (L)
Surround speaker (R)
Surround back speaker

SBL
SBR
FHL
FHR
FWL
FWR

DVD

Surround back speaker (L)
Surround back speaker (R)
Front height speaker (L)
Front height speaker (R)
Front wide speaker (L)
Front wide speaker (R)

z2 120˚

Informations

z1 22˚ – 30˚
z4 90˚ – 110˚

z1 22˚ – 30˚

Speaker connection
Connecting the speaker cables
Carefully check the left (L) and right (R) channels and + (red) and – (black) polarities on the speakers being
connected to this unit, and be sure to interconnect the channels and polarities correctly.

nn Normal connection (vpage 94)
nn Bi-amp connection (vpage 95)
nn Multi-channel + 2-channel connection (vpage 96)
nn 11.1-channel connection (vpage 97)
nn External power amplifier connection (vpage 98)

off about 0.03 ft/10 mm of sheathing from the tip of the
1 Peel
speaker cable, then either twist the core wire tightly or terminate
it.

NOTE

the speaker cable’s core wire to the hilt into the speaker
3 Insert
terminal.

Speaker impedance

FRONT
CENTER
SURROUND

4 – 16 Ω

SURROUND BACK

Cables used for connections

FRONT HEIGHT

Audio cable (sold separately)

FRONT WIDE

Speaker cable

• Use speakers where one speaker has an impedance of 4 to 16 Ω. When using a speaker with impedance
of 4 Ω or 6 Ω, make sure to set the “Impedance” in the menu (vpage 145) to “6 Ω/ohms” or “4 Ω/
ohms”.
• On this unit, you can change how the power amplifiers within this unit are used according to your
environment. For details see “Relationship between the Amp Assign mode settings and audio output”
(vpage 177).

DVD

Subwoofer cable

Connecting the subwoofer
Use a subwoofer cable to connect the subwoofer.

Informations

4 Turn the speaker terminal clockwise to tighten it.

Advanced version

2 Turn the speaker terminal counterclockwise to loosen it.

• Disconnect this unit’s power plug from the power outlet before connecting the speakers. Also,
turn off the subwoofer.
• Connect so that the speaker cable core wires do not protrude from the speaker terminal. The
protection circuit may be activated if the core wires touch the rear panel or if the + and – sides
touch each other (vpage 195 “Protection Circuit”).
• Never touch the speaker terminals while the power supply is connected. Doing so could result
in electric shock. When the “Setup Assistant” is running, follow the instructions in the “Setup
Assistant” screen for making connections. (Power is not supplied to the speaker terminals while
the “Setup Assistant” is running.)
• Use speakers with the speaker impedances shown below.
Speaker terminals

Basic version

Here, we connect the speakers in the room to this unit.
This section explains how to connect them using a typical example.

Speaker connection
Basic version

Normal connection

Advanced version

The diagram on the right shows a typical connection method.
Connect your speakers so that they correspond to the speaker names
indicated on the rear panel.
• If you connect the surround back, front height, and front wide
speakers before you start playback, the audio is played back by
automatically switching the speakers in accordance with the
surround mode or input signals.
• If using only one surround back speaker, connect to the “L” side
of the SURROUND BACK terminal. Also use the “Speaker Config.”
setting (vpage 142) to set “Surr. Back” to “1spkr”.
For speaker settings in this case, see “When 6.1ch speakers are
installed” (vpage 92).

NOTE
• For speaker cable connections, see page 93.
• For speaker impedance , see page 93.

nnFor connecting two subwoofers

FHL

FWL

FHR
FWR

C
FL SW

SBL

DVD

SBR

Informations

Two subwoofers can be connected to this unit.
To use two subwoofers, set “Subwoofer” to “2 spkrs” using the
“Speaker Config.” setting (vpage 142).
The level and distance can be set separately for Subwoofer 1 and
Subwoofer 2.

Speaker connection
Basic version

Bi-amp connection
A bi-amp connection is to connect separate amplifiers to the tweeter terminals and woofer terminals of
speakers compatible with the bi-amp function. This prevents the back electromotive force (returned force
without output) of the woofer sent to the tweeter, which affects the sound quality of the tweeter, and you
can enjoy playback with higher-quality sound.
In this case, set “Assign Mode” to “7.1ch(Bi-Amp)” or “5.1ch(Bi-Amp) + ZONE2” in steps 3 to 5 for “Set
up “Amp Assign”” (vpage 99).

NOTE
Advanced version

• For speaker cable connections, see page 93.
• For speaker impedance , see page 93.
• When making bi-amp connections, be sure to remove the short-circuiting plate or wire between the
speaker’s woofer and tweeter terminals.
When using a front wide speaker, you can use the connectors on the
part in the connection
diagram to make a bi-amplifier connection. To make connections for these connectors, set
“Main Speakers” (vpage 100).

FL SW
(L)

DVD

FR
(R)

Informations

Speaker connection
Basic version

Multi-channel + 2-channel connection
You can connect the other front speakers for 2-channel playback using
the DIRECT mode or STEREO mode.
The speakers used exclusively for multichannel playback and the speakers
used exclusively for 2-channel playback are automatically switched for
playback in accordance with the surround mode.
In this case, set “Assign Mode” to “9.1ch/2ch Front” in steps 3 to 5 for
“Set up “Amp Assign”” (vpage 99).

Advanced version

Front speakers can be used separately, depending on the speaker’s
specifications or playback source such as front speakers (FL/FR) for
multichannel playback and front speakers (FL’/FR’) for 2-channel playback
(vpage 145 “Front Speaker”).

NOTE
• For speaker cable connections, see page 93.
• For speaker impedance , see page 93.
Multi channel playback
(Surround mode)

FHL

FR’

FHR
Informations

C
FL’

FL SW

Switching

SBL

SBR

When using a front wide speaker, you can connect a second front speaker to the connectors on the
diagram. To make connections for these connectors, set “Main Speakers” (vpage 100).
2-channel playback
(Direct/Stereo mode)

DVD

part in the connection

Speaker connection

AUX IN

Advanced version

You can perform playback using up to 11.1 channels using a
combination of the built-in power amplifier for 9-channel and an
external power amplifier for 2-channel. Connect the external amplifier
to the PRE OUT connector.
• To perform 11.1-channel playback, select “Amp Assign” and set
“Assign Mode” to “Discrete 11.1ch” using steps 3 and 5 of “Set up
“Amp Assign”” (vpage 99).
• You can also follow step 7 in “Set up “Amp Assign”” (vpage 99)
to change the PRE OUT connector connected to the power amplifier
to the front channel.

Basic version

11.1-channel connection

NOTE
• For speaker cable connections, see page 93.
• For speaker impedance , see page 93.

Power amplifier

FWL

FHR
FWR

C
FL SW

SBL

DVD

SBR

Informations

FHL

Speaker connection
Basic version

External power amplifier connection

Advanced version

You can connect all speakers to an external power amplifier and use
this unit as a preamplifier.
Using this unit as a preamplifier, you can perform up to 11.1-channel
playback.
When the preamplifier mode is used, the built-in power amplifier
operation of this unit is stopped, and interference to the preamplifier
from the power amplifier can be reduced.
To use this unit as a preamplifier, select “Amp Assign” and set
“Assign Mode” to “Pre Amplifier” using steps 3 and 5 of “Set up
“Amp Assign”” (vpage 99).

Power amplifier

For connecting power amplifier and speaker systems, refer to the
instruction manual supplied with the power amplifier to be used.

NOTE
• For speaker cable connections, see page 93.
• For speaker impedance , see page 93.

FHR

FHL

Informations

SW
C

FWL

FWR

SBL

DVD

SBR

Set up speakers

around items indicate the settings.

First install and connect the speakers to this unit.
Before Audyssey® Setup measurement, the settings shown below can be made.
• Changing the amplifier assignment (Amp Assign)
The signal output from the SURROUND BACK, FRONT HEIGHT and FRONT WIDE speaker terminal of this unit can be switched to match your speaker environment (vpage 99 “Set up “Amp Assign””).
• Setting the channels to be used (Channel Select)
If channels that are not to be used are set in advance, measurement for the set channels is skipped, and measuring time can be reduced. You can also change the number of surround back speakers (vpage 101
“Set up “Channel Select””).

2 Connect the setup microphone.

The J indicator lights.

Set up “Amp Assign”
3 Use ui to select
“Amp Assign”, and then press
ENTER.

Audyssey Setup
Your AV receiver can automatically measure the acoustics of
your room then optimize your speakers using the included
microphone.
Set the following items
if necessary.
Amp Assign
Channel Select
Check Results

Informations

When the setup microphone is
connected, the following screen is
displayed.

Restore...

Press ZONE SELECT
NOTE
When using a remote control with preset codes registered
(vpage 160), press AVR to set the remote control to the AVRoperation mode before operation.

Start

Amp Assign

Restore...

Assign Mode
Main Speakers

Start

Front

Speaker

Center

Speaker

Surround

Speaker

Surr. Back

Auto Spkr

Front Height

Auto Spkr

Front Wide

Not Used

ZONE2

Speaker

ZONE3

Pre-amp out

[1/2]
7.1ch + ZONE2
S.Back/F.Height

ZONE2:

ZONE3:

Selects how to use the internal amplifiers

4 Select “Assign Mode”, and then press ENTER.
v See overleaf

DVD

Advanced version

Set up the zone mode
1 Press ZONE SELECT
to switch the zone mode.

Basic version

This section describes detailed settings for Audyssey® Setup.

Set up speakers

speakers, and then press
ENTER.

Assigns all power amplifiers within this unit for
MAIN ZONE. Up to 9.1ch playback is available. In
this case, go to step 6.

7.1ch + ZONE2

Assigns power amplifiers within this unit as
follows: 7.1ch for MAIN ZONE and 2ch for
ZONE2. In this case, go to step 6.

5.1ch + ZONE2/3

Assigns power amplifiers within this unit as
follows: 5.1ch for MAIN ZONE and 2ch for ZONE2
and ZONE3 each. In this case, go to step 11.
Assigns power amplifiers within this unit as
follows: 7.1ch for MAIN ZONE and 1ch for ZONE2
and ZONE3 each. In this case, go to step 6.

7.1ch(Bi-Amp)

Assigns power amplifiers within this unit as
follows: 7.1ch for MAIN ZONE and 2ch for the
front speaker bi-amplifier connection. In this case,
go to step 6.

5.1ch(Bi-Amp) +
ZONE2

Assigns power amplifiers within this unit as
follows: 5.1ch for MAIN ZONE, 2ch for the front
speaker bi-amplifier connection, and 2ch for
ZONE2. In this case, go to step 11.

9.1ch/
2ch Front

Assigns all power amplifiers within this unit for
MAIN ZONE. Up to 9.1ch playback is available.
You can also use a front speaker that is different
from the one used during multi-channel playback
for playback by switching the internal power
amplifier during 2ch playback. In this case, go to
step 6.

7.1ch/2ch
Front(Bi-Amp)

Assigns power amplifiers within this unit as
follows: 7.1ch for the MAIN ZONE multi-channel
playback. You can also use a front speaker that is
different from the one used during multi-channel
playback for playback under the bi-amplifier
connection by switching the internal power
amplifier during 2ch playback. In this case, go to
step 11.

DVD

Discrete 11.1ch

Assigns 9.1ch for power amplifiers within this unit
and 2ch (front/front height) for the external power
amplifier connection. Up to 11.1ch playback is
available. In this case, go to step 7.

Pre Amplifier

Connects all speakers by using an external power
amplifier and uses this unit as a preamplifier. In
this case, go to step 8.

Custom

Assigns power amplifiers within this unit as you
prefer. In this case, go to step 10.

ui to select “Main Speakers” and use o p
6 toUseselect
the speakers that output audio in MAIN
ZONE.

S.Back/F.Height

Outputs audio from the surround back and front
height speakers.

S.Back/F.Wide

Outputs audio from the surround back and front
wide speakers.

F.Height/F.Wide

Outputs audio from the front height and front
wide speakers. When the setting is completed,
go to step 11.

ui to select “Main Pre-amps” and use o p
7 toUseselect
the PRE OUT connectors that connect the
external power amplifier.
Front

Connects the front channel PRE OUT connectors
to the external power amplifier.

Front Height

Connects the front height channel PRE OUT
connectors to the external power amplifier. When
the setting is completed, go to step 11.

100

ui to select “Pre-amp Assign” and use o p to
8 Use
select how to use the PRE OUT connectors.
All

Select this to use the PRE OUT connectors
without using power amplifiers within this unit
and use this unit as a preamplifier.

Custom

Sets whether to use each channel as a preamplifier
or use speakers. When the setting is completed,
go to step 9.

Use ui to select a channel to set and use o p to
9 make
the setting.
Speaker
Pre-amp out

Select this to use speakers.
Select this to output audio only from the PRE OUT
connectors. When the setting is completed, go to
step 11.

Use ui to select a speaker and use o p to set audio
10 output
from each speaker connector as you prefer.
• For details, see “Assign Mode” (vpage 141).

11 Press ENTER.
12 Press o or BACK to exit the “Amp Assign” setting.
v See overleaf

Informations

7.1ch +
ZONE2/3-MONO

Assigns power amplifiers within this unit as
follows: 7.1ch for MAIN ZONE and 2ch for the
second front speaker connection. In this case, go
to step 6.

Advanced version

9.1ch
(SB/FH/FW)

7.1ch + Front B

Basic version

Use o p to select the
5 configuration
of the connected

Set up speakers

Set up “Channel Select”
Use ui to select “Channel Select”, and then press
ENTER.
Audyssey Setup
Your AV receiver can automatically measure the acoustics of
your room then optimize your speakers using the included
microphone.
Set the following items
if necessary.

o p to set whether or not a front wide channel is
14 Use ui to select a channel, and then press ENTER. 19 Use
measured, and then press ENTER.
Front / Subwoofer / Surround Back / Front Height / Front Wide

Use o p to select a front speaker, and then press
ENTER.
Select this to use front speaker A.

Select this to use front speaker B.

A+B

Amp Assign
Channel Select
Check Results

Select this to use front speakers A and B simultaneously.

o p to set whether or not a subwoofer channel is
16 Use
measured, and then press ENTER.

Restore...
Start

Measure Set for measuring two subwoofers (Audyssey Sub EQ
(2 spkrs) HT™).

Skip

Set when you do not want to measure the front wide
speakers.

20 Press o or BACK.

Proceed to page 35 Preparation

step 5.

NOTE
After performing Audyssey® Setup, do not change the speaker
connections or subwoofer volume. In event of a change, perform
Audyssey® Setup again.

Advanced version

Measure Set to measure the front wide speakers.

Basic version

Measure
Set for measuring a subwoofer.
(1 spkr)
Channel Select

Skip

Measure(1spkr)
Measure(2spkrs)
Measure

Set for no measuring of a subwoofer.

o p to set whether or not a surround back
17 Use
channel is measured, and then press ENTER.
Measure
Set for measuring two surround back speakers.
(2 spkrs)
Measure
Set for measuring a surround back speaker.
(1 spkr)
Skip

Set for no measuring of a surround back speaker.

o p to set whether or not a front height channel
18 isUsemeasured,
and then press ENTER.
Measure Set to measure the front height speakers.
Skip

DVD

Set when you do not want to measure the front height
speakers.

101

Informations

Subwoofer
Surround Back
Front Height

HDMI control function

Setup (vpage 33)
Playback (Basic operation) (vpage 41)

If you connect the unit and an HDMI control function compatible TV or
player with an HDMI cable and then enable the HDMI control function
setting on each device, the devices will be able to control each other.

Selecting a listening mode (Sound Mode)
(vpage 84)

nnOperations possible by HDMI control

DVD

102

Set “HDMI Control” (vpage 130) to “On”.

the power on for all the devices connected by
2 Turn
HDMI cable.
the HDMI control function for all devices
3 Set
connected by HDMI cable.
• Please consult the operating instructions for the connected devices
to check the settings.
• Carry out steps 2 and 3 should any of the devices be unplugged.

the television input to the HDMI input
4 Switch
connected to this unit.
this unit input to the HDMI input source and
5 Switch
check if the picture from the player is ok.
you turn the TV’s power to standby, check
6 When
that the power of this unit also goes to standby.
v See overleaf

Informations

To use this unit to play the audio of a TV that does not support the ARC
function, connect the TV with an optical-digital or analog connection
(vpage 10).

the HDMI output connector corresponding with
1 Set
the HDMI control function.

Advanced version

nn HDMI control function (vpage 102)
nn InstaPrevue function (vpage 104)
nn Sleep timer function (vpage 105)
nn Quick select function (vpage 106)
nn REC OUT mode (vpage 107)
nn Web control function (vpage 108)
nn Various memory functions (vpage 110)

• This unit power off can be linked to the TV power off step.
• You can switch audio output devices with a TV operation.
When you set “Output audio from amp” in the TV audio output
setup operation, you can switch the amp power on.
• You can adjust this unit volume in the TV volume adjustment
operation.
• You can switch this unit input sources through linkage to TV
input switching.
• When playing the player, this unit input source switches to the
source for that player.
• If you switch the input source of the unit to “TV AUDIO”, you
can play TV audio with this unit (vpage 10 “About ARC
(Audio Return Channel) function”).
• When “HDMI Control” (vpage 130) in the menu is set to
“On”, signals input to the HDMI input connector are output to
the television or other device connected to the HDMI output
connector, even if the power of this unit is in standby (passthrough function).

nnSetting procedure

Basic version

Playback (Advanced operation)

HDMI control function

103

Informations

DVD

• When “HDMI Control” is set to “On”, it consumes more standby
power.
• The HDMI control function controls operations of a TV that is
compatible with the HDMI control function. Make sure that the TV
and HDMI are connected when you perform HDMI control.
• Some functions may not operate depending on the connected TV
or player. Check the owner’s manual of each device for details
beforehand.
• When “Power Off Control” on the menu is set to “Off”
(vpage 131), this unit is not set to standby even if the connected
device is in the standby mode.
• When connection changes are implemented, such as adding
connections to HDMI devices, linked operations may be initialized.
In this case, you will need to reconfigure the settings.
• When “HDMI Control” is set to “On”, it is not possible to assign an
HDMI connector to “TV AUDIO” at “Input Assign” (vpage 135).
• Should any of the operations below be performed, the interlocking
function may be reset, in which case, repeat steps 2 and 3.
• “Input Assign” – “HDMI” (vpage 135) setting has changed.
• “Video Output” (vpage 130) setting is changed.
• There is a change to the connection between the devices and the
HDMI, or an increase in devices.
• The HDMI ZONE4 function is compatible with the HDMI control
function.
• The ARC function, Power Off Control function, and Volume Control
function is not compatible with the HDMI ZONE4 control function.
• When the HDMI ZONE4 function is used with “HDMI Control” in
the menu set to “On”, the HDMI ZONE4 control function may not
fully work.
• When the power in ZONE4 is on with “HDMI Control” (vpage 130)
set to “On” and “Control Monitor” set to “Monitor 1” or “Monitor
2” (vpage 130), the following operations occur (Some example
behaviors are listed below.).
• When the power of the TV used for MAIN ZONE is off and the
player selected for ZONE4 starts playback, the TV used for MAIN
ZONE is turned on. In this case, the input source selected for MAIN
ZONE changes to the input source selected for ZONE4.
• When playing back a TV used for MAIN ZONE and ZONE4 with
an HDMI connection, turning off the TV used for MAIN ZONE also
turns off this unit and the player.
• When a same input source is selected for MAIN ZONE and ZONE4,
stopping playback of the player on the TV stops the playback on the
player and the video being played back in ZONE4 as well.

Advanced version

If the HDMI control function does not operate properly, check the
following points.
• Is the TV or player compatible with the HDMI control function?
• Is “HDMI Control” (vpage 130) set to “On”?
• Is “Power Off Control” (vpage 131) set to “All” or “Video”?
• Is “Control Monitor” (vpage 130) set for the monitor output
connected to television?
• Is “Control Monitor” (vpage 130) set to the TV that uses the
HDMI control function when this unit is connected to two TVs that
support HDMI connectors?
• Are the HDMI control function settings of all devices correct?

• When the power in ZONE4 is on with “HDMI Control” (vpage 130)
set to “On” and “Control Monitor” set to “ZONE4” (vpage 130),
the following operations occur.
• When the power of the TV used for ZONE4 is off and the player
selected for MAIN ZONE starts playback, the TV used for ZONE4
is turned on. In this case, the input source selected for ZONE4
changes to the input source selected for MAIN ZONE.
• When playing back a TV used for ZONE4 and MAIN ZONE with an
HDMI connection, turning off the TV used for ZONE4 also turns
off the player.
• When a same input source is selected for ZONE4 and MAIN ZONE,
stopping playback of the player on the TV stops the playback on
the player and the video being played back in MAIN ZONE as well.

Basic version

NOTE

InstaPrevue function
Setting how to display sub screens
You can select to display five sub screens or only one sub screen.

sub screens are displayed,
1 While
press OPTION.

The InstaPrevue setting screen is
displayed.

Switching input sources
Switch to the desired input source on this unit while viewing sub
screens.

Press ZONE SELECT to switch
1 the
zone mode.

All
One at time

Displays five sub screens.
Displays only one sub screen.

3 Press OPTION to enter the setting.

You can change the display location of sub screens to a desired
location.

sub screens are displayed,
1 While
press OPTION.

The InstaPrevue setting screen is
displayed.

Press i to select “Location” and
2 use
o p to select the location
where you want to display sub
screens.

• The locations where sub screens can be displayed differ according
to the “HDMI Input” setting.

nn When “HDMI Input” is set to “All”

2 Press InstaPrevue.

The main screen (current input video)
and sub screens (other input video) are
displayed.

Bottom

Top

Right

Left

• The default setting is “Bottom”.

nn When “HDMI Input” is set to “One at time”

Use uio p to select the
desired input source from the
sub screen, and press ENTER.

nn To operate devices with the remote
control unit of this unit after
selecting the input source:

Bottom
Left

Top
Left

Bottom
Right

Top
Right

• The default setting is “Bottom Left”.

While sub screens are displayed, press an
input source select button to select the
desired input source.

3 Press OPTION to enter the setting.
NOTE

Before you can perform this operation, you must register preset
codes for the remote control unit (vpage 157).

DVD

• The InstaPrevue function is available when HDMI signals are input
to the main screen. However, it is not available while computer’s
resolution (e.g. VGA) or 3D video contents is being played back.
• The InstaPrevue function is not available for the ZONE4 HDMI
monitor output. It is also not available when the power in ZONE4
is on.

104

Informations

The J indicator lights.

Advanced version

The InstaPrevue function is compatible with the HDMI1 – 6
connectors. It is not supported for the HDMI7 / MHL connectors.

o p in “HDMI Input” to
2 Press
select how to display sub screens.

Changing the display location of sub
screens

Basic version

You can display sub screens on the main screen to preview playback
video of the HDMI input connected to this unit. You can also display
various video inputs in a single screen to switch input sources such as
Blu-ray, DVD, and GAME while viewing them on sub screens.

Sleep timer function

ZONE SELECT to switch
1 Press
the zone mode.

• The sleep timer setting is canceled if this unit’s power is set to
standby.
• The sleep timer function can be set separately for the different zones
(vpage 113 “Sleep timer function”).

Basic version

• You can have the power automatically switched to standby once a
set time has elapsed. This is convenient for viewing and listening
while going to sleep.
• The sleep timer function can be set for each zone (vpage 113
“Sleep timer function”). (The MAIN ZONE setting method is
explained here.)

NOTE

The J indicator lights.

Advanced version

The sleep timer function cannot turn off the power of devices
connected to this unit. To turn off the power of those connected
devices, set up sleep timers on the connected devices themselves.

2 Press SLEEP and display the time you want to set.
The

indicator on the display lights.

• The time switches as shown below each time SLEEP is pressed.
110

10 min

100

Informations

Off
120

50
60

To confirm the countdown time before putting the
unit to sleep
Press SLEEP.
“Sleep : zmin” appears on the display.
zz Countdown time

To cancel the sleep timer
Press SLEEP to set “Off”.
The
indicator on the display turns off.

DVD

105

Quick select function

Press QUICK SELECT.

The Quick Select settings for the button you pressed are called up.

nnChanging the settings

1 Set the items below to the settings you want to save.
q
w
e
r

Input sourcez (vpage 41)
Volume (vpage 42)
Sound Mode (vpage 84)
Audyssey
(Audyssey MultEQ® XT 32, Audyssey Dynamic EQ®,
Audyssey Dynamic Volume®) (vpage 125)

The current settings will be memorized.

zz The number for the QUICK SELECT button you pressed is
displayed.

Button
QUICK SELECT 1
QUICK SELECT 2
QUICK SELECT 3
QUICK SELECT 4

Input source

Volume

CBL/SAT
Blu-ray
GAME
NETWORK

40
40
40
40

Informations

• The default settings of each Quick Select function are as shown
below.
Sound
Mode
STEREO
STEREO
STEREO
STEREO

Changing the Quick Select Name
On this unit, you can change the Quick Select Name displayed on the
menu to the name that you prefer.
For the name change method, see “Quick Select Names”
(vpage 152).

DVD

Advanced version

Press and hold the desired QUICK SELECT until
2 “Quickz
Memory” appears on the display.

Basic version

You can save settings such as the input source selection, volume
level, and sound mode at the QUICK SELECT 1 – 4 buttons.
You can simply press one of the set QUICK SELECT buttons for
subsequent playback to switch to various saved settings all at once.
• By saving frequently used settings at the QUICK SELECT 1 – 4
buttons, you will always be able to easily call up the same playback
environment.

106

REC OUT mode

ZONE/REC SELECT until “RECOUT Source”
1 Press
is displayed.

ZONE2 CBL/SAT

····

RECOUT DVD

ZONE2 DVD

RECOUT CBL/SAT

RECOUT Source

NOTE
• Recordings you make are for your personal enjoyment and should
not be used for other purposes without permission of the copyright
holder.
• Input sources for which “Hide” is selected at “Hide Sources”
(vpage 137) cannot be selected.
• To record video signals through this unit, use the video cable for
connection between this unit and the player.
• Make an analog connection for audio signals.

3 Start recording.
• For operating instructions, refer to the respective device’s
operating instructions.

DVD

107

Informations

ZONE2 Source

Advanced version

Press ZONE/REC SELECT to choose the input source
to be recorded.

• To cancel, press ZONE/REC SELECT until
“ZONE2 Source” is displayed.
• Make a test recording before starting the
actual recording.
• Sources selected with the REC OUT mode
are output from ZONE2 as well.
• The operable buttons on the remote control
unit in REC OUT mode while it is in the
operating mode for ZONE2 are as follows:
• ZONE SELECT button
• MUTE button (:)
• VOLUME button (df)

Basic version

• When using the audio/video recording connectors (MEDIA PLAYER
outputs), you can record the audio or video from a different program
source while listening to the currently played track.
• For the connection method, see “Connecting a media player”
(vpage 22).

Web control function
• This unit and the PC need to be connected to the network properly
(vpage 31 “Connecting to a home network (LAN)”) in order to
use the web control function.
• Depending on the settings of your security-related software, you
may not be able to access this unit from your PC. If this is the case,
then change the settings of the security-related software.

File

For example, if the IP address of this unit is “192.168.100.19”,
enter “http://192.168.100.19/”.
File

http://192.168.100.19/index.asp

Edit View

http://192.168.100.19/index.asp

Edit View

DENON AVR-4520CI

Web Controller

Favorites Tools Help

MAIN ZONE

INDEX

Web Controller

CBL/SAT

DENON AVR-4520CI
MAIN ZONE
CBL/SAT

40.0

ZONE2
Blu-ray

ZONE3
CBL/SAT

ZONE2
Blu-ray

ZONE4
Setup Menu

Network/Information
Friendly name
DHCP
IP Address
MAC Address

Favorites Tools Help

INDEX

Advanced version

the “Network” setting to “Always On”
1 Switch
(vpage 147).
the IP address of this unit with “Information”
2 Check
(vpage 147).

the IP address of this unit in browser’s address
the top menu is displayed, click on the menu
4 Enter
5 When
box.
item you want to operate.

GAME

DENON AVR-4520CI
On
192.168.100.19
0005cd000000

ZONE3

CBL/SAT

ZONE4
Setup Menu

3 Start up the web browser.

DVD

Web Controller Config.

GAME

Setup Menu

Displays the current network name of the AVR

Setup Menu

q Entering the IP address.
• By adding this unit’s IP address to the browser’s
bookmark,
you
Web Controller
Config.
can display the web control screen using the bookmark function
the next time you use the browser. If you are using a DHCP server
and “Network” (vpage 147) is set to “Off In Standby”, turning
the power on/off changes the IP address.

108

w Click when you select the zone to operate. (vGExample 1H)
e Click when you operate the setup menu. (vGExample 2H)
r Click to change the Web control screen setting. (vGExample
3H)

v See overleaf

Informations

Checking the IP address.

Basic version

You can control this unit from a web control screen on a web browser.

Web control function

GExample 2H Setup menu screen
GExample 1H MAIN ZONE control screen

ZONE CONTROL
NETWORK
iPod/USB
HD Radio

DENON AVR-4520CI

GAME

AUX-2

MEDIA PLAYER

TV AUDIO

HD Radio

PHONO

Internet Radio

iPod/USB

USER ACCOUNT
GENERAL

SAVE
LOAD

High

MUSIC

GAME

PURE

DIRECT

STEREO

STANDARD

SIMULATION

i/p Scaler
Resolution
Aspect Ratio

Media Server

Monitor1

RELOAD

Monitor2

Spotify

W0
8

Analog
Auto

16:9

OFF

480p/576p

4:3

1/3

40.0
1080i

720p

1080p

1080p:24Hz

Q7 Click the menu item from which you want to make settings.
The display on the right becomes the individual setting screens.
Q8 Click “SAVE” when you want to save settings, and click “LOAD”
when you want to call settings.
Q9 Enter figures or click “<” or “>” to make the setting, and then
click “Set”.
W0 Click an item to make a setting.
GExample 3H Web configuration screen
Web Controller Config.

W1
W2

Internet Radio

Top Menu Link Setup

OFF

Back Top Menu

W1 Click “ON” when performing Top Menu Link Setup.
When set up, return to the top menu from each operation screen.
(Default setting : “OFF”)
W2 Click this item to return to the top menu.

109

W3 Click to return to the previous screen.
W4 Click the content you want to operate.
W5 Use to operate content.

Informations

t Click the menu item from which you want to make settings.
The display on the right becomes the individual setting screens.
(vGExample 4H)
y Click when you perform a power operation of the unit.
u Click when you update to the latest information.
Normally, there is a change to the latest information each time
you operate. When operating from the main unit, click this or else
the screen will not be updated.
i Click to add a setting to “Favorites” in your browser.
We recommend registering the setting screens for the different
zones in the browser’s favorites so as not to accidentally perform
menu operations for zones you do not intend to operate.
o Click to return to the top menu.
Displayed when setting “Top Menu Link Setup” to “ON” in
GExample 3H
Q0 To adjust the main volume, click “<”, “>”, or the volume display.
Q1 Click “v” to set the sleep timer function.
Q2 Displays the name of the selected input source.
Q3 Click a button to change the input source.
Q4 Register your favorite content.
Q5 Displays the sound mode.
Q6 The sound mode switches you click the button.

W4
Favorites

OUTPUT SETTINGS

MOVIE

DVD

STEREO

40.0

W3
Network

QUICK SELECT

ON
OFF
Auto Lip Sync
AVR TV
HDMI Audio Out
Auto(Dual)
Video Output
ON
OFF
Vertical Stretch
ON
OFF
High Pass Through
ON
OFF
HDMI Control
Pass Through Source *****
*****
Control Monitor
*****
Power Off Control

FIRMWARE

ZONE CONTROL
NETWORK
iPod/USB
HD Radio

HDMI SETUP

INFORMATION

FAVORITE STATION

NETWORK

Blu-ray

AUX-1

SPEAKERS

DVD

i
o

INPUTS

CBL/SAT

NETWORK

VIDEO

NETWORK (MAIN ZONE)

PICTURE ADJUST
Custom
Picture Mode
Set
Contrast
0
Set
0
Saturation
Set
0
Hue
OFF
Low
Medium
Noise Reduction
Set
0
Enhancer

Advanced version

RELOAD
Add To Your Favorite
Top Menu

SLEEP

GExample 4H Network audio operating screen

VIDEO

AUDIO

MAIN ZONE

QUICK SELECT

Basic version

6 Operate.

Various memory functions
This function sets the settings (input mode, sound mode, HDMI output mode, MultEQ® XT 32, Dynamic
EQ, audio delay etc.) last selected for the individual input sources.

Basic version

Personal memory plus function

The surround parameters, tone settings and the volumes of the different speakers are stored for the
individual sound modes.

Advanced version

Last function memory
This function stores the settings which were made before going into the standby mode.
When the power is turned back on, the settings are restored.

Informations

DVD

110

The source selected for ZONE2 is also output from the recording
output connectors (MEDIA PLAYER).

NOTE

q Zone playback by speaker output
• When “Assign Mode” (vpage 141) in the menu is set to any of the following, audio is output from speakers in ZONE2 or ZONE3.
• 7.1ch + ZONE2
• 5.1ch + ZONE2/3
• 7.1ch + ZONE2/3-MONO
• 5.1ch(Bi-Amp) + ZONE2
Also, connectors that ZONE2 or ZONE3 speakers are connected to differ according to the “Main Speakers” (vpage 141) setting.

nnConnecting and setting the speakers
“Assign Mode” setting (vpage 141)
and audio signals output

Connecting the speakers
ZONE2

7.1ch + ZONE2
5.1ch(Bi-Amp) +
ZONE2

Output signal :
Stereo (L / R)

(L)
w

(R)
qw

ZONE2

5.1ch + ZONE2/3

Output signal :
Stereo (L / R)

(L)
w

7.1ch +
ZONE2/3-MONO

ZONE3

(R)
qw

Informations

The following restrictions apply to the HDMI ZONE4 function.
• If you select a same input source for MAIN ZONE and ZONE4, audio
playback may be restricted or video may be interrupted.
• Video may not be output depending on the resolution of the TV used
for MAIN ZONE and ZONE4. In this case, use your player to set the
resolution of the TV.
• When HDMI ZONE4 function is used, you cannot set the following.
• Picture Adjust
• i/p Scaler
• Auto Lip Sync
• Progressive Mode
• Video Mode
• Aspect Ratio
• Video Conversion
• Setup menu display

Audio output
It is possible to play 2-channel audio in rooms other than the MAIN ZONE where multi-channel playback is done. Choose one of the methods.
q Zone playback by speaker output
w Zone playback by audio output (PRE OUT)
Use an external amplifier.

(L)
q

ZONE2

ZONE3

(R)
qw

Output signal :
Monaural
q

v See overleaf

DVD

Advanced version

• You can operate this unit so as to enjoy audio in a room (ZONE2,
ZONE3 and ZONE4) other than the MAIN ZONE (room where the
unit is located).
• You can simultaneously play back the same source in both the MAIN
ZONE, ZONE2, ZONE3 and ZONE4. You can also play back separate
sources in the MAIN ZONE, ZONE2, ZONE3 and ZONE4.
• When a TV is connected to the HDMI ZONE4 OUT connector, you
can play back a video or audio from the device connected to the
HDMI 1 – 6 IN connector in ZONE4 (HDMI ZONE4 function).

Basic version

Playback in ZONE2/ZONE3/ZONE4 (Separate room)

111

Audio output

Video output
Video Connection

nnAudio connections (ZONE2, ZONE3)

The audio signals of this unit’s ZONE2 and ZONE3 audio output terminals are output to the ZONE2 and
ZONE3 amplifiers and played on these amplifiers.
ZONE2

The video signals of this unit’s ZONE4 video output connector are played by the ZONE4 TV.
MAIN ZONE

ZONE4

Basic version

w Zone playback by audio output (PRE OUT)

ZONE3

Power
amplifiers

This unit

AUX IN

MAIN ZONE
R

This unit

The video signals of this unit’s ZONE2 video output connector are played by the ZONE2 TV.

MAIN ZONE

ZONE2

VIDEO
IN

We recommend using high quality pin-plug cables for audio connections in order to prevent noise.
or

In ZONE2 or ZONE3, the digital audio signals input from the HDMI, COAXIAL or OPTICAL connector
cannot be played back. When playing back in ZONE2 or ZONE3, make an analog connection, network or
iPod/USB.
CONPONENT
VIDEO IN

• When “Analog Video Out” (vpage 132) in the menu is set to “ZONE3”, you can use the COMPONENT
VIDEO OUT and the VIDEO MONITOR OUT connectors in MAIN ZONE for ZONE3.
• To enable the HDMI control for the ZONE4 HDMI monitor, set “Control Monitor” (vpage 130) to
“ZONE4”.

DVD

112

Informations

This unit

NOTE

Advanced version

AUX IN

HDMI
IN

Sleep timer function

Playback

The K, L or

Press POWER X to turn on the
ZONE2, ZONE3 or ZONE4
power.

GAdjustable rangeH 0 – 40 – 98
(When the “Scale” (vpage 124) setting is “0 – 98”)
–79dB – –40dB – 18dB
GAdjustable rangeH – – –
(When the “Scale” (vpage 124) setting is “–79.5dB – 18.0dB”)
• At time of purchase, “Volume Limit” (vpage 151) is set to “70
(–10dB)”.
Input source
select buttons

Press the input source select button to select the input
source to be played.

The audio and video signal of the selected source is output to
ZONE2, ZONE3 or ZONE4.

When power for both MAIN ZONE and ZONE2 (ZONE3 or ZONE4) is
set to ON, power of the MAIN ZONE only can be turned off. Select
MAIN ZONE in step 1 then press POWER X.

NOTE

The K, L or

indicator lights.

SLEEP and display the time
2 Press
you want to set.

• The time switches as shown below each time SLEEP is pressed.
Off
120

110

10 min

100

50
60

For ZONE4, you cannot use VOLUME df to adjust the volume level.

Turning off the sound temporarily
Press MUTE :.
The sound is reduced to the level set at “Mute Level” (vpage 151)
in the menu.
• To cancel, either adjust the volume or press MUTE : again.
• The setting can also be cancelled by adjusting the volume or turning
off the ZONE2 or ZONE3 power.

To confirm the countdown time before putting the
unit to sleep
Press SLEEP.
“Z2 Sleep : zmin”, “Z3 Sleep : zmin” or “Z4 Sleep : zmin” appears
on the display.
zz Countdown time

To cancel the sleep timer
Press SLEEP to set “Off”.

• You can adjust the tone and volume for ZONE2 or ZONE3 in “ZONE2
Setup” or “ZONE3 Setup” (vpage 151) in the menu.
• The All Zone Stereo function allows you to simultaneously enjoy in
multi-zones (ZONE2/ZONE3) the music that is played back in MAIN
ZONE during home party, etc. (vpage 80 “All Zone Stereo
function”).

The sleep timer is also cancelled when this unit is set to the standby
mode or the ZONE2, ZONE3 or ZONE4 power is turned off.

NOTE
The sleep timer function cannot turn off the power of devices
connected to this unit. To turn off the power of those connected
devices, set up sleep timers on the connected devices themselves.

DVD

113

Informations

• Turn SOURCE SELECT after pressing ZONE/REC SELECT on the
main unit to select an input source.

Turn MASTER VOLUME after pressing ZONE/REC SELECT on the main
unit to adjust the sound volume.

ZONE SELECT to switch the
1 Press
zone mode.

Advanced version

• Also press input source select button when
in standby mode, the power turns on.
• When POWER X is pressed, ZONE2,
ZONE3 or ZONE4 turns off.
• Power in ZONE2, ZONE3 or ZONE4 can
be turned on or off by pressing ZONE2 ON/
OFF, ZONE3 ON/OFF or ZONE4 ON/OFF on
the main unit.

Adjusting the volume
Use VOLUME df to adjust the volume.

indicator lights.

Basic version

ZONE SELECT to switch the
1 Press
zone mode.

• This is convenient for viewing and listening while going to sleep in
ZONE2, ZONE3 or ZONE4.
• The sleep timer function can be set by zone.

Basic version

How to make detailed settings
Menu map
For menu operation, connect a TV to this unit and display the menu on the TV screen. For menu operations, see the following page.
By default, this unit has recommended settings defined. You can customize this unit based on your existing system and your preferences.
Setting items

Detailed items
Dialog Enhancer

Subwoofer Level
Surround Parameter
Tone
Restorer

Audio Delay

Audyssey

Graphic EQ

Video

Picture Adjust
HDMI Setup
Output Settings
Analog Video Out
On Screen Display
TV Format

DVD

Adjusts and enhances the frequency band
corresponding to the human voice at the center
channel to make the voice clearer.
This setting adjusts the volume level for the
subwoofer.
Adjusts surround sound parameters.
Adjusts the tonal quality of the sound.

121

Expands the low and high frequency components
of compressed audio to enable richer audio
playback.
Compensates for incorrect timing between video
and audio.
Set the MAIN ZONE (room where the unit is
located) volume setting.
Makes Audyssey MultEQ® XT 32, Audyssey
Dynamic EQ®, Audyssey Dynamic Volume®,
Audyssey LFC™ and Audyssey DSX® settings.
Uses the graphic equalizer to adjust the tone of
each speaker.
Adjusts the video quality.
Makes settings for HDMI video/audio output.
Makes screen-related settings.
Assigns the zone that uses the VIDEO MONITOR
OUT connectors.
Select the on-screen display user interface
preferences.
Set the video signal format to be output for the
TV you are using.

124

Setting items

Detailed items
Input Assign
Source Rename
Hide Sources

121

Inputs
Source Level
Input Select
Video Source

121
123

Audyssey® Setup
124
Speakers

124
125

Manual Setup

Information
Network

127

Network

129
129
131
132

Friendly Name

Settings
Diagnostics
Maintenance Mode

133

Description

Page

Changes input connector assignment.
Changes the display name for this source.
Remove from the display input sources that are
not used.
Adjusts the playback level of the audio input.
Sets the audio input mode and decode mode.
Video of another input source is played back
combined with the playing audio.
The acoustic characteristics of the connected
speakers and listening room are measured and
the optimum settings are made automatically.
Perform when setting the speakers manually
or when changing settings made in Audyssey®
Setup.
Display network information.
Enables network communication in standby
power mode.
The Friendly Name is the name of this unit
displayed on the network. You can change the
Friendly Name according to your preferences.
Make settings for wired LAN.
Used to check the network connection.
Use when receiving maintenance from a DENON
service engineer or custom installer.

135
137
137
137
138
138
33, 99

141

147
147
147

148
149
149

v See overleaf

133

114

Informations

Volume

Page

Advanced version

Audio

Description

Menu map
Detailed items

General

Description

Page
151
151
151
152
152

Advanced version

152
152
152
153

Informations

Sets the language for display the menu on the
TV screen.
ZONE2 Setup
Makes settings for audio playback in a ZONE2
system.
ZONE3 Setup
Makes settings for audio playback in a ZONE3
system.
Zone Rename
Change the display title of each zone to one you
prefer.
Quick Select Names
Change the “Quick Select” display title to one
you prefer.
Remote ID
Specifies with remote control code set this AVR
will respond to.
Trigger Out 1
Selects when to activate trigger out 1.
Trigger Out 2
Selects when to activate trigger out 2.
Auto Standby
When you do not perform any operation on this
unit with no audio or video input for a specified
time, this unit automatically enters the standby
mode. Before it enters the standby mode, “Auto
Standby” is displayed on the display of this unit
and the menu screen.
Front Display
Makes settings related to the display on this unit.
Information
Show information about receiver settings, input
signals, etc.
Firmware
Set whether or not to check for firmware update,
update the firmware, and display update and
upgrade notifications.
Setup Lock
Protect settings from inadvertent change.
Perform the installation, connection, and setup procedures to prepare the
unit for operation following guidance.
Language

Basic version

Setting items

153
153
154

156
C7

Setup
Assistant

DVD

115

Examples of menu screen displays
GExample 2H
Audyssey® Setup screen (with illustration)

GExample 1H
Menu selection screen (Top menu)
Setup Menu

Audio
Video

Inputs
Network

Amp Assign
Channel Select
Check Results

General
Setup Assistant

Restore...

i
q Currently selected setup item
w List of GUI menu setup items

Start

t Currently selected setup icon
y Operation guidance text
u Illustration
i Selected setup item

Informations

Use ui to select “Audio”
and then press p.
(Or press ENTER.)

NOTE
When the menu is operated on a computer’s resolution (e.g. VGA)
or during playback of certain 3D video content, the playback image
switches to the menu screen image.

Audio
Dialog Enhancer
Subwoofer Level
Surround Parameter
Tone
Restorer
Audio Delay
Volume
Audyssey
Graphic EQ

Adjusts the amount of emphasis on the center
channel to make dialog easier to hear

e Selected setup item
r Guide text for the currently selected setup item

DVD

Advanced version

Speakers

Audyssey Setup
Your AV receiver can automatically measure the acoustics of
your room then optimize your speakers using the included
microphone.
Set the following items
if necessary.

Basic version

Typical examples are described below.

116

Examples of menu and front display
Menu display

Top menu display

Front display

Description
q Press SETUP to display the menu screen.
w TV screen: Displays the selected line.
Display: Displays the selected item.
• Use ui to move to the item you want to
set.

Setup Menu

Audio
Video
Inputs
Speakers

Network

*SETUP MENU
Audio

Basic version

Below we describe typical examples of displays on the TV screen and on the set’s display window.

General

Display when changing settings

q TV screen: Displays the selected line.
Display: Displays the selected item.
• Use ui to move to the item you want to set.
w Press ENTER to set to the mode in which the setting can be made.

Inputs/Input Assign
Set Defaults
CBL/SAT
DVD
Blu-ray
GAME
MEDIA PLAYER
TV AUDIO
AUX1
AUX2
CD

HDMI

DIGITAL

ANALOG

COMP

VIDEO

1
2
3
4
5
Front
6
-

COAX1
COAX2
D.LINK
OPT1
OPT2

1
2
3
4
6
Front
5

1
2
3
-

1
2
3
Front
-

*INPUT ASSIGN
CBL/SAT [HDMI1 ]

Changes HDMI input assignments

Press ENTER.

Display when returning to the
settings in effect at time of purchase

HDMI

DIGITAL

ANALOG

COMP

VIDEO

1
2
3
4
5
Front
6
-

COAX1
COAX2
D.LINK
OPT1
OPT2

1
2
3
4
6
Front
5

1
2
3
-

1
2
3
Front
-

*INPUT ASSIGN
CBL/SAT •HDMI1 –

q Press u to select “Set Defaults” or “Default”, then press ENTER.
w Press o to select “Reset”, then press ENTER.

Inputs/Input
Assign
Changes
HDMI input
assignments

Set Defaults
CBL/SAT
DVD
Blu-ray
GAME
MEDIA PLAYER
TV AUDIO
AUX1
AUX2
CD

HDMI

DIGITAL

ANALOG

COMP

VIDEO

1
2
3
4
5
Front
6
-

COAX1
COAX2
D.LINK
OPT1
OPT2

1
2
3
4
6
Front
5

1
2
3
-

1
2
3
Front
-

*INPUT ASSIGN
Default

Resets all surround parameters to the factory defaults

Press ENTER.

Inputs/Input Assign
HDMI
DIGITAL ANALOG
Set Defaults
1
1
COAX1
CBL/SAT
2
2
COAX2
DVD
Reset to the
values?
3 default
3
D.LINK
Blu-ray
4
4
--GAME
--MEDIA PLAYER Reset 5
Cancel6
TV AUDIO
--OPT1
--AUX1
Front
Front
AUX2
6
CD
5
OPT2

COMP

VIDEO

1
2
3
-

1
2
3
Front
-

*INPUT ASSIGN
Reset? •Cancel

Resets all surround parameters to the factory defaults

DVD

e 0 1 is displayed at the sides of items whose setting can be
changed. Use o p to change to the desired setting.

117

Informations

Inputs/Input Assign
Set Defaults
CBL/SAT
DVD
Blu-ray
GAME
MEDIA PLAYER
TV AUDIO
AUX1
AUX2
CD

Advanced version

Setup Assistant

Inputting characters
Method for inputting characters

Select a character on the TV screen to input characters.

nnInput method

the screen for inputting
1 Display
characters (vpage 114 “Menu
map”).

a character to be changed.
2 Select
q Use uio p to select
or

.
w Press ENTER to place the cursor at the character
to be changed.

Each time ENTER is pressed, the cursor moves by one
character.

Advanced version

Method
Operations
Using the keyboard
• Select a character on the TV screen to
screen
input characters.
Using the number
• Multiple characters are assigned to
buttons
a button, and each time the button is
(10 Key input screen)
pressed, a character is switched.
Using the cursor buttons • Use uio p and ENTER to input
(10 Key input screen)
characters.

Keyboard screen

Basic version

On this unit, you can change the name displayed on the following
screens to the names that you prefer.
• Text Search (vpage 76)
• Preset Name (vpage 56)
• Source Rename (vpage 137)
• Friendly Name (vpage 147)
• Zone Rename (vpage 152)
• Quick Select Names (vpage 152)
• Character input for the network functions
(vpage 59, 67, 69, 72, 74, 148)

a character to be input with uio p then
3 Select
press ENTER.
GUpper case characters/Numbers/SymbolsH
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
0123456789
!“#$%&’()z+,;<=>
GLower case characters/Numbers/SymbolsH
abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
0123456789
.@-_/:˜?[\]^’{|}

4 Repeat steps 2 and 3 to change the name.
, then press ENTER.
5 Use uio p to select
OK

v See overleaf

DVD

118

Informations

• The types of characters that can be input are as shown below.

Inputting characters

nnDisplay of a 10 Key input screen
Inputs/Source Rename

[1/2]

Set Defaults

CBL/SAT

DVD

Blu-ray

GAME

MEDIA PLAYER

TV AUDIO

AUX1

Changes the display name for this source

q Character input section
w Cursor

1.@-_/:˜

MNOmno6

ABCabc2

PQRSpqrs7

DEFdef3

TUVtuv8

Inputs/Source Rename

the keyboard screen is
1 When
displayed, press 0 – 9.
The 10 key input screen is displayed.

GHIghi4

WXYZwxyz9

JKLjkl5

0 (Space) ! “ # $ % & ‘ ( ) z + ,
;<=>?[\]^`{|}

• For entering the characters assigned to one number button
continuously, press p to move the cursor to the right after entering
a character then enter the next character.
• For entering characters assigned to separate buttons, press the
number button continuously. The cursor automatically moves to
the next position, and the entered character is registered.

CBL/SAT

DVD

Blu-ray

GAME

MEDIA PLAYER

TV AUDIO

AUX1

D&D

.
e Press
“&” is automatically registered, and “D” changes D&M
to “M”.

[1/2]

Set Defaults

CBL/SAT

Example: For changing the input source from “DVD” to “D&M”
DVD
q Place the cursor at “V”.
w Press
eight times.
“V” changes to “&”.

r Press ENTER to register the input source name.

Changes the display name for this source

DVD

119

[1/2]

CBL/SAT

DVD

Blu-ray

GAME

MEDIA PLAYER

TV AUDIO

AUX1

Changes the display name for this source

2 Use o p to set the cursor to the character.
3 Use ui to change the character.
• The types of characters that can be input are as shown below.
GUpper case charactersH
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
GLower case charactersH
abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
GSymbolsH ! “ # $ % & ‘ ( ) z + , - . / : ; < = > ? @ [ \ ] ^ _ ` { | } ˜
GNumbersH 0123456789 (Space)

steps 2 and 3 to change the name then press
4 Repeat
ENTER to register it.

Informations

Using the number buttons

the keyboard screen is
1 When
displayed, press 0 – 9.

Set Defaults

step 2 to change the name then press ENTER
3 Repeat
to register it.

nnInput method

Inputs/Source Rename

• The types of characters that can be input are as shown below.

Using the cursor buttons

Advanced version

DVD

Place the cursor at the character to be changed with
o p and press the number button (0 – 9) until the
desired character is displayed.

Basic version

10 Key input screen

Make audio-related settings.

Items that can be set with the “Audio” procedure

Menu operation

Dialog Enhancer (vpage 121)

1 Press ZONE SELECT to switch the zone mode.
2 Press SETUP.
3 Use ui to select the menu to be set or operated.
4 Press ENTER or p to enter the setting.

Subwoofer Level (vpage 121)

The J indicator lights.

Tone (vpage 123)
Restorer (vpage 124)
Audio Delay (vpage 124)

• To return to the previous item, press o or BACK.
• Exiting the Menu, press SETUP while the menu is displayed.
The menu display disappears.

Advanced version

Surround Parameter (vpage 121)

The menu is displayed on the TV screen.

Volume (vpage 124)

Graphic EQ (vpage 127)

120

Informations

Audyssey (vpage 125)

DVD

Basic version

Audio

Audio
Default settings are underlined.

Adjusts and enhances the frequency band corresponding to the human voice at the center channel to
make the voice clearer.
Setting items
Enhancer

Setting details
Low / Medium / High : Enhances the human voice.
Off : Does not enhance the human voice.

Surround Parameter

You can adjust the surround audio sound field effects to match your preferences.
The items (parameters) that can be adjusted depend on the signal being input and the currently set
sound mode. For details on the adjustable parameters, see “Sound modes and surround parameters”
(vpage 184).

NOTE
• Some setting items cannot be set while playback is stopped. Make the settings during playback.
• When the sound mode is “PURE DIRECT”, you cannot set the surround parameters.

Default settings are underlined.

Setting items

Setting details
–12dB – +12dB (0dB)

–12dB – +12dB (0dB)

On : The subwoofer is used.
Off : The subwoofer is not used.

NOTE
This can be set when the sound mode is “DIRECT” and “PURE
DIRECT” (vpage 84) and the “Subwoofer Mode” (vpage 144) is
“LFE+Main”.

Setting details
On : “Cinema EQ” is used.
Off : “Cinema EQ” is not used.

On : Outputs using the settings made in “Dynamic Compression” and
“Dialogue normalization” (vpage 153) are enabled.
Off : “Dynamic Compression” settings and “Dialogue normalization” are
disabled, and the signals on the disk are output as is.

Auto : Automatic dynamic range compression on/off control according to
source.
Low / Medium / High : These set the compression level.
Off : Dynamic range compression always off.
You can set “Auto” only for the Dolby TrueHD source.

Bass Sync
0ms – 16ms
For contents recorded in
How low frequency effects (LFE) are delayed differ according to the
multi-channel such as Bludisc. Set this to the desired value.
ray discs, the recorded low
frequency effects (LFE) may
be out of synch and delayed.
This function corrects such
a delay of low frequency
effects (LFE).
v See overleaf

DVD

121

Informations

Cinema EQ
Softens the treble range
of movie soundtracks for
better understanding.
Loudness Management
This can be set in the
Dolby TrueHD mode.
This sets whether to
output as specified in
“Dynamic Compression”
or output directly without
compressing the dynamic
range of audio recorded in
the disc.
Dynamic Compression
Compress dynamic range
(difference between loud
and soft sounds).

This setting adjusts the volume level for the subwoofer.

Advanced version

Subwoofer Level

Subwoofer 1 Level
This setting adjusts the
volume level for the
subwoofer 1.
Subwoofer 2 Level
This setting adjusts the
volume level for the
subwoofer 2.
Subwoofer
Turn subwoofer output on
and off.

Default settings are underlined.

Basic version

Dialog Enhancer

Audio
Low Frequency Effects
Adjust the low-frequency
effects level (LFE).

Setting details

Setting items

nn When “Input Mode” (vpage 138) is set other than to “EXTERNAL IN”
–10dB – 0dB
nn When “Input Mode” (vpage 138) is set to “EXTERNAL IN”
0dB / 5dB / 10dB / 15dB
For proper playback of the different sources, we recommend setting
to the values below.
• Dolby Digital sources : 0dB
• DTS movie sources : 0dB
• DTS music sources : –10dB
0.0 – 1.0

DVD

The smaller the value, the more dialogue is concentrated on the center
channel. The larger the value, the more dialogue is distributed to front
left and right channels, and the more the sound image widens in the
front.

0ms – 300ms (30ms)

1 – 15 (10)
Set to a lower level if the positioning and sense of phase of the
surround signals seems unnatural.
Small : Simulate acoustics of a small room.
Medium small : Simulate acoustics of a medium-small room.
Medium : Simulate acoustics of a medium room.
Medium large : Simulate acoustics of a medium-large room.
Large : Simulate acoustics of a large room.

NOTE
“Room Size” does not indicate the size of the room in which sources are
played.
v See overleaf

122

Informations

Center Gain
Distributes the dialogue
output from the center
channel to the front left and
right channels and widens
the sound image in the
front. You can set this when
the sound mode is set to
DTS NEO:X.
On : Set.
Panorama
Assign front L/R signal also Off : Do not set.
to surround channels for
wider sound. You can set
this when the sound mode
is Dolby PLg in the “Music”
mode.
0 – 6 (3)
Dimension
Shift sound image center
As you set a smaller number, the surround sound field shifts backward;
to front or rear to adjust
as you set a larger number, the surround sound field shifts forward.
playback balance. You can
set this when the sound
mode is Dolby PLg in the
“Music” mode.

0 – 7 (3)

Advanced version

Center Width
Distributes the dialogue
output from the center
channel to left and right
channels and widens the
sound image in the front.
You can set this when the
sound mode is Dolby PLgx
in the “Music” mode.
Delay Time
Adjust the audio delay time
against video to extend the
sound field image. You can
set this when the sound
mode is “MATRIX”.
Effect Level
Adjust the sound effect
level. You can set this when
the sound mode is original
listening mode.
Room Size
Determine size of acoustic
environment. You can set
this when the sound mode
is original listening mode.

Setting details

Basic version

Setting items

Audio
Height Gain
Control the front height
channel volume.

Setting details
Low : Reduce the front height channel volume.
Normal : Front height channel sound is output with standard sound
volume.
High : Increase the front height channel volume.

Tone
Adjust the tonal quality of the sound.
Setting items

NOTE

nn When “Assign Mode” (vpage 141) is set to “7.1ch + ZONE2”, “7.1ch +
ZONE2/3-MONO” and “7.1ch(Bi-Amp)”
Surround Back : Sound is output from the surround back speakers.
Height : Sound is output from the front height speakers.
Wide : Sound is output from the front wide speakers.

Bass
Adjust bass.
Treble
Adjust treble.

“Bass” can be set when the menu “Tone Control” setting is “On”.
–6dB – +6dB (0dB)
“Treble” can be set when the menu “Tone Control” setting is “On”.

Informations

NOTE
Only speakers that are set to something other than “None” in “Speaker
Config.” (vpage 142) can be selected.
Reset : Reset to the defaults.
Cancel : Do not reset to the defaults.
When you select “Set Defaults” and press
ENTER, the “Reset all surround parameters
to the factory defaults?” prompt is displayed.
Select either “Reset” or “Cancel”, and press
ENTER.

DVD

• “Tone Control” settings are not reflected to ZONE2 and ZONE3.
• The tone cannot be adjusted in the “DIRECT” and “PURE DIRECT”
mode.
–6dB – +6dB (0dB)

Advanced version

NOTE

nn When “Assign Mode” (vpage 141) is set to “9.1ch(SB/FH/FW)”
Back/Height : Sound is output from the surround back and front height
speakers.
Back/Wide : Sound is output from the surround back and front wide
speakers.
Height/Wide : Sound is output from the front height and front wide
speakers.

Set Defaults
The “Surround Parameter”
settings are returned to the
default settings.

Setting details

Tone Control
On : Allow tone adjustment (bass, treble).
Set the tone control function Off : Playback without tone adjustment.
to “On” and “Off”.
“Tone Control” can be set when “Dynamic EQ” (vpage 125) is set
to “Off”.

“Height Gain” is displayed for the following settings.
• When the “Speaker Config.” – “Front Height” setting (vpage 142) is
set other than to “None”.
• When sound mode is “PLgz” or the PLgz decoder is used.
Speaker Select
Makes settings for the
speakers outputting sound.

Default settings are underlined.

Basic version

Setting items

123

Audio

Volume

Compressed audio formats such as MP3, WMA (Windows Media Audio) and MPEG-4 AAC reduce the
amount of data by eliminating signal components that are hard for the human ear to hear. The “Restorer”
function generates the signals eliminated upon compression, restoring the sound to conditions near those
of the original sound before compression. It also corrects the sense of volume of the bass to obtain richer
sound with compressed audio signals.

Set the MAIN ZONE (room where the unit is located) volume setting.

Setting items

Setting details
Mode 1 (High) : Optimized mode for compressed sources with very weak
highs (64 kbps and under).
Mode 2 (Middle) : Apply suitable bass and treble boost for all compressed
sources (96 kbps and under).
Mode 3 (Low) : Optimized mode for compressed sources with normal
highs (96 kbps and over).
Off : Do not use “Restorer”.
• This item can be set with analog signals or PCM signal (Sample Rate =
44.1/48 kHz) is input.
• “Restorer” settings are stored for each input source.
• This item default setting for “NETWORK” and “iPod/USB” is “Mode 3
(Low)”. All others are set to “Off”.
• This cannot be set when the sound mode is set to “DIRECT” or “PURE
DIRECT”.

Audio Delay

Default settings are underlined.

While viewing video, manually adjust the time to delay audio output.
Setting details
0ms – 200ms
• This item can be set within the range of 0 to 100 ms when “Auto Lip Sync” (vpage 129) is set to
“On” and when a TV compatible with Auto Lip Sync is connected.
• Store “Audio Delay” for each input source.
• Audio Delay for game mode can be set when “Video Mode” (vpage 131) is set to “Auto” or
“Game”.

DVD

124

• The “Scale” setting is applied also to the “Limit” and “Power On Level”
display method.
• The “Scale” setting applies to all zones.
60 (–20dB) / 70 (–10dB) / 80 (0dB)
Off : Do not set a maximum volume.
Last : Use the memorized setting from the last session.
Mute : Always use the muting on condition when power is turned on.
1 – 98 (–79dB – 18dB) : The volume is adjusted to the set level.
Full : The sound is muted entirely.
–40dB : The sound is attenuated by 40 dB down.
–20dB : The sound is attenuated by 20 dB down.

Informations

Limit
Make a setting for
maximum volume.
Power On Level
Define the volume setting
that is active when the
power is turned on.
Mute Level
Set the amount of
attenuation when muting
is on.

Setting details
0 – 98 : Display in the range 0 (Min) to 98.
–79.5dB – 18.0dB : Display ---dB (Min), in the range –79.5 dB to 18.0 dB.

Advanced version

Mode
Set the mode for
“Restorer”.

Setting items
Scale
Set how volume is
displayed.

Default settings are underlined.

Basic version

Restorer

Audio
Default settings are underlined.

Set Audyssey MultEQ® XT 32, Audyssey Dynamic EQ®, Audyssey Dynamic Volume®, Audyssey LFC™
and Audyssey DSX®. These can be selected after Audyssey® Setup has been performed. For additional
information on Audyssey technology, please see page 193.

NOTE

Setting details
Audyssey : Optimize the frequency response of all speakers.
Audyssey Byp. L/R : Optimize frequency response of speakers except
front L and R speakers.
Audyssey Flat : Optimize frequency response of all speakers to flat
response.
Graphic EQ : Apply frequency response set with “Graphic EQ”
(vpage 127).
Off : Turn “MultEQ® XT 32” equalizer off.
• “Audyssey”, “Audyssey Byp. L/R” and “Audyssey Flat” can be
selected after Audyssey® Setup has been performed. “Audyssey”
is automatically selected after performing Audyssey® Setup. When
“Audyssey”, “Audyssey Byp. L/R” or “Audyssey Flat” is selected,
illuminates.
• After running Audyssey® Setup, if the Speaker Configuration, Distance,
Channel Level, and Crossover Frequency have changed without
increasing the number of speakers measured, only
illuminates.

On : Use Dynamic EQ.
Off : Do not use Dynamic EQ.

Reference Level Offset
Audyssey Dynamic EQ® is
referenced to the standard
film mix level. It makes
adjustments to maintain
the reference response
and surround envelopment
when the volume is turned
down from 0 dB. However,
film reference level is not
always used in music or
other non-film content.
Dynamic EQ Reference
Level Offset provides three
offsets from the film level
reference (5 dB, 10 dB, and
15 dB) that can be selected
when the mix level of the
content is not within the
standard. Recommended
setting levels are shown at
right.

0dB (Film Ref) : This is the default setting and should be used when
listening to movies.
5dB : Select this setting for content that has a very wide dynamic range,
such as classical music.
10dB : Select this setting for jazz or other music that has a wider dynamic
range. This setting should also be selected for TV content as that is usually
mixed at 10 dB below film reference.
15dB : Select this setting for pop/rock music or other program material
that is mixed at very high listening levels and has a compressed dynamic
range.

is displayed when set to “On”.

NOTE
When the menu “Dynamic EQ” setting is “On”, it is not possible to do
“Tone Control” (vpage 123) adjustment.

Setting is enabled when “Dynamic EQ” is “On” (vpage 125).

v See overleaf

NOTE
When using headphones, “MultEQ® XT 32” is automatically set to “Off”.

“MultEQ® XT 32”, “Dynamic EQ” and “Dynamic Volume” settings are stored for each input source.

DVD

Dynamic EQ
Solve the problem of
deteriorating sound quality
as volume is decreased
by taking into account
human perception and
room acoustics. Works with
MultEQ® XT 32.

Informations

Setting items
MultEQ®XT 32
MultEQ® XT 32
compensates for both
time and frequency
characteristics of the
listening area based
on Audyssey® Setup
measurement results.
Selection is done from three
types of compensation
curves. We recommend the
“Audyssey” setting.
MultEQ® XT 32 is the
prerequisite function for
Dynamic EQ, Dynamic
Volume and Audyssey
LFC™.

Setting details

125

Advanced version

• If you have not performed Audyssey® Setup, or if you change the speaker settings after performing
Audyssey® Setup, you may not be able to select Dynamic EQ/Dynamic Volume.
In this case, either perform Audyssey® Setup over again or perform “Restore...” (vpage 40) to
return to the settings after Audyssey® Setup was run.
• When HD Audio for which the sampling frequency exceeds 96 kHz is played back, the “Audyssey”
cannot be set.

Setting items

Basic version

Audyssey

Audio
Setting items

Heavy : Most adjustment to softest and loudest sounds.
Medium : Medium adjustment to loudest and softest sound.
Light : Least adjustment to loudest and softest sounds.
Off : Do not use “Dynamic Volume”.

Stage Width
Adjust sound stage width
when using front wide
speakers.
Stage Height
Adjust sound stage height
when using front height
speakers.

•
is displayed when set to “Heavy”, “Medium” or “Light”.
• If “Dynamic Volume” is set to “Yes” in “Audyssey® Setup”
(vpage 37), the setting is automatically changed to “Medium”.
On : Use “Audyssey LFC™”.
Off : Do not use “Audyssey LFC™”.

–10 – +10 (0)
• “Audyssey DSX®” can be set when you are using front height speakers
or front wide speakers.
• “Audyssey DSX®” is only valid when using a center speaker.
• “Audyssey DSX®” is valid when surround mode is DOLBY listening
mode or DTS listening mode other than PLgz Height.

1 – 7 (4)

Wides/Heights : Turns on Audyssey DSX® processing for wide and
height expansion.
Wides : Turn on Audyssey DSX® processing for wide expansion.
Heights : Turn on Audyssey DSX® processing for height expansion.
Off : Do not set Audyssey DSX®.

NOTE
“Audyssey DSX®” cannot be configured if the HD Audio source being
played includes Front height and Front wide channels. In this case, the
respective channels are played back using the input signals.

126

Informations

Audyssey DSX® is a scalable system that adds new speakers to improve
surround impression. Starting with a 5.1 system Audyssey DSX® first
adds Wide channels for the biggest impact on envelopment. Research
in human hearing has proven that information from the Wide channels
is much more critical in the presentation of a realistic soundstage than
the Back Surround channels found in traditional 7.1 systems. Audyssey
DSX® then creates a pair of Height channels to reproduce the next
most important acoustical and perceptual cues. In addition to these
new Wide and Height channels, Audyssey DSX® applies Surround
Envelopment Processing to enhance the blend between the front and
surround channels.

About Audyssey LFC™ (Low Frequency Containment)

DVD

–10 – +10 (0)

About Audyssey Dynamic Surround Expansion (A-DSX)

“Audyssey LFC™” cannot be set up if “Audyssey® Setup” is not
completed.
Audyssey LFC™ solves the problem of low frequency sounds
disturbing people in neighboring rooms or apartments. Audyssey
LFC™ dynamically monitors the audio content and removes the low
frequencies that pass through walls, floors and ceilings. It then applies
psychoacoustic processing to restore the perception of low bass for
listeners in the room. The result is great sound that no longer disturbs
the neighbors.

Containment Amount
Adjusts the amount of low
frequency containment. Use
higher settings if you have
close neighbors.
Audyssey DSX®
Provides more immersive
surround sound by adding
the new channels.

Setting details

Advanced version

Dynamic Volume
Solve the problem of large
variations in volume level
between TV, movies and
other content (between
quiet passages and
loud passages, etc.) by
automatically adjusting to
the user’s preferred volume
setting.
Audyssey LFC™
Adjusts the low frequency
band to prevent bass
and vibration from being
conveyed to neighboring
rooms.

Setting details

Basic version

Setting items

Audio
Default settings are underlined.

Use the graphic equalizer to adjust the tone of each speaker.
“Graphic EQ” can be set when “MultEQ® XT 32” setting (vpage 125) is “Graphic EQ”.
Setting items

Curve Copy
Copy “Audyssey Flat”
(vpage 125) curve from
MultEQ® XT 32.

q Select the speaker.
w Select the adjustment frequency band.
63Hz / 125Hz / 250Hz / 500Hz / 1kHz / 2kHz / 4kHz / 8kHz / 16kHz
• Select the speakers you want to adjust when “Left/Right” or “Each”
is selected.
e Adjust the level.
–20.0dB – +6.0dB (0.0dB)
Yes : Copy.
No : Do not copy.
• “Curve Copy” is displayed after Audyssey® Setup has been performed.
• When you select “Curve Copy” and press ENTER, the “Copy “Audyssey
Flat”?” prompt is displayed. Select either “Yes” or “No”, and press
ENTER.
Reset : Reset to the defaults.
Cancel : Do not reset to the defaults.

Informations

Set Defaults
The “Graphic EQ” settings
are returned to the default
settings.

Setting details
All : Adjust the tone of all speakers together.
Left/Right : Adjust the tone of left and right speakers together.
Each : Adjust the tone of each speaker.

Advanced version

Speaker Selection
Select whether to adjust
tones for individual speakers
or for all speakers.
Adjust EQ
Adjust tones for each
frequency band. Adjust
the speaker selected in
“Speaker Selection”.

When you select “Set Defaults” and press
ENTER, the “Reset to the default values?”
prompt is displayed. Select either “Reset” or
“Cancel”, and press ENTER.

DVD

Basic version

Graphic EQ

127

Make video-related settings.

Items that can be set with the “Video” procedure

NOTE
When HDMI ZONE4 function is used, these settings are not available (except for “HDMI Control” and
“Control Monitor”).

Picture Adjust (vpage 129)

Menu operation

HDMI Setup (vpage 129)
Output Settings (vpage 131)

The J indicator lights.

Analog Video Out (vpage 132)

The menu is displayed on the TV screen.

On Screen Display (vpage 133)
TV Format (vpage 133)

DVD

Informations

• To return to the previous item, press o or BACK.
• Exiting the Menu, press SETUP while the menu is displayed.
The menu display disappears.

Advanced version

1 Press ZONE SELECT to switch the zone mode.
2 Press SETUP.
3 Use ui to select the menu to be set or operated.
4 Press ENTER or p to enter the setting.

Basic version

Video

128

Video

Setting details
Standard : The standard mode suited for most living room viewing
environments.
Movie : A mode suited for watching movies in a dark room such as a
theater room.
Vivid : A mode that makes graphic images for games, etc. brighter and
more vivid.
Streaming : A mode suited for low bit rate video sources.
Custom : Adjusts the picture quality manually.
Off : No picture quality adjustment is done with this unit.

Enhancer
Emphasize picture contours.

Saturation
Adjust picture chroma level
(saturation).
Hue
Adjust green and red
balance.

–6 – +6 (0)

Default settings are underlined.

Make settings for HDMI video/audio output.
Setting items
Auto Lip Sync
Make automatic
compensation for timing
shift in audio and video
output.
HDMI Audio Out
Select HDMI audio output
device.

Setting details
On : Compensated.
Off : Not compensated.

AVR : Play back through speakers connected to the unit.
TV : Play back through TV connected to the unit.
• The audio signal input from the HDMI input connector can be output as
an output signal from the HDMI output connector by setting the HDMI
audio output destination to TV.
Audio signals input via the Analog/Coaxial/Optical/EXTERNAL.IN input
connectors cannot be output from the HDMI output connector.
• When the HDMI control function is activated, priority is given to the TV
audio setting (vpage 102 “HDMI control function”).

“Brightness” can be set when “Picture mode” is set to “Custom”.

“Saturation” can be set when “Picture mode” is set to “Custom”.

v See overleaf

–6 – +6 (0)
“Hue” can be set when “Picture mode” is set to “Custom”.

DVD

“Enhancer” can be set when “Picture mode” is set to “Custom”.

HDMI Setup

“Contrast” can be set when “Picture mode” is set to “Custom”.
0 – +12

“Noise Reduction” can be set when “Picture mode” is set to
“Custom”.
0 – +12

• “Picture Adjust” can not be set when 4K signals are input.
• When TVs are simultaneously connected to HDMI MONITOR OUT 1, HDMI MONITOR OUT 2,
COMPONENT VIDEO OUT and VIDEO MONITOR OUT connector for inputting video or component
video signals, the “Picture Mode” – “Streaming”, “Noise Reduction” and “Enhancer” settings are only
valid for the TV that is connected via HDMI.

• You can also press OPTION to make these settings from “Picture Mode”
(vpage 80) in the option menu.
• The default settings are as follows.
• For “Network” and “iPod/USB” input sources : Streaming
• For input sources other than “Network” and “iPod/USB” : Off
–6 – +6 (0)

Brightness
Adjust picture brightness.

Low / Medium / High / Off

129

Informations

Setting items
Picture Mode
Select the desired picture
mode according to the video
signals and your viewing
environment.

Noise Reduction
Reduce overall video noise.

Setting details

Advanced version

Picture quality can be adjusted.
We recommend leaving the settings unchanged from the default settings. First adjust the display image
quality on your TV, and use this menu only when you want to make fine adjustments.
DVD Blu-ray GAME AUX1 AUX2
• This item can be set when the input source is CBL/SAT
MEDIA PLAYER iPod/USB NETWORK .
• With input sources other than the ones above, this item can be set when “Video Select” is selected. In
this case, the original input source settings are called out.
• Can be set when the “Video Conversion” setting (vpage 131) is “On”.
• “TV AUDIO” or “CD” can be set when “HDMI”, “COMP” or “VIDEO” (vpage 135, 136) has been
assigned.

Contrast
Adjust picture contrast.

Setting items

Default settings are underlined.

Basic version

Picture Adjust

Video
Video Output
Make settings for HDMI
monitor output.

Setting details

Setting items

HDMI Control
On : Use HDMI control function.
You can link operations with Off : Do not use HDMI control function.
devices connected to HDMI
and compatible with HDMI
• When a device that is not compatible with the HDMI control function is
Control.
connected, set “HDMI Control” to “Off”.
• Please consult the operating instructions for each connected device to
check the settings.
• Refer to “HDMI control function” (vpage 102) for more information
about the HDMI control function.

NOTE

• If both the HDMI MONITOR 1 and HDMI MONITOR 2 connectors are
connected and “Resolution” (vpage 132) is set to “Auto”, the signals
are output with a resolution compatible with both TV.
• With “Resolution” (vpage 132) not set to “Auto”, check whether
the TV you are using is compatible with the resolution under “Video” –
“HDMI Monitor 1” or “HDMI Monitor 2” (vpage 153).

NOTE

HDMI Pass Through
Selects how the AVR will
pass HDMI signals to the
HDMI output in standby
power mode.

Pass Through Source
The AVR will “pass
through” the sources
HDMI video signal when in
standby.

“Vertical Stretch” can be set when “i/p Scaler” is set to anything
other than “Off”.
On : Passes the selected HDMI input through the AV receiver’s HDMI
output when the AV receiver is in standby power mode.
Off : No HDMI signals are passed through the AV receiver’s HDMI output
in standby power mode.

Control Monitor
Selects the HDMI monitor
for which you want to
enable the HDMI control
function.

NOTE
When “HDMI Pass Through” is set to “On”, it consumes more
standby power. If you are not using this unit for an extended period, it
is recommended that you unplug the power cord from the power outlet.

“Pass Through Source” can be set when “HDMI Control” is set to
“On” or “HDMI Pass Through” is set to “On”.
Monitor 1 : Uses the HDMI Monitor 1 for HDMI control.
Monitor 2 : Uses the HDMI Monitor 2 for HDMI control.
ZONE4 : Uses the HDMI monitor in ZONE4 for HDMI control.
• “Control Monitor” can be set when “HDMI Control” is set to “On”.
• The ARC function only works for either the HDMI Monitor 1 or HDMI
Monitor 2 connector that is specified in “Control Monitor”.
v See overleaf

DVD

130

Informations

Vertical Stretch
Sets whether video signals
are vertically stretched or
not.

Depending on the monitor you have connected, the display may not
be correct when you set to “Auto(Dual)”. In such a case, set to either
“Monitor 1” or “Monitor 2”.
On : Stretches video signals vertically.
Off : Does not stretch video signals vertically.

• When “HDMI Control” is set to “On”, it consumes more standby
power. If you are not using this unit for an extended period, it is
recommended that you unplug the power cord from the power outlet.
• The HDMI control function controls operations of a TV that is compatible
with the HDMI control function. Make sure that the TV and HDMI are
connected when you perform HDMI control.
• If the “HDMI Control” settings have been changed, always reset the
power to connected devices after the change.
Last : Choose this option to “pass through” the last used HDMI input
video source.
CBL/SAT / DVD / Blu-ray / GAME / AUX1 / AUX2 / MEDIA PLAYER / CD /
TV AUDIO : Choose one of these HDMI sources to be passed through
when the AVR is in standby.

Advanced version

Auto(Dual) : The presence of a TV connected to the HDMI MONITOR 1
or HDMI MONITOR 2 connector is detected automatically, and that TV
connection is used.
Monitor 1 : A TV connected to the HDMI MONITOR 1 connector is always
used. Video is not output from the TV connected to the HDMI MONITOR
2 connector.
Monitor 2 : A TV connected to the HDMI MONITOR 2 connector is always
used. Video is not output from the TV connected to the HDMI MONITOR
1 connector.

Setting details

Basic version

Setting items

Video
Setting details

Setting items

Power Off Control
All : If power to a connected TV is turned off independently of the input
Links the power standby of source, power to this unit is automatically set to standby.
this unit to external devices. Video : When the TV is turned off with one of “HDMI”, “COMP” or
“VIDEO” (vpage 135, 136) assigned for the CBL/SAT / DVD / Blu-ray /
GAME / AUX1 / AUX2 / MEDIA PLAYER / CD / TV AUDIO input source on
this unit, power to this unit is automatically set to standby.
Off : This unit does not link with power to a TV.

Default settings are underlined.

Setting details

DVD

GAME

AUX2

AUX1

z
MEDIA PLAYER
z
z
CD
TV AUDIO

GAME

AUX2

z
MEDIA PLAYER
z
z
CD
TV AUDIO
i/p Scaler
Convert the input source
resolution to the resolution
set.
CBL/SAT z
Blu-ray z

DVD

GAME

AUX2

AUX1

Auto : Process video automatically based on the HDMI content
information.
Game : Always process video for game content.
Movie : Always process video for movie content.

MEDIA PLAYER
iPod/USB
NETWORK

• If “Video Mode” is set to “Auto”, the mode is switched according to the
input contents.
• If a source is played in both MAIN ZONE (audio and video) and ZONE2
(audio only) modes in the same room, audio in MAIN ZONE and ZONE2
modes may sound out of synchronization, but this is not malfunction. In
this case, setting to “Game” mode may improve audio synchronization.

DVD

z
z

TV AUDIO z

Analog : Use i/p scaler function for analog video signal.
Analog & HDMI : Use i/p scaler function for analog and HDMI video signal.
HDMI : Use i/p scaler function for HDMI video signal.
Off : Do not use i/p scaler function.
• “Analog & HDMI” can be set for input sources for which an HDMI input
connector is assigned.
• Which items can be set depend on the input source assigned to each
input connector.
• This function is not effective when the input signal is “x.v.Color”, 3D,
sYCC 601 color, Adobe RGB color, Adobe YCC 601 color or computer
resolution.
v See overleaf

131

Informations

“Output Settings” can not be set when 4K signals are input.

CBL/SAT z
Blu-ray z

DVD

AUX1

Makes screen-related settings.
zz “CBL/SAT”, “DVD”, “Blu-ray”, “GAME”, “AUX1”, “AUX2”, “MEDIA PLAYER”, “CD” or “TV AUDIO”
can be set when “HDMI”, “COMP” or “VIDEO” (vpage 135, 136) has been assigned.

Video Mode
Make settings for video
processing.

CBL/SAT z
Blu-ray z

• When a non-standard video signal from a game machine or some other
source is input, the video conversion function might not operate. In this
case set “Video Conversion” to “Off”.
• When “Video Conversion” is set to “Off”, the video conversion function
does not work. In this case, connect this unit and TV with the same type
of cable.

Advanced version

NOTE
“Power Off Control” cannot be set when “Control Monitor” is set to
“ZONE4”.

Setting items

On : The input video signal is converted.
Off : The input video signal is not converted.

Video Conversion
The input video signal is
converted automatically
in conjunction with
the connected TV
(vpage 7 “Converting
input video signals for
output (Video conversion
function)”).

“Power Off Control” can be set when “HDMI Control” is set to “On”.

Output Settings

Setting details

Basic version

Setting items

Video
Setting details

Resolution
Set the output resolution.
You can set “Resolution”
separately for HDMI output
of the analog video input
and HDMI input.

Auto : The number of pixels the TV connected to the HDMI MONITOR
OUT connector supports is detected automatically and the appropriate
output resolution is set.
480p/576p / 1080i / 720p / 1080p / 1080p:24Hz / 4K : Set the output
resolution.

DVD

GAME

AUX2

AUX1

MEDIA PLAYER
iPod/USB
NETWORK

z
z

TV AUDIO z

CBL/SAT z
Blu-ray z

DVD

GAME

AUX2

AUX1

Aspect Ratio
Set the aspect ratio for the
video signals output to the
HDMI.
DVD

GAME

AUX2

AUX1

MEDIA PLAYER
iPod/USB
NETWORK

“Aspect Ratio” can be set when “i/p Scaler” is set to anything other
than “Off”.

z
z

TV AUDIO z

zz “CBL/SAT”, “DVD”, “Blu-ray”, “GAME”, “AUX1”, “AUX2”, “MEDIA PLAYER”, “CD” or “TV AUDIO”
can be set when “HDMI”, “COMP” or “VIDEO” (vpage 135, 136) has been assigned.

Analog Video Out

Default settings are underlined.

Assigns the zone that uses the COMPONENT VIDEO MONITOR OUT and the VIDEO MONITOR OUT
connectors.
Setting items
ZONE

This item can be set when “i/p Scaler” is set to anything other than
“Off”.

z
MEDIA PLAYER
z TV AUDIO z
CD

DVD

CBL/SAT z
Blu-ray z

16:9 : Output at 16:9 aspect ratio.
4:3 : Output at 4:3 aspect ratio with black bars on the sides of a 16:9 TV
screen (except for 480p/576p output).

132

Setting details
MAIN ZONE : Uses the COMPONENT VIDEO MONITOR OUT and the
VIDEO MONITOR OUT connectors for MAIN ZONE.
ZONE3 : Uses the COMPONENT VIDEO MONITOR OUT and the VIDEO
MONITOR OUT connectors for ZONE3.

Informations

Progressive Mode
Set an appropriate
progressive conversion
mode for the source video
signal.

• This item can be set when “i/p Scaler” is set to anything other than
“Off”.
• When “i/p Scaler” is set to “Analog & HDMI”, the resolution of both the
analog video input signal and HDMI input signal can be set.
• To watch 1080p/24Hz pictures, use a TV that supports 1080p/24Hz video
signals.
• When set to “1080p:24Hz”, you can enjoy film-like pictures for film
sources (in 24 Hz). For video sources and mixed sources, we recommend
setting the resolution to “1080p”.
• It is not possible to convert a 50 Hz signal into 1080p/24Hz. It is output
at a resolution of 1080p/50Hz.
Auto : The video signal is automatically detected and the appropriate
mode is set.
Video : Select mode suitable for video playback.
Video and Film : Select mode suitable for video and 30-frame film
material playback.

Setting details

Advanced version

CBL/SAT z
Blu-ray z

Setting items

Basic version

Setting items

Video
Default settings are underlined.

Select the on-screen display user interface preferences.
Setting items
Volume
Sets where to display the
master volume level.

TV Format
Set the video signal format to be output for the TV you are using.

Setting details

Setting items

Bottom : Display at the bottom.
Top : Display at the top.
Off : Turn display off.

Format

Setting details
NTSC : Select NTSC output.
PAL : Select PAL output.
“Format” can also be set by the following procedure. However, the menu
screen is not displayed.
1. Press and hold the main unit’s o p for at least 3 seconds.
“zVideo Format < NTSC >” appears on the display.
2. Use the main unit’s o p and set the video signal format.
3. Press the main unit’s ENTER to complete the setting.

Info
Displays status of operation
temporarily when the sound
mode is changed, or input
source is switched. You
can set whether or not to
show each of these status
displays.
Always On : Show display continuously.
Now Playing
Auto Off : Show display for 30 seconds after operation.
Sets how long each menu
is displayed when the input
source is “NETWORK”,
“iPod/USB”, or “HD Radio”.

NOTE
When a format other than the video format of the connected TV is set, the
picture will not be displayed properly.

Advanced version

When the master volume display is hard to see when superimposed
on movie subtitles, set to “Top”.
On : Turn display on.
Off : Turn display off.

Informations

DVD

Default settings are underlined.

Basic version

On Screen Display

133

Perform settings related to input source playback.
• You do not have to change the settings to use the unit. Make settings when needed.

Items that can be set with the “Inputs” procedure

Menu operation

Input Assign (vpage 135)

1 Press ZONE SELECT to switch the zone mode.
2 Press SETUP.
3 Use ui to select the menu to be set or operated.
4 Press ENTER or p to enter the setting.

Basic version

Inputs

Source Rename (vpage 137)

The J indicator lights.

Source Level (vpage 137)
Input Select (vpage 138)
Video Source (vpage 138)

• To return to the previous item, press o or BACK.
• Exiting the Menu, press SETUP while the menu is displayed.
The menu display disappears.

Advanced version

Hide Sources (vpage 137)

The menu is displayed on the TV screen.

Informations

Important information
nnAbout the display of input sources

In this section, the configurable input sources for each item are shown as follows.
CBL/SAT
NETWORK

DVD

Blu-ray

TV AUDIO

GAME

AUX1

AUX2

MEDIA PLAYER

iPod/USB

HD Radio

PHONO

NOTE
Input sources that have been set to “Hide” at “Hide Sources” (vpage 137) cannot be selected.

DVD

134

Inputs
Setting items

This unit has certain input sources such as “CBL/SAT” assigned to audio and video connectors by default.
By making the default connections, you can simply press an input source select button to play back audio
or video from the connected device with ease.
When making connections other than the default settings, you must change settings in this section.

Examples of “Input Assign” menu screen displays

Inputs/Input Assign
HDMI

DIGITAL

ANALOG

COMP

VIDEO

1
2
3
4
5
Front
6
-

COAX1
COAX2
D.LINK
OPT1
OPT2

1
2
3
4
6
Front
5

1
2
3
-

1
2
3
Front
-

Changes HDMI input assignments

Blu-ray

GAME

AUX1

AUX2

MEDIA PLAYER
TV AUDIO

Input
source

CBL/SAT

DVD

Blu-ray

GAME

AUX1

Default
setting

Front

Input
source

AUX2

MEDIA
PLAYER

TV AUDIO

Default
setting

–

• To play the video signal assigned at “HDMI” combined with the audio
signal assigned at “Input Assign” – “DIGITAL”, select “Digital” at “Input
Mode” (vpage 138).
• Audio signals input from analog and digital connectors cannot be output
to a TV that is connected via HDMI.
• When “HDMI Control” (vpage 130) is set to “On”, HDMI input
connector cannot be assigned to “TV AUDIO”.

Input assignments menu operations
Use uio p to move the cursor to the item you want to set, and
1 then
press ENTER.
2 Use o p to select the input connector to be assigned.
3 Press ENTER to register the setting.

DVD

v See overleaf

135

Informations

Set Defaults
CBL/SAT
DVD
Blu-ray
GAME
MEDIA PLAYER
TV AUDIO
AUX1
AUX2
CD

HDMI
1 / 2 / 3 / 4 / 5 / 6 / Front : Assign an HDMI input connector to the selected
Set this to change the HDMI input source.
input connectors assigned
– : Do not assign an HDMI input connector to the selected input source.
to the input sources.
• At time of purchase, the settings of the different input sources are as
shown below.
CBL/SAT
DVD

Advanced version

This screen appears when the “Inputs” – “each input source” – “Input Assign” menu is selected. Use the
“Input Assign” menu to change the w HDMI input connectors, e Digital input connectors, r Analog
input connectors, t Component input connectors, and y Video input connectors that are assigned to the
q input sources in default settings.

Setting details

Basic version

Input Assign

Inputs
Setting details

DIGITAL
Set this to change the digital
input connectors assigned
to the input sources.

COAX 1 / COAX 2 / OPT 1 / OPT 2 : Assign a digital input connector to the
selected input source.
D.LINK : Assign the Denon Link HD connector when the Denon Link HD
connection is established to a player compatible with the Denon Link HD
function (vpage 13).
– : Do not assign a digital input connector to the selected input source.

CBL/SAT

DVD

Blu-ray

GAME

AUX1

AUX2
CD

TV AUDIO

CBL/SAT

DVD

Blu-ray

GAME

AUX1

AUX2

MEDIA PLAYER
TV AUDIO

• At time of purchase, the settings of the different input sources are as
shown below.
Input
source

CBL/SAT

Default
setting

COAX 1

COAX 2

D.LINK

–

Input
source

AUX2

MEDIA
PLAYER

TV AUDIO

Default
setting

–

OPT 2

OPT 1

DVD

Blu-ray

GAME

AUX1

DVD

Blu-ray

GAME

AUX1

AUX2

MEDIA PLAYER

VIDEO
Set this to change the
composite video input
connectors assigned to the
input sources.

• At time of purchase, the settings of the different input sources are as
shown below.
Input
source

CBL/SAT

Default
setting

Input
source

AUX2

MEDIA
PLAYER

TV AUDIO

Default
setting

–

DVD

Blu-ray

GAME

TV AUDIO

–

1 / 2 / 3 / 4 / 5 / 6 / Front : Assign a analog input connector to the selected
input source.
– : Do not assign a analog input connector to the selected input source.

DVD

CBL/SAT

AUX1

CBL/SAT

DVD

Blu-ray

GAME

AUX1

AUX2

MEDIA PLAYER

TV AUDIO

Front

Set Defaults
The “Input Assign” settings
are returned to the default
settings.

136

1 / 2 / 3 : Assign the component video input connector to the selected
input source.
– : Do not assign a component video input connector to the selected input
source.
• At time of purchase, the settings of the different input sources are as
shown below.
Input
source

CBL/SAT

DVD

Blu-ray

GAME

AUX1

Default
setting

–

Input
source

AUX2

MEDIA
PLAYER

TV AUDIO

Default
setting

–

1 / 2 / 3 / Front : Assign the video input connector to the selected input
source.
– : Do not assign a video input connector to the selected input source.
• At time of purchase, the settings of the different input sources are as
shown below.
Input
source

CBL/SAT

DVD

Blu-ray

GAME

AUX1

Default
setting

–

Front

Input
source

AUX2

MEDIA
PLAYER

TV AUDIO

Default
setting

–

Reset : Reset to the defaults.
Cancel : Do not reset to the defaults.
If you select “Set Defaults” and press ENTER,
the message “Reset to the default values?”
is displayed. Select “Reset” or “Cancel”, and
then press ENTER.

Informations

ANALOG
Set this to change the
analog audio input
connectors assigned to the
input sources.

COMP
(Component video)
Set this to change the
component video input
connectors assigned to the
input sources.

Setting details

Advanced version

MEDIA PLAYER

Setting items

Basic version

Setting items

Inputs

Source Level

Change the display name of the selected input source.
This is convenient when the input source name of your device and the input source name of this unit are
different. You can change the name to suit your needs. When the renaming is completed, the name is
displayed on this unit’s display and on the menu screen.

• This function corrects the playback level of the selected input source’s audio input.
• Make this setting if there are differences in the input volume levels between the different sources.

Setting details

HD Radio
–12dB – +12dB (0dB)

CBL/SAT

DVD

Blu-ray

GAME

AUX1

AUX2

MEDIA PLAYER
TV AUDIO

PHONO
–12dB – +12dB (0dB)

Digital Inputs
CBL/SAT

DVD

Blu-ray

GAME

AUX1

AUX2

MEDIA PLAYER

Setting details

TV AUDIO

CBL/SAT / DVD / Blu-ray / GAME / AUX1 / AUX2 / MEDIA PLAYER / iPod/USB / CD / HD Radio /
Favorites / Internet Radio / Pandora / SiriusXM / Spotify / Flickr / TV AUDIO / PHONO : Select input
source that is not used.
• Show : Use this source.
• Hide : Do not use this source.

NOTE
• Input sources being used in the various zones cannot be deleted.
• Input sources set to “Hide” cannot be selected using the input source select button.

137

The digital input level can be adjusted independently for input sources
for which “DIGITAL” is assigned at “Input Assign” (vpage 136).

Informations

Remove from the display input sources that are not used.

The analog input level can be adjusted independently for input sources
for which “ANALOG” is assigned at “Input Assign” (vpage 136).

Advanced version

Analog Inputs

Default settings are underlined.

DVD

Setting details
–12dB – +12dB (0dB)

NETWORK

If you select “Set Defaults” and press ENTER, the message “Reset all
source names to the factory defaults?” is displayed. Select “Reset” or
“Cancel”, and then press ENTER.

Hide Sources

Setting items
Source Level
iPod/USB

CBL/SAT / DVD / Blu-ray / GAME / AUX1 / AUX2 / MEDIA PLAYER / CD / TV AUDIO / PHONO :
Change the display name of the selected input source.
• Up to 12 characters can be input.
• For character input, see page 118.
Set Defaults : The “Source Rename” settings are returned to the default
settings.
• Reset : Reset to the defaults.
• Cancel : Do not reset to the defaults.

Default settings are underlined.

Basic version

Source Rename

Inputs
Default settings are underlined.

Set the audio input mode and decode mode of each input source.
The input modes available for selection may vary depending on the input source.
Setting items

CBL/SAT

DVD

Blu-ray

GAME

AUX1

AUX2

MEDIA PLAYER

Video of another input source is played back combined with the playing audio.
Setting items

Setting details

Video Select

Auto : Automatically detect input signal and perform playback.
HDMI : Play only signals from HDMI input.
Digital : Play only signals from digital input.
Analog : Play only signals from analog input.
EXTERNAL IN : Play only signals from EXTERNAL IN input.

“CBL/SAT”, “DVD”, “Blu-ray”, “GAME”, “AUX1”, “AUX2”, “MEDIA
PLAYER”, “CD” or “TV AUDIO” can be selected only when “COMP”
or “VIDEO” is assigned to the input source.

• “Digital” can be set for input sources for which “DIGITAL” is assigned
at “Input Assign” (vpage 136).
• “AUX2” or “TV AUDIO” can be selected only when “Analog” is assigned
to the input source.
• When digital signals are properly input, the
indicator lights on
the display. If the
indicator does not light, check “Input Assign”
(vpage 136) and the connections.
• If “HDMI Control” is set to “On” and a TV compatible with the ARC is
connected via the HDMI MONITOR connectors, the input mode whose
input source is “TV AUDIO” is fixed to ARC.
Auto : Detect type of digital input signal and decode and play automatically.
PCM : Decode and play only PCM input signals.
DTS : Decode and play only DTS input signals.

NOTE
• It is not possible to select HDMI input signals.
• Input sources for which “Hide” is selected at “Hide Sources”
(vpage 137) cannot be selected.

• This item can be set for input sources for which “DIGITAL” is assigned
at “Input Assign” (vpage 136).
• Normally set this mode to “Auto”. Set “PCM” and “DTS” when
inputting the corresponding input signal.

TV AUDIO

DVD

Setting details
Default : Play the picture and sound of the input source.
CBL/SAT / DVD / Blu-ray / GAME / AUX1 / AUX2 / MEDIA PLAYER / CD /
TV AUDIO : Select video input source to view. The video of the selected
input source is played along with the audio currently being played. This can
be set for individual input sources.

Informations

Decode Mode
Set the audio decode mode
for input source.

Default settings are underlined.

Advanced version

Input Mode
Set the audio input modes
for the different input
sources.
It is normally recommended
to set the audio input mode
to “Auto”.

Video Source

Basic version

Input Select

138

Set when changing Audyssey® Setup settings.
• If you change the speaker settings after performing Audyssey® Setup, it will not be possible
to set Audyssey MultEQ® XT 32, Audyssey Dynamic EQ® and Audyssey Dynamic Volume®
(vpage 125, 126).
• Can be used without changing the settings. Please set if necessary.

Items that can be set with the “Speakers” procedure

Menu operation

Audyssey® Setup (vpage 33, 99)

Basic version

Speakers

Manual Setup (vpage 141)
Advanced version

1 Press ZONE SELECT to switch the zone mode.
2 Press SETUP.
3 Use ui to select the menu to be set or operated.
4 Press ENTER or p to enter the setting.
The J indicator lights.

The menu is displayed on the TV screen.

DVD

Informations

• To return to the previous item, press o or BACK.
• Exiting the Menu, press SETUP while the menu is displayed.
The menu display disappears.

139

Speakers

This unit is provided with 12 types of Assign Mode settings.
You can switch the channels assigned to a power amplifier in accordance with your speaker system or perform playback using up to 11.1 channels using a combination of the built-in power amplifier and an external
power amplifier. You can also use this unit as a preamplifier.
Use the following flowchart to set the speaker system of this unit.

Basic version

Steps for setting “Amp Assign”

“Assign Mode” Settings

Select the method for using a power amplifier in accordance with your speaker system.

9.1ch/2ch
Front

7.1ch +
ZONE2

7.1ch/2ch
Front
(Bi-Amp)

7.1ch
(Bi-Amp)
7.1ch +
ZONE2/3MONO

7.1ch +
Front B

5.1ch
(Bi-Amp) +
ZONE2

Discrete
11.1ch

Pre
Amplifier

Custom

5.1ch +
ZONE2/3

Advanced version

9.1ch
(SB/FH/FW)

“Main Pre-amps” Settings

“Main Speakers” Settings

Select the speaker terminal from which to
output the signals assigned to the power
amplifiers for MAIN ZONE.

S.Back/
F.Height

Informations

Select a channel that uses the PRE OUT
connector.

“Main Speakers” Settings

Select the speaker terminal from which to
output the signals assigned to the power
amplifiers for MAIN ZONE.

F.Height/
FWide

S.Back/
F.Height

S.Back/
F.Wide

Front

Front
Height

“Pre-amp Assign” Settings

F.Height/
FWide

Select how to set the Channel used as PRE
OUT.

S.Back/
F.Wide
All

9.1ch
(5.1+SB+FH)
(5.1+SB+FW)
(5.1+FH+FW)

9.1ch
(5.1+SB+FH)

9.1ch
(5.1+SB+FW)

9.1ch
(5.1+FH+FW)

7.1ch
(5.1+SB)
(5.1+FH)

7.1ch
(5.1+SB)
(5.1+FW)

7.1ch
(5.1+FH)
(5.1+FW)

7.1ch
(5.1+SB)

5.1ch

11.1ch
(9.1 + Front
(PRE OUT))

11.1ch
(9.1 + Front Height
(PRE OUT))

Maximum number of channels that can be used for the MAIN ZONE audio.

DVD

140

Custom

11.1ch
(PRE OUT)

11.1 ch

Speakers
Default settings are underlined.

Perform when setting the speakers manually or when changing settings made in Audyssey® Setup.
• If you change the speaker settings after performing Audyssey® Setup, it will not be possible to select
Audyssey MultEQ® XT 32, Audyssey Dynamic EQ® and Audyssey Dynamic Volume® (vpage 125,
126).
• “Manual Setup” can be used without changing the settings. Please set if necessary.
Setting items

Setting details

The following setting items are displayed according to the setting specified
for“Assign Mode” (vpage 141).
nn When “Assign Mode” (vpage 141) is set to “9.1ch(SB/FH/FW)”, “7.1ch
+ ZONE2”, “7.1ch + ZONE2/3-MONO”, “7.1ch(Bi-Amp)”, “9.1ch/2ch Front”,
“7.1ch/2ch Front(Bi-Amp)” or “7.1ch + Front B”
Main Speakers : Selects speakers used in MAIN ZONE.
• S.Back/F.Height : Uses surround back and front height speakers.
• S.Back/F.Wide : Uses surround back and front wide speakers.
• F.Height/F.Wide : Uses front height and front wide speakers.
nn When “Assign Mode” (vpage 141) is set to “Discrete 11.1ch”
Main Pre-amps : Selects the PRE OUT connector that is connected to
the external power amplifier used in MAIN ZONE.
• Front : Connects the PRE OUT connector for the front speaker.
• Front Height : Connects the PRE OUT connector for the front height
speaker.
nn When “Assign Mode” (vpage 141) is set to “Pre Amplifier”
Pre-Amp Assign : Selects how to use the PRE OUT connector.
• All : Uses this unit as a preamplifier by using only the PRE OUT
connector without using the power amplifiers within this unit.
• Custom : Sets whether to use each channel as a preamplifier or use
speakers.
Center / Surround / Surr. Back / Front Height / Front Wide
• Speaker : Select to use speakers.
• Pre-amp out : Select to output audio only from the PRE OUT
connectors.
nn When “Assign Mode” (vpage 141) is set to “Custom”
Output Channel : Selects signals output from the selected speaker
connector.
• Front / Center / Surround / Surround Back / Front Height / Front
Wide / ZONE2 / ZONE3 / ZONE2/3
• None : Does not output audio from the selected speaker.

v See overleaf

141

Informations

DVD

Amp Assign
(Continued)

Setting details

Advanced version

Assign Mode : Set the assignment mode.
• 9.1ch(SB/FH/FW) : Assigns all power amplifiers within this unit for
MAIN ZONE.
• 7.1ch + ZONE2 : Assigns power amplifiers within this unit as follows:
7.1ch for MAIN ZONE and 2ch for ZONE2.
• 5.1ch + ZONE2/3 : Assigns power amplifiers within this unit as follows:
For the flow to set “Amp 5.1ch for MAIN ZONE and 2ch for ZONE2 and ZONE3 each.
• 7.1ch + ZONE2/3-MONO : Assigns power amplifiers within this unit
Assign”, see page 140.
as follows: 7.1ch for MAIN ZONE and 1ch for ZONE2 and ZONE3 each.
• 7.1ch(Bi-Amp) : Assigns power amplifiers within this unit as follows:
7.1ch for MAIN ZONE and 2ch for the front speaker bi-amplifier
connection.
• 5.1ch(Bi-Amp) + ZONE2 : Assigns power amplifiers within this unit as
follows: 5.1ch for MAIN ZONE, 2ch for the front speaker bi-amplifier
connection, and 2ch for ZONE2.
• 9.1ch/2ch Front : Assigns all power amplifiers within this unit for MAIN
ZONE. Up to 9.1ch playback is available. You can also use a front speaker
that is different from the one used during multi-channel playback for
playback by switching the internal power amplifier during 2ch playback.
• 7.1ch/2ch Front(Bi-Amp) : Assigns power amplifiers within this unit
as follows: 7.1ch for the MAIN ZONE multi-channel playback. You can
also use a front speaker that is different from the one used during multichannel playback for playback under the bi-amplifier connection by
switching the internal power amplifier during 2ch playback.
• 7.1ch + Front B : Assigns power amplifiers within this unit as follows:
7.1ch for MAIN ZONE and 2ch for the second front speaker connection.
• Discrete 11.1ch : Assigns 9.1ch for power amplifiers within this unit and
2ch (front/front height) for the external power amplifier connection. Up
to 11.1ch playback is available.
• Pre Amplifier : Connects all speakers by using an external power
amplifier and uses this unit as a preamplifier. Up to 9.1ch playback is
available.
• Custom : Assigns power amplifiers within this unit as you prefer.
Amp Assign
Select power amplifier
usage method to match
your speaker system.

Setting items

Basic version

Manual Setup

Speakers
Speaker Config.
Indicate speaker presence
and select speaker size
categories based on bass
reproduction capability.

NOTE

Setting items

Front : Set the front speaker size.
• Large : Use a large speaker that can adequately play back low
frequencies.
• Small : Use a small speaker that has inadequate playback capacity for
low frequencies.

Speaker Config.
(Continued)

• When “Subwoofer” is set to “None”, “Front” is automatically set to
“Large”.
• When “Front” is set to “Small”, “Center”, “Surround“, “Surr. Back”,
“Front Height” and “Front Wide” can not be set to “Large”.
Center : Set the presence and size of the center speaker.
• Large : Use a large speaker that can adequately play back low
frequencies.
• Small : Use a small speaker that has inadequate playback capacity for
low frequencies.
• None : Select when a center speaker is not connected.

Surr. Back : Set the presence, size and number of surround back speakers.
• Large : Use a large speaker that can adequately play back low
frequencies.
• Small : Use a small speaker that has inadequate playback capacity for
low frequencies.
• None : Select when the surround back speakers are not connected.

“Large” is not displayed when “Front” is set to “Small”.

v See overleaf

When “Front” is set to “Small”, “Subwoofer” is automatically set to
“1spkr”.
Surround : Set the presence and size of the surround speakers.
• Large : Use a large speaker that can adequately play back low
frequencies.
• Small : Use a small speaker that has inadequate playback capacity for
low frequencies.
• None : Select when the surround speakers are not connected.
• When “Surround” is set to “Large”, “Surr. Back”, “Front Height” and
“Front Wide” can be set to “Large”.
• When “Surround” is set to “None”, “Surr. Back”, “Front Height” and
“Front Wide” are automatically set to “None”.

142

Informations

• 2spkrs : Use two surround back speakers.
• 1spkr : Use only one surround back speaker. When you select this
setting, connect the surround back speaker to the left (L) channel.
Front Height : Set the presence and size of the front height speakers.
• Large : Use a large speaker that can adequately play back low
frequencies.
• Small : Use a small speaker that has inadequate playback capacity for
low frequencies.
• None : Select when the front height speakers are not connected.
Front Wide : Set the presence and size of the front wide speakers.
• Large : Use a large speaker that can adequately play back low
frequencies.
• Small : Use a small speaker that has inadequate playback capacity for
low frequencies.
• None : Select when the front height speakers are not connected.

Subwoofer : Set the presence of a subwoofer.
• 2spkrs : Use two subwoofer.
• 1spkr : Use only one subwoofer.
• None : Select when a subwoofer is not connected.

DVD

Setting details

Advanced version

Do not use the outward
shape of the speaker to
determine selection of a
“Large” or “Small” speaker.
Instead, use the frequencies
set in “Crossovers”
(vpage 144) as the
standard for determining
bass reproduction capability.

Setting details

Basic version

Setting items

Speakers
Distances
Set distance from listening
position to speakers.
Measure beforehand the
distance from the listening
position to each speaker.

Setting details

Setting items

Levels
Test Tone Start : Output test tone.
Set the volume of the test
• Front L / F. Height L / Center / F. Height R / Front R / F. Wide R /
tone to be the same when it
Surround R / Surr. Back Rz1 / Surr. Back Lz1 / Surround L /
is output from each speaker. F. Wide L / Subwoofer 1z2 / Subwoofer 2z2 / Subwoofer 1+2z3 :
A test tone is output from the selected speaker. While listening to the
test tone, adjust the volume output from the selected speaker.
z1 When the “Speaker Config.” – “Surr. Back” setting (vpage 142)
is set to “1spkr”, “Surr. Back” is displayed.
z2 When the “Speaker Config.” – “Subwoofer” setting (vpage 142)
is set to “1spkr”, “Subwoofer” is displayed.
z3 When “Subwoofer 1+2” is selected, you can adjust the volume of
Subwoofer 1 and Subwoofer 2 at the same time.

When you select “Set Defaults” and press
ENTER, the “Resets all of the distance
settings to the factory defaults?” prompt is
displayed. Select either “Reset” or “Cancel”,
and press ENTER.

• –12.0dB – +12.0dB (0.0dB) : Adjust the volume.
When “Levels” is adjusted, the adjusted values are set for all the
sound modes.

Front L / Front R / F. Height L / F. Height R / F. Wide L / F. Wide R /
Center / Subwoofer 1z1 / Subwoofer 2z1 / Surround L / Surround R /
Surr. Back Lz2 / Surr. Back Rz2 : Select speaker for distance setting.
z1 When the “Speaker Config.” – “Subwoofer” setting (vpage 142)
is set to “1spkr”, “Subwoofer” is displayed.
z2 When the “Speaker Config.” – “Surr. Back” setting (vpage 142)
is set to “1spkr”, “Surr. Back” is displayed.

NOTE

When you select “Set Defaults” and press
ENTER, the “Reset all of the channel level
settings to the factory defaults?” prompt is
displayed. Select either “Reset” or “Cancel”,
and press ENTER.

• The speakers that can be selected differ depending on the “Amp Assign”
(vpage 141) and “Speaker Config.” (vpage 142) settings.
• Default settings :
Front L / Front R / F. Height L / F. Height R / Front Wide L / Front Wide R /
Center / Subwoofer 1 / Subwoofer 2 : 12.0 ft (3.60 m)
Surround L / Surround R / Surr. Back L / Surr. Back R : 10.0 ft (3.00 m)
• Set the difference in the distance between the speakers to less than
20.0 ft (6.00 m).

v See overleaf

NOTE
Speakers set to “None” in “Speaker Config.” (vpage 142) are not
displayed.

143

Informations

• Speakers set to “None” in the “Speaker Config.” (vpage 142)
settings are not displayed.
• When a headphones jack is inserted in the PHONES jack of this unit, the
“Levels” is not displayed.
Set Defaults : The “Levels” settings are returned to the default settings.
• Reset : Reset to the defaults.
• Cancel : Do not reset to the defaults.

• 0.0ft – 60.0ft / 0.00m – 18.00m : Set the distance.

DVD

Advanced version

Unit : Set the unit of distance.
• Feet / Meters
Step : Set the minimum variable width of the distance.
• 1ft / 0.1ft
• 0.1m / 0.01m
Set Defaults : The “Distances” settings are returned to the default
settings.
• Reset : Reset to the defaults.
• Cancel : Do not reset to the defaults.

Setting details

Basic version

Setting items

Speakers
Crossovers
Set the maximum frequency
of the bass signal output
from each channel to
the subwoofer. Set the
Crossover Frequency to
suit the bass reproduction
capability of the speaker
being used.

Speaker Selection : Selects how to set the crossover frequency. See the
speaker manual for information concerning speaker crossover frequency.
• All : Selects the crossover point of all speakers at the same time.
• Individual : Selects the crossover points for each speaker individually.

Setting items
Bass
Set subwoofer and LFE
signal range playback.

The following settings can be set when the “Speaker Selection” setting
is set to“Individual”.
• All / Front / Center / Subwoofer / Surround / Surr. Back / Front Height /
Front Wide : Select speaker for setting of crossover frequency.
• 40Hz / 60Hz / 80Hz / 90Hz / 100Hz / 110Hz / 120Hz / 150Hz / 200Hz /
250Hz : Set the crossover frequency.

Subwoofer Mode : Select low range signals to be reproduced by
subwoofer.
• LFE : The low range signal of the channel set to “Small” speaker size is
added to the LFE signal output from the subwoofer.
• LFE+Main : The low range signal of all channels is added to the LFE
signal output from the subwoofer.
• “Subwoofer Mode” can be set when “Speaker Config.” – “Subwoofer”
(vpage 142) is set to other than “None”.
• Play music or a movie source and select the mode offering the strongest
bass.
• Select “LFE+Main” if you want the bass signals to always be produced
from the subwoofer.

NOTE
If “Front” and “Center” for “Speaker Config.” are set to “Large”, and
“Subwoofer Mode” is set to “LFE”, no sound may be output from the
subwoofers, depending on the input signal or selected sound mode.
LPF for LFE : Set LFE signal playback range. Set this when you want to
change the playback frequency of the subwoofer.
• 80Hz / 90Hz / 100Hz / 110Hz / 120Hz / 150Hz / 200Hz / 250Hz
v See overleaf

144

Informations

• “Crossovers” can be set when the “Bass” – “Subwoofer Mode”
(vpage 144) setting is “LFE+Main”, or when you have a speaker that
is set to “Small”.
• Always set the crossover frequency to “80Hz”. When using small
speakers, however, we recommend setting the crossover frequency to
a higher frequency.
• For speakers set to “Small”, sound below the crossover frequency
is cut from the sound output. The cut bass sound is output from the
subwoofer or front speakers.
• The speakers that can be set when “Individual” is selected differ
depending on to the “Subwoofer Mode” setting (vpage 144).
• When “LFE” is selected, speakers set to “Small” at “Speaker Config.”
can be set. If the speakers are set to “Large”, “Full Band” is displayed
and the setting cannot be made.
• If set to “LFE+Main”, this setting can be made regardless of the
speaker size.

DVD

Setting details

Advanced version

Setting details

Basic version

Setting items

Speakers
Impedance
Set the impedance of
connected speakers.

8Ω/ohms : Select when the impedance per speaker for all the connected
speakers is 8Ω or larger.
6Ω/ohms : Select when the impedance for any of the connected speakers
is between 6Ω and 8Ω.
4Ω/ohms : Select when the impedance for any of the connected speakers
is between 4Ω and 8Ω.

2ch Playback
(Continued)

Subwoofer : Set the presence of a subwoofer.
• Yes : Use a subwoofer.
• No : Select when a subwoofer is not connected.
If “Speaker Config.” – “Subwoofer” (vpage 142) is set to “None”,
the setting is automatically set to “No”. If the “Front” setting is
“Small”, the setting is automatically “Yes”.
SW Mode : Select low range signals to be reproduced by subwoofer.
• LFE : When the “2ch Playback – “Front” setting is set to “Large”, the
LFE signal alone is output from the subwoofer. Also, when the “2ch
Playback” – “Front” setting is set to “Small”, the front channel low
range signal is added to the LFE signal output from the subwoofer.
• LFE+Main : The front channel low range signal is added to the LFE signal
output from the subwoofer.

Check the speaker impedance (Ω) shown on the back of your speakers
or in the instruction manual beforehand.
2ch Playback : The front speakers used in direct play (2 channel), stereo
play and pure direct play (2 channel) are set in advance.
• A : Front speaker A is used.
• B : Front speaker B is used.
• A+B : Both front speakers A and B are used.
Multi ch Playback : The front speakers used in play modes other than
direct play (2 channel), stereo play and pure direct play (2 channel) are set
in advance.
• A : Front speaker A is used.
• B : Front speaker B is used.
• A+B : Both front speakers A and B are used.

This setting can be set made “2ch Playback” – “Subwoofer” is set to
“Yes”.
Crossover : Set the maximum frequency of the bass signal output from
each channel to the subwoofer.
• 40Hz / 60Hz / 80Hz / 90Hz / 100Hz / 110Hz / 120Hz / 150Hz / 200Hz /
250Hz

This can be set when “Assign Mode” (vpage 141) is set to “7.1ch
+ Front B”.
Setting : Select the method for setting the speakers used in the 2-channel
direct and stereo playback modes.
• Auto : The settings at “Speakers” (vpage 139) are applied.
• Manual : Make separate settings for 2-channel. Make the following
settings:
Front : Set the front speaker size.
• Large : Use a large speaker that can adequately play back low
frequencies.
• Small : Use a small speaker that has inadequate playback capacity for
low frequencies.

• This setting can be set made “2ch Playback” – “Subwoofer” is set to
“Yes”.
• If the “2ch Playback” – “Front” setting is “Large” and the “SW Mode”
setting is “LFE”, “Full Band” is displayed and the setting cannot be
made.
Distance FL / Distance FR : Select speaker for distance setting.
• 0.0ft – 60.0ft (12.0ft) / 0.00m – 18.00m (3.60m) : Set distance from
main listening point to speaker.
Set the difference in the distance between the speakers to less than
20.0 ft (6.00 m).
Level FL / Level FR : Select speaker for level adjustment.
• –12dB – +12dB (0dB) : Adjust the level of each channel.

If “Speaker Config.” – “Subwoofer” (vpage 142) is set to “None”,
the setting is automatically set to “Large”.

DVD

Setting details

145

Informations

2ch Playback
Select the method for
setting the speakers used
in the 2-channel direct and
stereo playback modes.

Setting items

Advanced version

Front Speaker
Set the front speakers to
use for every sound mode.

Setting details

Basic version

Setting items

To use this unit by connecting it to a home network (LAN), you must configure network settings.
If you set up your home network (LAN) via DHCP, set “DHCP” to “On” (use the default setting). This
allows this unit to use your home network (LAN).
If you assign an IP address for each device, you must use the “IP Address” setting to assign an IP
address to this unit and enter the information about your home network (LAN) such as the gateway
address and subnet mask.

Items that can be set with the “Network” procedure

Menu operation

Network (vpage 147)

1
2 Press SETUP.
3 Use ui to select the menu to be set or operated.
4 Press ENTER or p to enter the setting.
The J indicator lights.

Settings (vpage 148)

The menu is displayed on the TV screen.

Diagnostics (vpage 149)
Maintenance Mode (vpage 149)

Informations

• To return to the previous item, press o or BACK.
• Exiting the Menu, press SETUP while the menu is displayed.
The menu display disappears.

Advanced version

Friendly Name (vpage 147)

Press ZONE SELECT to switch the zone mode.

DVD

Information (vpage 147)

Basic version

Network

146

Network

Friendly Name

Display network information.

The Friendly Name is the name of this unit displayed on the network. You can change the Friendly Name
according to your preferences.

Setting details

Setting items

Friendly Name / DHCP On or Off / IP Address / MAC Address

Edit Name
Edits Friendly Name.

MAC Address is required to make a vTuner account.

Default settings are underlined.

Enables network communication in standby power mode.
Setting details
Off In Standby : Suspend network function during standby.
Always On : Network is on during standby. Main unit operable with a network compatible controller.

When you select “Set Defaults” and press
ENTER, the “Reset the friendly name back
to the factory default?” prompt is displayed.
Select either “Reset” or “Cancel”, and press
ENTER.

Advanced version

Network

Set Defaults
Restores Friendly Name,
which you had changed, to
the default setting.

Setting details
• The default Friendly Name on first use is “DENON AVR-4520CI”.
• Up to 63 characters can be input.
• For character input, see page 118.
Reset : Reset to the defaults.
Cancel : Do not reset to the defaults.

Basic version

Information

• Set to “Always On” when using the web control function.
• With the “Always On” setting, you can use each NETWORK connector as the hub even while power
to this unit is set to standby.

Informations

NOTE
When “Network” is set to “Always On”, it consumes more standby power.

DVD

147

Network
Default settings are underlined.

Make settings for wired LAN.
Only set “Settings” when connecting to a network without a DHCP function.
Setting details
Network

Network/Settings

r
u

DHCP
-IP Address
-Subnet Mask
-Default Gateway
-Primary DNS
-Secondary DNS
Proxy
-Address
-Port
Save
Cancel
Configure the network

Selects how configure the network settings

e
Off
192.168.000.001
255.255.255.000
255.255.255.000
000.000.000.000
000.000.000.000
Off
000.000.000.000
00000

t
y
i

settings manually

DVD

• If you are using a broadband router (DHCP function), there is no need to make the settings at “IP
Address” and “Proxy”, since the DHCP function is set to “On” in this unit’s default settings.
• If this unit is being used connected to a network without the DHCP function, the network settings
must be made. In this case, some knowledge of networks is required. For details, consult a network
administrator.
• If you cannot connect to the Internet, recheck the connections and settings (vpage 31).
• If you do not understand about Internet connection, contact your ISP (Internet Service Provider) or the
store from which you purchased your computer.
• When you want to cancel the setting during IP address input, select “Cancel”, then press ENTER.

148

Informations

On the menu, select “Network” – “Settings” and press ENTER.
Use ui to select “DHCP”, then press ENTER.
Use o p to select “Off”, then press ENTER.
Use ui to select “IP Address”, then press ENTER.
• IP Address : Set the IP address within the ranges shown below.
The Network Audio function cannot be used if other IP addresses are set.
CLASS A: 10.0.0.1 – 10.255.255.254
CLASS B: 172.16.0.1 – 172.31.255.254
CLASS C: 192.168.0.1 – 192.168.255.254
t Use uio p or 0 – 9 to input the address and press ENTER.
y Use ui to select setting item, then press ENTER.
• Subnet Mask : When connecting an xDSL modem or terminal adapter
directly to this unit, input the subnet mask indicated in the documentation
supplied by your provider. Normally input 255.255.255.0.
• Default Gateway : When connected to a gateway (router), input its IP address.
• Primary DNS, Secondary DNS : If there is only one DNS address indicated in the documentation
supplied by your provider, input it at “Primary DNS”. If two or more DNS are provided by your
provider, enter both “Primary DNS” and “Secondary DNS”.

q
w
e
r

u Use ui to select “Proxy” and press ENTER.
• Proxy : Make this setting when connecting to the Internet via a proxy server.
Make the proxy settings only when you connect to the Internet via a proxy server that is on your
internal network or provided by your provider, etc.
i Use o p to select “On(Address)” or “On(Name)”, and then press ENTER.
On(Address) : Select when inputting by address.
On(Name) : Select when inputting by domain name. Up to 38 characters can be input.
o Press i to select “Address” or “Name”, then press ENTER.
When “Address” is selected in step i : Use uio p or 0 – 9 to enter the proxy server address, and
press ENTER.
When“Name” is selected in step i : Use the software keyboard (vpage 118) to enter the domain
OK
name, and select
.
• For character input, see page 118.
Q0 Press i to select “Port”, then press ENTER. Use uio p or 0 – 9 to input the proxy server port
number and press ENTER.
Setup is complete.
Q1 Press i to select “Save”, then press ENTER.
The display returns to the original screen.

Advanced version

Information
Network
Friendly Name
Settings
Diagnostics
Maintenance Mode

Setting details

Basic version

Settings

Network
Basic version

Diagnostics
Used to check the network connection.
Setting items

Setting details
OK : Connected.
Error : The LAN cable is not connected. Check the connection.
OK : Accessed.
Error : Failed to communicate with the router. Check the router settings.

Advanced version

Physical Connection
Checks the physical LAN
port connection.
Router Access
Checks the connection from
this unit to the router.
Internet Access
Checks whether this unit
has access to the Internet
(WAN).

OK : Connected.
Error : Failed to connect to the Internet. Check the Internet connection
environment or router settings.

Maintenance Mode
Use when receiving maintenance from a DENON service engineer or custom installer.

Informations

Setting details

NOTE
Only use this function if so instructed by a DENON serviceperson or installer.

DVD

149

Make various other settings.

Items that can be set with the “General” procedure

Menu operation

1
2 Press SETUP.
3 Use ui to select the menu to be set or operated.
4 Press ENTER or p to enter the setting.

Language (vpage 151)

• To return to the previous item, press o or BACK.
• Exiting the Menu, press SETUP while the menu is displayed.
The menu display disappears.

Trigger Out 1 / Trigger Out 2 (vpage 152)

Press ZONE SELECT to switch the zone mode.
The J indicator lights.

ZONE2 Setup / ZONE3 Setup (vpage 151)
Zone Rename (vpage 152)
Quick Select Names (vpage 152)
Remote ID (vpage 152)

Advanced version

The menu is displayed on the TV screen.

Auto Standby (vpage 153)

Information (vpage 153)
Firmware (vpage 154)
Setup Lock (vpage 156)

150

Informations

Front Display (vpage 153)

DVD

Basic version

General

General
Default settings are underlined.

Set the language for display on the menu screen.
Setting details

Default settings are underlined.

Set the audio to play back with multi-zone (ZONE2, ZONE3).

Volume Limit
Make a setting for
maximum volume.

Setting details
Power On Volume
Define the volume setting
that is active when the
power is turned on.

–10dB – +10dB (0dB)
–10dB – +10dB (0dB)
On : The low range is attenuated.
Off : The low range is not attenuated.

Mute Level
Set the amount of
attenuation when muting
is on.

–12dB – +12dB (0dB)

DVD

151

When “Assign Mode” (vpage 141) is set to “7.1ch + ZONE2”,
“5.1ch + ZONE2/3”, “7.1ch + ZONE2/3-MONO” or “5.1ch(BiAmp) + ZONE2”, the “Volume Level” setting is automatically set to
“Variable”.
60 (–20dB) / 70 (–10dB) / 80 (0dB)
Off : Do not set a maximum volume.
This is displayed from –79 dB to 18 dB when “Scale” (vpage 124)
is set to “–79.5dB – 18.0dB”.
Last : Use the memorized setting from the last session.
Mute : Always mute when power is turned on.
1 – 98 (–79dB – 18dB) : The volume is adjusted to the set level.
This is displayed from –79 dB to 18 dB when “Scale” (vpage 124)
is set to “–79.5dB – 18.0dB”.
Full : The sound is muted entirely.
–40dB : The sound is attenuated by 40 dB down.
–20dB : The sound is attenuated by 20 dB down.

Informations

Bass
Adjust bass tones.
Treble
Adjust treble tones.
High Pass Filter
Make settings for cutting
the low range to reduce
distortion in the bass.
Lch Level
Adjust the left channel
output level.
Rch Level
Adjust the right channel
output level.

Stereo : Select stereo output.
Mono : Select monaural output.

Advanced version

“Language” can also be set by the following procedure. However, the menu screen is not displayed.
Following the display content to make the setting.
1. Press and hold the main unit’s o p for at least 3 seconds.
“zVideo Format < NTSC >” appears on the display.
2. Press the main unit’s i and set “zGUI Language < ENGLISH >”.
3. Use the main unit’s o p and set the language.
4. Press the main unit’s ENTER to complete the setting.

Setting items

Channel
Set the signal output from
multi-zone.

Setting details

When “Assign Mode” (vpage 141) is set to “7.1ch + ZONE2/3MONO”, the “Channel” setting is automatically set to “Mono”.
Variable : Volume adjustment is enabled by main unit and remote control
Volume Level
Set the volume output level. unit.
40 (–40dB) : Fix volume at 40 (–40 dB). Set when adjusting volume by
external amplifier.
80 (0dB) : Fix volume at 80 (0 dB). Set when adjusting volume by external
amplifier.

English / Français / Español

ZONE2 Setup / ZONE3 Setup

Setting items

Basic version

Language

General

Remote ID

Change the display title of each zone to one you prefer.

Set when you operate another DENON AV amplifier with the remote control unit of this unit.
Match the remote control unit you are using with the remote ID of this unit.

Setting details

nn How to set the remote ID

1. Press ZONE SELECT to switch the zone mode.
The J indicator lights.
2. Press SETUP.
The menu is displayed on the TV screen.
3. Use ui to select “General” then press ENTER.
4. Use ui to select “Remote ID” then press ENTER.
5. Change the ID for the remote control unit(vpage 167).
6. Press ENTER.
The Remote ID for this unit is set to the same ID as the one for the remote
control unit.

If you select “Set Defaults” and press ENTER, the message “Reset to the
default values?” is displayed. Select “Reset” or “Cancel”, and then press
ENTER.

Quick Select Names
Change the “Quick Select” display title to one you prefer.
Setting details

Trigger Out 1 / Trigger Out 2
Selects when to activate trigger out.
For details about how to connect the TRIGGER OUT jacks, see “TRIGGER OUT jacks” (vpage 30).
Setting details

Set Defaults : The input source name is returned to the default setting.
• Reset : Reset to the defaults.
• Cancel : Do not reset to the defaults.

nn When setting for zone (MAIN ZONE / ZONE2 / ZONE3 / ZONE4)

Trigger out is activated through linkage to the power of the zone set to “On”.

nn When setting for input source

If you select “Set Defaults” and press ENTER, the message “Reset to the
default values?” is displayed. Select “Reset” or “Cancel”, and then press
ENTER.

Activate trigger out when the input source set to “On” is selected.
Active for the zone set to “On” with “When setting for zone”.

nn When setting for HDMI monitor

Activate trigger out when the HDMI monitor set to “On” is selected.
Activate trigger out when the HDMI monitor set to “On” is selected. Active when the “MAIN
ZONE” set to “On” with “When setting for zone” is selected, and when the input source set to
“On” with “When setting for input source” is selected.

• On : Activate trigger on this mode.
• – – – : Do not activate trigger on this mode.

DVD

152

Informations

Quick Select 1 / Quick Select 2 / Quick Select 3 / Quick Select 4
• Up to 16 characters can be input.
• For character input, see page 118.

Advanced version

MAIN ZONE / ZONE2 / ZONE3 / ZONE4
• Up to 10 characters can be input.
• For character input, see page 118.
Set Defaults : The input source name is returned to the default setting.
• Reset : Reset to the defaults.
• Cancel : Do not reset to the defaults.

Basic version

Zone Rename

General
Default settings are underlined.

When you do not perform any operation on this unit with no audio or video input for a specified time,
this unit automatically enters the standby mode. Before it enters the standby mode, “Auto Standby” is
displayed on the display of this unit and the menu screen.
Setting details

Information
Show information about receiver settings, input signals, etc.

NOTE
This item is not compatible with the HDMI ZONE4 function.
Items

60min : The unit goes into standby after 60 minutes.
30min : The unit goes into standby after 30 minutes.
Off : The unit does not go into standby automatically.

Front Display

Default settings are underlined.

Makes settings related to the display on this unit.
Setting items
Dimmer
Adjust the display
brightness of this unit.

Setting details
Bright : Normal display brightness.
Dim : Reduced display brightness.
Dark : Very low display brightness.
Off : Turns the display off.

Dialogue normalization function

Off

Dim

Dial.Norm
Offset - 4dB

Dark

The figure is the corrected value. This cannot be changed.

NOTE

Channel Indicators
Sets whether to use the
input signal display or
output signal display for the
channel indication on the
display.

Video
Show information about
HDMI input/output signals
and HDMI monitors.

When “Dimmer” is set to “Off”, the display turns off and appears as if
there is no electricity.
Input : Uses the input signal display for the channel indication on the
display.
Output : Uses the output signal display for the channel indication on the
display.

DVD

153

HDMI Signal Info.
• Resolution / Color Space / Pixel Depth
HDMI Monitor 1 / HDMI Monitor 2
• Interface / Resolutions

Informations

This function is automatically activated when playing Dolby Digital, Dolby
Digital Plus, Dolby TrueHD, DTS and DTS-HD sources.
It automatically corrects the standard signal level for individual program
sources.
The correction value can be checked using the STATUS on the main unit.

Buttons on the main unit can be used for operations.
Each time DIMMER is pressed, the setting is changed as shown
below.
Bright

Setting details
Sound Mode : The currently set surround mode.
Input Signal : The input signal type.
Format : The number of input signal channels (presence of front, surround,
LFE).
Sample Rate : The input signal’s sampling frequency.
Offset : The dialogue normalization correction value.
Flag : This is displayed when inputting signals including a surround back
channel. “MATRIX” is displayed with Dolby Digital EX and DTS-ES Matrix
signals, “DISCRETE” with DTS-ES Discrete signals.

Advanced version

Audio
Show information about
audio input signals.

Basic version

Auto Standby

General

Firmware

Setting details

ZONE
Show information about
current settings.

MAIN ZONE : This item shows information about settings for MAIN
ZONE. The information displayed differs according to the input source.
• ZONE Name / Select Source / Name / Sound Mode / Input Mode /
Decode Mode / HDMI / Digital / Analog / Component / Video /
Rec Select / Video Select / Video Mode / Content Type / Video
Conversion / i/p Scaler / Resolution / Progressive Mode / Aspect
Ratio etc.

Set whether or not to check for firmware update, update the firmware, and display update and upgrade
notifications.
Setting items
Update
Update the firmware of the
receiver.

NOTE
In cases where it is not
possible to connect to
the network after doing a
firmware update, connect
to the network again using
“Network” (vpage 146).

NOTE
For ZONE4, “Volume Level” is not displayed.
Version : Displays information for the current firmware.

Press INFO to display current source name, volume, sound mode name, and other information at the
bottom of the screen.

• Status display screen
When the input source is switched.

When the volume is adjusted.

• If updating fails, the set automatically retries, but if updating is still not
possible, one of the messages shown below is displayed. If the display
reads as shown below, check the settings and network environment,
then update again.
Display
Description
Updating fail
Updating failed.
Login failed
Failure to log into server.
Server is busy
Server is busy. Wait a while then try again.
Connection fail
Failure in connecting to server.
Download fail
Downloading of the firmware has failed.
v See overleaf

AUTO
SOURCE
SOUND

DTS

DVD
DTS SURROUND

VIDEO

CBL/SAT
50.0

Status display: The operating status appears briefly on the screen when the input
source is switched or the volume is changed.

NOTE
The status display screen cannot be displayed at a computer’s resolution (e.g. VGA) or while certain 3D
video contents is being played.

DVD

154

Informations

Examples of screen display

Setting details
Check for Update : Check for firmware updates. You can also check
approximately how long it will take to complete an update.
Update Start : Execute the update process.
When updating starts, the power indicator becomes red and the menu
screen is shut down. The amount of update time which has elapsed is
displayed.
When updating is complete, the power indicator becomes green and
normal status is resumed.

Advanced version

ZONE2/3/4 : This item shows information about settings for ZONE2,
ZONE3 or ZONE4.
• ZONE Name / Power / Select Source / Volume Level

Firmware

Default settings are underlined.

Basic version

Items

General
Setting items

Update : The notification message is displayed for about 20 seconds when
the power is turned on. Connect to broadband Internet (vpage 31)
when using this function.
• On : Display update message.
• Off : Do not display update message.

Add New Feature
Display new features that
can be downloaded to
this unit and perform an
upgrade.

NOTE

• When you press ENTER during display of the
notification message, the “Check for Update”
screen is displayed (Refer to page 154 for
more information on “Update”).
• Press o or BACK to erase the notification
message.
Upgrade : The notification message is displayed for about 20
seconds when the power is turned on. Connect to broadband Internet
(vpage 31) when using this function.
• On : Display upgrade message.
• Off : Do not display upgrade message.

In cases where it is not
possible to connect to the
network after adding a
new function, connect to
the network again using
“Network” (vpage 146).

Upgrade Package : Display the items to be upgraded.
Upgrade Status : Display a list of the additional functions provided by
the upgrade.
Upgrade Start : Execute the upgrade process.
When the upgrade starts, the power indicator becomes red and the menu
screen is shut down. During the upgrade, the amount of upgrade time
which has elapsed is displayed.
When upgrading is complete, the power indicator becomes green and
normal status is resumed.
• If the upgrade is not successful, an error message identical to those in
“Update” will appear on the display. Check the settings and network
environment and then perform the upgrade again.
See the DENON website for details about upgrades.
When the procedure is complete, “Registered” is displayed in this
menu and upgrades can be carried out. If the procedure has not been
carried out, “Not Registered” is displayed.
The ID number shown on this screen is needed when carrying out
the procedure.
The ID number can also be displayed by pressing and holding the main
unit’s u and INFO for at least 3 seconds.

Notes concerning use of “Update” and “Add New Feature”
• In order to use these functions, you must have the correct system requirements and settings for a
broadband Internet connection (vpage 31).
• Do not turn off the power until updating or upgrading is completed.
• Even with a broadband connection to the Internet, approximately 1 hour is required for the updating/
upgrading procedure to be completed.
• Once updating/upgrade starts, normal operations on this unit cannot be performed until updating/
upgrading is completed. Furthermore, there may be cases where backup data is reset for the
parameters, etc., set on this unit.
• If the update or upgrade fails, press and hold the X on the main unit for more than 5 seconds, or
remove and re-insert the power cord. “Update retry” appears on the display and update restarts from
the point at which update failed. If the error continues despite this, check the network environment.

• Information regarding the “Update” function and “Add New Feature” will be announced on the DENON
web site each time related plans are defined.
• When usable new firmware is released with “Update” or “Add New Feature”, a notification message
is displayed on the menu screen. When you do not want to be notified, set “Notifications” – “Update”
(vpage 155) and “Notifications” – “Upgrade” (vpage 155) to “Off”.

DVD

155

Informations

• When you press ENTER during display of the notification message, the
“Add New Feature” screen is displayed (Refer to page 155 for more
information on “Add New Feature”).
• Press o or BACK to erase the notification message.

Setting details

Advanced version

Notifications
Displays a notification
message on this unit’s
menu screen when the
latest firmware is released
with “Update”.
Display a notification
message on this unit’s
menu screen when
downloadable firmware is
released with “Add New
Feature”.

Setting details

Basic version

Setting items

General
Default settings are underlined.

Protect settings from inadvertent change.
Setting items
Lock

Setting details
On : Turn protection on.
Off : Turn protection off.

Basic version

Setup Lock

When canceling the setting, set “Lock” to “Off”.

Advanced version

NOTE
When “Lock” is set to “On”, the settings listed below can no longer be
changed. Also, “Setup Locked!” is displayed if you attempt to operate
related settings.
• Setup menu operations

Informations

DVD

156

By registering preset codes for external devices to the provided remote control, you can operate your TV and playback devices (such as Blu-ray Disc player and DVD player) with the remote control.

Registering preset codes
When preset codes are registered in the included remote control unit,
it can then be used to operate any devices you have, such as DVD
players or TVs made by different manufacturers.

For details on operation with the remote control unit, see pages
46, 49, 58, 61, 65, 68, 71, 73, 75, 161, 162.

NOTE
The preset code cannot be registered to TUNER, PHONO, iPod/USB,
NETWORK and INTERNET RADIO.

DVD

“SETUP” and
indicator flashes
twice on the remote control unit.

“PRSET” appears on
2 When
the remote control unit, press

ENTER.

“DEVIC” appears on the
3 When
remote control unit, press the

input source select button of
the AV equipment (CBL/SAT,
Blu-ray, GAME, MEDIA PLAYER,
DVD, AUX1, AUX2 or CD) that
you want to program for the
preset setting.

NOTE
Note that the group numbers that can be
registered are predefined for each input
source select button (vpage 158).

157

(vpage 205 “List of preset codes”).

Press the buttons with an interval less than 30 seconds.
• When the code is registered
! “OK” flashes four times on the remote control unit.
• When the code is not registered correctly
! “FAIL” or “CANCL” flashes four times on the remote control
unit.
Perform from step 1 again.

Some manufacturers use more than one type of remote control code.
Preset codes to change the number and verify correct operation.

NOTE
Depending on the model and year of manufacture of your device,
some buttons may not operate.

Informations

q DEVICE X
For switching power of each device on or off.
w uio p, ENTER, BACK
For menu operation of each device.
e MENU, INFO, OPTION, SETUP
For displaying the menu of each device.
r 8, 9, 1, 6, 7, 3, 2
t Number button (0 – 9, +10)
y CH/PAGE df
u TV X, TV INPUT
For operating a TV
This button is enabled in any mode.

and hold RC SETUP for at
1 Press
least 3 seconds.

“– – – – –” appears on the remote control unit,
4 When
press the number buttons 0 – 9 to enter a 5-digit code
Advanced version

nnButtons used for operating the devices

Registering preset codes

Basic version

Operating external devices with the remote control

Registering preset codes
By default, the input source select buttons on the remote control perform only the input source select
operation. To operate an external device with this remote control, set the preset code in “List of preset
codes” (vpage 205) for the device you want to register to each input source select button.
For how to set preset codes to buttons, see “Registering preset codes” (vpage 157).
If you register preset codes on this remote control, the input source select buttons on the remote
control can perform the following two functions.

The types of devices that can be registered to each input source select button on this remote control
are assigned as shown in the following table. Register the preset code under the desired device name
in “List of preset codes” (vpage 205).

Preset codes that can be registered to CBL/SAT, Blu-ray, GAME,
MEDIA PLAYER, DVD, AUX1, AUX2, and CD buttons
Button

Default preset
mode

CBL/SAT group

nnHow to switch operation modes

VCR/PVR group
BD/DVD group
CBL/SAT group
VCR/PVR group
BD/DVD group
Audio group

Press the input source
select button.
w External device
operation modez2

q AVR operation
modez1

Available change to preset

Input source
select buttons

AVR

z1 The mode in which you can operate this unit.
z2 If you press one of these buttons , the input source on this unit changes and the remote control
switches to the mode in which you can operate the external device registered to that button.

VCR/PVR group
BD/DVD group
CBL/SAT group
VCR/PVR group
BD/DVD group
Audio group
CBL/SAT group
VCR/PVR group
BD/DVD group
Audio group

Audio group

• When you press an input source select button for which a preset code has been registered, its button
name appears on the display of the remote control unit.
• To unregister the device from a button and reset to the default setting, set the AVR code “73347” to
the button.

DVD

158

Informations

CBL/SAT group
Press AVR.

Advanced version

q The function to switch input sources on this unit (AVR operation mode)
w The function to make this remote control switch to the mode in which you can operate the device
registered to the button (External device operation mode)

nnDevices that can be registered to input source select buttons on the
remote control

Basic version

nnRemote control operation modes

Registering preset codes

Button

Default preset
mode

AVR

Basic version

Preset codes that can be registered to TV buttons
Available change to preset

TV group

To perform menu operations of this unit, press AVR to have the remote control enter the AVR operation
mode.

Advanced version

• When you press TV AUDIO that has a preset code registered to it, the “TV” indication on the remote
control lights.

Informations

DVD

159

Operating external devices
• The operation mode of the remote control unit is switched as shown in the table.
When the FAVORITE STATION and InstaPrevue are pressed, the AVR-operation mode starts automatically.

NOTE

Input source of this
unit

Operation mode
Devices controllable with the remote control unit

Advanced version

Input source
select button

If the mode of the remote control unit is set to other than AVR-operation mode, press AVR to switch the
remote control unit to the AVR-operation mode to perform the following operations:
• For menu operation by pressing SETUP.

This unit (AVR-operation) z2

–
z1

CBL/SAT

Blu-ray

Device registered on the Blu-ray button

GAME

Device registered on the GAME button

MEDIA PLAYER

DVD

Device registered on the DVD button

AUX1

Device registered on the AUX1 button

AUX2

Device registered on the AUX2 button

TV AUDIO

Device registered on the CBL/SAT button

Device registered on the MEDIA PLAYER button

Informations

Device registered on the CD button
Device registered on the TV AUDIO button

z1 If a preset code is registered for this button, the remote control unit of this unit can control another
devices.
z2 With this mode, you can operate: HD Radio, iPod, USB memory device, record player and network
function.

DVD

Basic version

Press the input source select button (vpage 41).

160

Operating devices
the input source select
1 Press
button to which the preset
code for the device you want
to operate has been registered
(vpage 160).

• For details, refer to the device’s operating
instructions.

6 7
3
2
0 – 9, +10
ENTER
(Number)

Function
Power on/standbyz
Menu
TV power on/standby
Switch TV input
Switch channels (up/down)
Information
Sub menu, Option
Cursor operation
Enter
Return
Home menu
Auto search (cue)
Playback
Manual search
(fast-reverse/fast-forward)
Pause
Stop
Channel selection
3 digit entry

zzThis may turn some devices on.

DVD

161

Operation buttons
TV X
TV MENU
TV INPUT
CH/PAGE df
INFO
OPTION
uio p
ENTER
(Cursor)
BACK
SETUP
8 9
1
6 7
3
2
0 – 9, +10
ENTER
(Number)

Function
TV power on/standbyz
TV menu
Switch TV input
Switch channels (up/down)
Information
Sub menu
Cursor operation
Enter
Return
Setup
Auto search (cue)
Playback
Manual search
(fast-reverse/fast-forward)
Pause
Stop
Channel selection
3 digit entry

zzThis may turn some devices on.

v See overleaf

Informations

Operation buttons
DEVICE X
DEVICE MENU
TV X
TV INPUT
CH/PAGE df
INFO
OPTION
uio p
ENTER
(Cursor)
BACK
SETUP
8 9
1

nnTV group (1zzzz)
(TV) operation

Advanced version

2 Operate the device.

nnCBL/SAT group (0zzzz)
(Set top box for satellite (SAT) / cable (CBL) /
Media player / IP TV) operation

Basic version

The supplied remote control unit can control a device other than this
unit.

Operating devices

6 7
3
2
0 – 9, +10

zzThis may turn some devices on.

DVD

Operation buttons
DEVICE X
DEVICE MENU
TV X
TV INPUT
CH/PAGE df
INFO
OPTION
uio p
ENTER
BACK
SETUP
8 9
1
6 7
3
2
0 – 9, +10

Function
Power on/standbyz
(Popup) Menu
TV power on/standby
Switch TV input
Switch channels (up/down)
Information
Top menu
Cursor operation
Enter
Return
Setup
Auto search (cue)
Playback
Manual search
(fast-reverse/fast-forward)
Pause
Stop
Select title, chapter or channel
selection

zzThis may turn some devices on.
(Only the power-on operation is available for some
DENON model devices as well.)

162

Operation buttons
DEVICE X
TV X
TV INPUT
uio p
ENTER
8 9
1
6 7
3
2
0 – 9, +10

Function
Power on/standbyz
TV power on/standby
Switch TV input
Cursor operation
Enter
Auto search (cue)
Playback
Manual search
(fast-reverse/fast-forward)
Pause
Stop
Track selection

zzThis may turn some devices on.
(Only the power-on operation is available for some
DENON model devices as well.)

Informations

Function
Power on/standbyz
Menu
TV power on/standby
Switch TV input
Switch channels (up/down)
Information
Sub menu, Option
Cursor operation
Enter
Return
Setup
Auto search (cue)
Playback
Manual search
(fast-reverse/fast-forward)
Pause
Stop
Select title, chapter or channel
selection

nnAudio group (4zzzz)
(CD player / CD recorder) operation

Advanced version

Operation buttons
DEVICE X
DEVICE MENU
TV X
TV INPUT
CH/PAGE df
INFO
OPTION
uio p
ENTER
BACK
SETUP
8 9
1

nnBD/DVD group (3zzzz)
(Blu-ray Disc player / HD-DVD player /
DVD player) operation

Basic version

nnVCR/DVR group (2zzzz)
(DVD recorder (DVR) / Personal video recorder
(PVR) / video cassette recorder (VCR)) operation

Operating learning function

Remembering remote control codes from
other devices

“READY” appears on the remote control unit,
5 When
place the remote control unit of the AV equipment

face to face with main remote control unit (of this
unit). Next, press and hold down the desired button
(that you want to store) of the remote control unit of
the AV equipment.

“SETUP” and
indicator flashes twice
on the remote control unit.

ui to display “LEARN” on
2 Use
the remote control unit and press
ENTER.

Advanced version

and hold RC SETUP for at
1 Press
least 3 seconds.

• There are some remote control units that cannot be programmed,
or even if they can be programmed, they may not operate correctly.
If this happens, use the remote control unit supplied with the AV
equipment to operate it.
• The operations of the programmed buttons override the preset
memory. If you do not require the programmed buttons, erase
the stored remote control codes to return to the initial settings
(vpage 164 “Erasing stored remote control codes”).
• The number of buttons that can be stored varies depending on the
remote control unit used. If you have stored the maximum number
of buttons allowed for the remote control unit, “FAIL” appears on
its display.

Basic version

If the AV device is not a DENON device, or if the device does not
operate even when the preset code is registered, use the learning
function. Remote codes for different devices can be remembered for
use by the DENON remote control included with this device.

“DEVIC” appears on the
3 When
remote control unit, press the

• You cannot store the remote control code
in the AVR button.
• Before using the learning function, register
a preset code (vpage 157 “Registering
preset codes”) for a mode other than AVR
preset (vpage 158) to each input source
switch button.

When “KEY” appears on the remote control unit,
press the button that you want to store.

• When the button is correctly stored, “OK” flashes four times on
the remote control unit.
• If the button is not correctly stored, “FAIL” flashes four times on
the remote control unit. If this happens, perform step 4 again.

6 To store another button, repeat steps 4 and 5.
you have finished storing the remote control
7 When
codes, press RC SETUP.
“OK” flashes four times on the remote control unit and the
normal operation mode is restored.

• You cannot store the remote control code in the ZONE SELECT,
RC SETUP, POWER X, FAVORITE STATION 1 – 4, InstaPrevue,
SOUND MODE, SLEEP, MACRO A – D and input source select
button.

DVD

163

Informations

input source select button of the
AV equipment that you want to
store.

Operating learning function

nnErasing the code by each button

“SETUP” and
indicator flashes twice
on the remote control unit.

Use ui to display “RESET” on
the remote control unit and press
ENTER.

3
“DEVIC” appears on the
4 When
remote control unit, press the
When “LEARN” appears on the
remote control unit, press ENTER.

5
“KEY” appears on the remote control unit,
6 When
press the button that you want to erase.

Use ui to display “ONE” on the remote control
unit and press ENTER.

“SETUP” and
indicator flashes twice
on the remote control unit.

Use ui to display “RESET” on
2 the
remote control unit and press

ENTER.

“LEARN” appears on the
3 When
remote control unit, press ENTER.
“DEVIC” appears on the
4 When
remote control unit, press the
input source select button of the
AV equipment that you want to
erase.

5 When “ALL” appears, press ENTER.

“RESET” flashes four times on the remote control unit and the
normal operation mode is restored.

DVD

164

Informations

input source select button of the
AV equipment that you want to
erase.

and hold RC SETUP for at
1 Press
least 3 seconds.

Advanced version

Press and hold RC SETUP for at
least 3 seconds.

nnErasing the code by each equipment input
source

Basic version

Erasing stored remote control codes

Operating macro function
You can automatically set the macro for your scene:
(1) Watch movies (MOVIE)
(2) Listen to music (MUSIC)
(3) Watch TV (CBL/SAT) (WATCH)
(4) Turn on all devices (ON)
(5) Turn off all devices (OFF)

“OK” flashes four times on the remote control unit and the
normal operation mode is restored.

Remote
control unit
display

NOTE
• Register preset codes for the remote control unit before setting
Auto macro (vpage 157).
• Depending on the type or model of your device, macro may not work
properly even if it is set.

MOVIE

MUSIC

“MCNo” appears on the
4 When
remote control unit, press the

want to set.

OFF

165

TV power ON
CBL/SAT Power ON
AVR Power ON
Source change CBL/SAT
Turns on all the devices set for PRESET.
All DEVICE POWER ON
Turns off all the devices set for PRESET.
All DEVICE POWER OFF

Informations

WATCH

MACRO A – D button that you

CD power ON
AVR Power ON
Source Change CD
Playback CD
Automatically turns on the devices and starts
playback when you watch TV (CBL/SAT).

Use ui to display “AUTO” on
3 the
remote control unit and press

ENTER.

TV power ON
Blu-ray power ON
AVR Power ON
Source Change Blu-ray
Playback Blu-ray
Automatically turns on the devices and starts
playback when you listen to music.

“SETUP” and
indicator flashes twice
on the remote control unit.

Use ui to display “MACRO” on
the remote control unit and press
ENTER.

Auto MACRO
Automatically turns on the devices and starts
playback when you watch movies.

and hold RC SETUP for at
1 Press
least 3 seconds.

DVD

ui to set the auto macro operation and press
5 Use
ENTER.

Advanced version

[Example]
When the following set of operations has been registered to the
MACRO button, you can simply press the MACRO button to turn on
the TV and this unit and start playing back Blu-ray.
q Turn the TV’s power on
$
w Turn this unit’s power on
$
e Switch this unit’s input source to “Blu-ray”
$
r Turn the Blu-ray Disc player’s power on
$
t Play the Blu-ray Disc player

Recording automatic macro operations

Basic version

• When the macro function is used, operations that usually require a
complicated series of multiple button operations can be performed
easily just by pressing the MACRO button.
• This device can remember up to 4 macro functions.
• Each macro can record a maximum of 18 steps.

Operating macro function

and hold RC SETUP for at
1 Press
least 3 seconds.
“SETUP” and
indicator flashes twice
on the remote control unit.

Adjusting the interval time of macro
operations transmitting
The macro operation transmission interval can be adjusted.
• The factory setting is “0.5 sec”.

Use ui to display “MACRO” on
the remote control unit and press
ENTER.

When “MCNo” appears on the
remote control unit, press the
MACRO A – D button that you
want to store.

Use ui to display “MAN” on
the remote control unit and press
ENTER.

Press the buttons to be stored one
by one.

You cannot store the macros for the ZONE SELECT button.

6 Press MACRO to exit the macro function.

“OK” flashes four times on the remote control unit and the
normal operation mode is restored.

DVD

Resetting the macro function
and hold RC SETUP for at
1 Press
least 3 seconds.
“SETUP” and
indicator flashes twice
on the remote control unit.

Use ui to display “RESET” on
2 the
remote control unit and press

“MCNo” appears on the
4 When
remote control unit, press the

ENTER.

Use ui to display “MACRO” on
3 the
remote control unit and press

MACRO A – D button that you
want to set.

ENTER.

“MCNo” appears on the
5
4 When
remote control unit, press the
Use ui to set the macro operation transmission
MACRO A – D button that you
6 interval
and press ENTER.
want to reset.
Press RC SETUP.

“OK” flashes four times on the remote control unit and the
normal operation mode is restored.

Remote control unit
display

Time values that you can set

0.25

0.25 sec

0.50

0.5 sec

0.75

0.75 sec

1.00

1 sec

1.25

1.25 sec

166

“RESET” flashes four times on the
remote control unit and the normal
operation mode is restored.

Informations

Use ui to display “MAN” on
the remote control unit and press
ENTER.

“SETUP” and
indicator flashes twice
on the remote control unit.

Advanced version

NOTE

Press the MACRO A – D button you
used to store the macro function.

and hold RC SETUP for at
1 Press
least 3 seconds.

Use ui to display “MACRO” on
the remote control unit and press
ENTER.

• The step number for the storing procedure and mode are alternately
displayed on the remote control unit.

Using the macro function

Basic version

Recording custom macro operations

When the ZONE SELECT button is pressed, only the set zone can be
operated with the remote control unit.
• The factory setting is “M234”.

and hold RC SETUP for at
1 Press
least 3 seconds.
“SETUP” and
indicator flashes twice
on the remote control unit.

ENTER.

Use ui to set the zone to be used
3 and
press ENTER.

“OK” flashes four times on the remote
control unit and the normal operation
mode is restored.

and hold RC SETUP for at
1 Press
least 3 seconds.

“SETUP” and
indicator flashes twice
on the remote control unit.

Use ui to display “RC-ID” on
2 the
remote control unit and press

Use ui to display “DISPL” on
2 the
remote control unit and press

ENTER.

ui to set the remote ID and
3 Use
press ENTER.

ENTER.

Use ui to set the display time
3 length
and press ENTER.

“OK” flashes four times on the remote
control unit and the normal operation
mode is restored.

Remote control unit display

Remote ID

ID-1

ID-2

Zone to be used

MAIN ZONE only

ID-3

ID-4

MAIN ZONE / ZONE2

M23

MAIN ZONE / ZONE2 / ZONE3

M234

MAIN ZONE / ZONE2 / ZONE3 /
ZONE4

DVD

NOTE
When you change the remote ID, make sure that the remote
control unit and the remote ID of the main unit are exactly the same
(vpage 152 “Remote ID”).

167

Use the following procedure to set the length of time for which to
display data such as zone and mode on the display panel of the remote
control unit.

“OK” flashes four times on the remote
control unit and the normal operation
mode is restored.

Remote control unit display

Display time

05SEC

5 sec

10SEC

10 sec

15SEC

15 sec

Informations

Remote control unit
display

When using multiple DENON AV receivers in the same room, make
this setting so that only the desired AV receiver operates.
• The factory setting is “ID-1”.

Setting the display time length of
the remote control unit display

Advanced version

ui to display “ZLOCK” on
2 Use
the remote control unit and press

Setting the Remote ID

Basic version

Specifying the zone used with the
remote control unit

Setting the back light

Use the following procedure to restore all default settings of the
remote control unit at the time of purchase.

and hold RC SETUP for at
1 Press
least 3 seconds.

“SETUP” and
indicator flashes twice
on the remote control unit.

Use ui to display “LIGHT” on
the remote control unit and press
ENTER.

Use ui to display “RESET” on
2 the
remote control unit and press

ui to set the back light and
3 Use
press ENTER.

ENTER.

ui to display “ALL” on
3 Use
the remote control unit and press

Remote control unit display

Back light

Back light on

OFF

Back light off

ENTER.

Use ui to display “YES” on the remote control unit
4 and
press ENTER.

168

Informations

“RESET” flashes four times on the remote control unit and the
normal operation mode is restored.

DVD

Advanced version

Press and hold RC SETUP for at
least 3 seconds.

Basic version

You can set the back light on the remote control unit to off to prolong
the life of the dry cell batteries.

Restoring all settings of the remote
control unit to default

Informations
Here, we list various information related to this unit.
Please refer to this information as needed.

F Other information vpage 176
F Troubleshooting vpage 196

Advanced version

F Part names and functions vpage 170

Basic version

Informations

F Specifications vpage 202

DVD

169

Informations

F Index vpage 203

Basic version

Part names and functions
Front panel
For buttons not explained here, see the page indicated in parentheses ( ).

r
Advanced version
Informations

q Power operation button (X)···················································· (41)
Turns power to this unit on and off (standby).

w Power indicator········································································ (41)
GPower indicator statusH
• Power on : Green
• Normal standby : Off
• When “HDMI Pass Through” or “HDMI Control” (vpage 130)
is set to “On” : Red
• When “Network” (vpage 147) is set to “Always On” : Red
• When a mobile device that supports MHL is being charged : Red

DVD

e
e Door
When you are using buttons and/or connectors behind the door,
press the bottom of the door to open it. When not using buttons
and/or connectors behind the door, close it. Be careful not to catch
your fingers when closing the door.

170

r MASTER VOLUME knob·················································· (42, 113)
t Master volume indicator
y Display····················································································· (172)
u Remote control sensor·························································· (175)
i SOURCE SELECT knob···················································· (41, 113)

Front panel
Basic version

With the door open
For buttons not explained here, see the page indicated in parentheses ( ).

Q8 Q7

Advanced version

When the headphones are plugged into this jack, audio will no
longer be output from the connected speakers or from the PRE
OUT connectors.

NOTE
To prevent hearing loss, do not raise the volume level excessively
when using headphones.

DVD

r BACK button······································· (48, 60, 64, 67, 72, 75, 201)
t ENTER button ························ (117, 120, 128, 134, 139, 146, 150)
y SETUP button························· (117, 120, 128, 134, 139, 146, 150)
u AUX1 INPUT connectors························································· (21)
i SETUP MIC jack·································································· (34, 99)
o QUICK SELECT buttons························································· (106)
Q0 DIMMER button······································································ (153)
Q1 OPTION button
······················································· (44, 48, 51, 60, 65, 67, 75, 104)

171

Q2 Cursor buttons
(uio p)·································· (117, 120, 128, 134, 139, 146, 150)

Q3 Information button (INFO)····················································· (154)
Q4 STATUS button········································ (45, 58, 60, 64, 75, 153)
Q5 ZONE/REC SELECT button············································ (107, 113)
Q6 ZONE4 ON/OFF button·························································· (113)
Q7 ZONE2 ON/OFF button·························································· (113)
Q8 ZONE3 ON/OFF button·························································· (113)

Informations

q AUX1 HDMI 7 / MHL connector·············································· (12)
w iPod/USB port·········································································· (23)
e Headphones jack (PHONES)

Display
Q1

yt r

u MULTI ZONE indicators

The input source name, sound mode, setting values and other
information are displayed here.

w Front speaker indicator

Q1 Decoder indicator

This lights up when ZONE2, ZONE3 or ZONE4 (separate room)
power is turned on (vpage 113).

i Monitor output indicator

This lights according to the setting of the front A and B speakers.
Lights when audio signals are being output from the speakers.

r Master volume indicator
t MUTE indicator
This lights when the mute mode is selected (vpage 42).

y Sleep timer indicator
This lights when the sleep mode is selected (vpage 105).

DVD

These light when Dolby or DTS signals are input or when the Dolby
or DTS decoder is running.

Q2 Input mode indicators

These light according to the HDMI monitor output setting.
When set to “Auto(Dual)”, the indicators light according to
connection status.

o Tuner reception mode indicators
These light according to the reception conditions when the input
source is set to “HD Radio”.
STEREO : In FM mode, this lights up when receiving stereo
broadcasts.
TUNED : Lights up when the broadcast is properly tuned in.
Q0 Audyssey® indicator
This indicator lights when the “MultEQ® XT 32” (vpage 125),
“Dynamic
EQ”
(vpage
125),
“Dynamic
Volume”
(vpage 126), “Audyssey DSX®” (vpage 126) or “Audyssey
LFC™” (vpage 126) setting is set to other than “Off”.

172

Set the audio input modes for the different input sources
(vpage 138).

Informations

e Output signal channel indicators

Advanced version

q
q Information display

Basic version

Rear panel
Q7

Q4 Q3 Q2

Basic version

See the page indicated in parentheses ( ).

Advanced version
Informations

q USB port···················································································· (23)
w TRIGGER OUT jacks································································· (30)
e REMOTE CONTROL jacks························································ (30)
r Speaker terminals
(SPEAKERS)···················································· (94, 95, 96, 97, 111)

t RS-232C connector··································································· (30)
y SIGNAL GND terminal····························································· (26)
u PRE OUT connectors
····························································· (29, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 112)

t yu i

o AC inlet (AC IN)········································································· (32)
Q0 Component video connectors
(COMPONENT VIDEO)··································· (16, 17, 18, 19, 112)

Q2 EXTERNAL IN connectors························································ (28)
Q1 HDMI connectors························································ (11, 12, 112)
Q3 Analog audio connectors
(AUDIO)················································· (17, 18, 19, 20, 22, 25, 26)

Q4 FM/AM antenna terminals (ANTENNA)································· (27)
Q5 Denon Link HD connector························································ (13)

i Video connectors (VIDEO)····························· (16, 17, 18, 22, 112)

DVD

173

Q6 Digital audio connectors
(DIGITAL AUDIO)···················································· (16, 17, 18, 25)

Q7 Network connectors (NETWORK)··········································· (31)
NOTE
Do not touch the inner pins of the connectors on the rear panel.
Electrostatic discharge may cause permanent damage to the unit.

Remote control unit

q
w

q ZONE SELECT button

Q6
Q7

w RC SETUP button

·········································· (34, 80, 99, 113, 167)
···································· (157, 163, 165, 167, 168)

e Display

q Zone select indicators
··········································· (34, 99, 113, 167)

w Operation mode indicator

r Device operation buttons
(DEVICE X / DEVICE MENU)············ (161, 162)

t Input source select buttons················ (41, 113)
y FAVORITE STATION buttons
(1 – 4)···························································· (78)

u Channel/page search buttons
(CH/PAGE df)
····(46, 49, 55, 58, 61, 65, 68, 71, 73, 75, 161, 162)

y
W0

i
o

···················· (117, 120, 128, 134, 139, 146, 150)

Q1 BACK button
Q2 System buttons
············ (46, 49, 61, 65, 68, 71, 73, 75, 161, 162)
• Skip buttons (8, 9)
• Play button (1)
• Search buttons (6, 7)
• Pause button (3)
• Stop button (2)

Tuning up / Tuning down buttons
(TUNE +, –)············································· (51, 52)

W5
W6

Q3
Q4

Q3 Number buttons···················· (53, 55, 119, 157)
Q4 Character buttons····································· (119)
Q5 Remote control signal transmitter·········· (175)
Q6 POWER button (X)······························ (41, 113)

DVD

·························· (44, 48, 51, 60, 65, 67, 75, 104)

W3 ENTER button
···················· (117, 120, 128, 134, 139, 146, 150)

W4 SETUP button
···················· (117, 120, 128, 134, 139, 146, 150)

W5 SOUND MODE buttons······························· (84)
• MOVIE button
• MUSIC button
• GAME button
• PURE button

W6 SLEEP button····································· (105, 113)
W7 MACRO buttons (A – D)···················· (165, 166)

········································ (48, 60, 64, 67, 72, 75)

Q9 AVR-operation mode button············ (158, 160)
W0 MUTE button (:)······························ (42, 113)
W1 VOLUME buttons (df)······················· (42, 113)
W2 OPTION button

174

The remote control unit for this unit is automatically
lit when you touch it.
This is useful for operating the remote control unit
in a dark room such as when watching movies in a
theater room.
The time for which the backlight stays on can be
changed (vpage 168 “Setting the back light”).
v See overleaf

Informations

i InstaPrevue button···································· (104)
o Information button (INFO)························ (154)
Q0 Cursor buttons (uio p)

(TV X / TV MENU / TV INPUT)
···································· (58, 61, 65, 68, 161, 162)

Advanced version

Q7 indicator··············· (157, 163, 165, 167, 168)
Q8 TV operation buttons

Basic version

For buttons not explained here, see the page indicated in parentheses ( ).

Remote control unit

Operating range of the remote control unit

q Slide the rear cover off the
remote control unit in the
arrow direction.

Point the remote control unit at the remote sensor when operating it.

w Load the two batteries properly
as indicated by the marks in the
battery compartment.

Basic version

Inserting the batteries

LR6/AA
Approx. 23 ft/7 m
30°

e Put the rear cover back on.

NOTE

DVD

175

Informations

• Insert the specified batteries in the remote control unit.
• Replace the batteries with new ones if the set does not operate
even when the remote control unit is operated close to the unit. (The
supplied batteries are only for verifying operation. Replace them
with new batteries at an early date.)
• When inserting the batteries, be sure to do so in the proper direction,
following the q and w marks in the battery compartment.
• To prevent damage or leakage of battery fluid:
• Do not use a new battery together with an old one.
• Do not use two different types of batteries.
• Do not attempt to charge dry batteries.
• Do not short-circuit, disassemble, heat or dispose of batteries in
flames.
• Do not keep the battery in a place exposed to direct sunlight or in
places with extremely high temperatures, such as near a heater.
• If the battery fluid should leak, carefully wipe the fluid off the inside
of the battery compartment and insert new batteries.
• Remove the batteries from the remote control unit if it will not be in
use for long periods.
• Used batteries should be disposed of in accordance with the local
regulations regarding battery disposal.
• The remote control unit may function improperly if rechargeable
batteries are used.

• The set may function improperly or the remote control unit may not
operate if the remote control sensor is exposed to direct sunlight,
strong artificial light from an inverter type fluorescent lamp or
infrared light.
• When using 3D video devices that transmit radio communication
signals (such as infrared signals etc) between the various units (such
as the monitor, 3D glasses, 3D transmitter unit etc), the remote
control unit may not operate due to interference from those radio
communication signals. If this occurs, adjust the direction and
distance of the 3D communication for each unit, and check that the
remote control unit operation is not affected by these signals.

Advanced version

30°

Manufactured under license under U.S. Patent No’s:5,956,674;5,9
74,380;5,978,762;6,487,535;6,226,616;7,212,872;7,003,467;7,272,
567;7,668,723;7,392,195;7,930,184;7,333,929;7,548,853;7,283,63
4 & other U.S. and worldwide patents issued and pending.
DTS-HD, the Symbol, & DTS-HD and the Symbol together are
registered trademarks & DTS -HD Master Audio is a trademark of
DTS, Inc. Product includes software. ©DTS, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Trademark information
This product uses the following technologies (Random order):

InstaPrevue and the InstaPrevue logo are trademarks or registered
trademarks of Silicon Image, Inc. in the United States and other
countries.

MHL, the MHL Logo, and Mobile High-Definition Link are trademark
or registered trademarks of MHL LLC in the United States and other
countries.

Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. “Dolby”,
“Pro Logic” and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby
Laboratories.
Windows Media and the Windows logo are trademarks or registered
trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or
other countries.
This item incorporates copy protection technology that is protected
by U.S. patents and other intellectual property rights of Rovi
Corporation. Reverse engineering and disassembly are prohibited.

DVD

176

Informations

Manufactured under license from Audyssey Laboratories™. U.S.
and foreign patents pending. Audyssey MultEQ® XT 32, Audyssey
Dynamic EQ®, Audyssey Dynamic Volume® and Audyssey DSX®
are registered trademarks of Audyssey Laboratories. Audyssey
LFC™ is a trademark of Audyssey Laboratories.

The terms HDMI and HDMI High-Definition Multimedia Interface,
and the HDMI Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of
HDMI Licensing LLC in the United States and other countries.

“Made for iPod” and “Made for iPhone” mean that an electronic
accessory has been designed to connect specifically to iPod, or
iPhone, respectively, and has been certified by the developer to
meet Apple performance standards.
Apple is not responsible for the operation of this device or its
compliance with safety and regulatory standards. Please note that
the use of this accessory with iPod, or iPhone, may affect wireless
performance.
AirPlay, the AirPlay logo, iPad, iPhone, iPod, iPod classic, iPod nano,
iPod shuffle and iPod touch are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered
in the U.S. and other countries.
• Individual users are permitted to use iPhone, iPod, iPod classic, iPod
nano, iPod shuffle, and iPod touch for private copy and playback of
non-copyrighted contents and contents whose copy and playback
is permitted by law. Copyright infringement is prohibited by law.

Advanced version

nn Trademark information (vpage 176)
nn Relationship between the Amp Assign mode
settings and audio output (vpage 177)
nn Surround (vpage 184)
nn Relationship between video signals and monitor
output (vpage 190)
nn Explanation of terms (vpage 193)

Basic version

Other information

Relationship between the Amp Assign mode settings and audio output
Basic version

On this unit, you can change how the power amplifiers within this unit are used according to your environment.
This allows you to output audio to rooms other than the room where the surround is played back (MAIN ZONE) and to enjoy high-quality playback from the front speaker in MAIN ZONE.

• Set the Amp Assign mode by referring to “Assign Mode” (vpage 141).
• For speaker connection, see “Speaker connection” (vpage 93).

NOTE
When making a bi-amplifier connection, use speakers that support the bi-amplifier connection. In this case, remove the short-circuit plate or short-circuit wire from the speaker connector.

Advanced version

nnWhen “9.1ch(SB/FH/FW)” is selected for “Assign Mode”

Assigns all power amplifiers within this unit for MAIN ZONE. Up to 9.1ch playback is available.
Speaker terminal

Output signal

SBL

SBR

FHL

FHR

FWL

FWR

SBL

SBR

FHL

FHR

FWL

FWR

SBL

SBR

FHL

FHR

FWL

FWR

SW1

SW2

Z2L

Z2R

Z3L

Z3R

SBL

SBR

FHL

FHR

FWL

FWR

SW1

SW2

Z2L

Z2R

Z3L

Z3R

Pre out terminal
Output signal

v See overleaf

DVD

177

Informations

Audio is output from the optimum speakers based on the selected sound mode.

Relationship between the Amp Assign mode settings and audio output
Basic version

nnWhen “7.1ch + ZONE2” is selected for “Assign Mode”

Assigns power amplifiers within this unit as follows: 7.1ch for MAIN ZONE and 2ch for ZONE2.
Select the desired speakers used for MAIN ZONE from the “Main Speakers” settings.
Speaker terminal
FR

SBL

SBR

FHL

FHR

FWL

FWR

S.Back/F.Height

SBL

SBR

FHL

FHR

Z2L

Z2R

S.Back/F.Wide

SBL

SBR

Z2L

Z2R

FWL

FWR

F.Height/F.Wide

Z2L

Z2R

FHL

FHR

FWL

FWR

SBL

SBR

FHL

FHR

FWL

FWR

SW1

SW2

Z2L

Z2R

Z3L

Z3R

S.Back/F.Height

SBL

SBR

FHL

FHR

–

SW1

SW2

Z2L

Z2R

Z3L

Z3R

S.Back/F.Wide

SBL

SBR

–

FWL

FWR

SW1

SW2

Z2L

Z2R

Z3L

Z3R

F.Height/F.Wide

–

FHL

FHR

FWL

FWR

SW1

SW2

Z2L

Z2R

Z3L

Z3R

Output signal
Main Speakers

Pre out terminal
Output signal
Main Speakers

Advanced version

Audio is output from the optimum speakers based on the selected sound mode.

Informations

nnWhen “5.1ch + ZONE2/3” is selected for “Assign Mode”

Assigns power amplifiers within this unit as follows: 5.1ch for MAIN ZONE and 2ch for ZONE2 and ZONE3 each.
Speaker terminal

Output signal

SBL

SBR

FHL

FHR

FWL

FWR

Z2L

Z2R

–

Z3L

Z3R

SBL

SBR

FHL

FHR

FWL

FWR

SW1

SW2

Z2L

Z2R

Z3L

Z3R

–

SW1

SW2

Z2L

Z2R

Z3L

Z3R

Pre out terminal
Output signal

v See overleaf

DVD

178

Relationship between the Amp Assign mode settings and audio output
Basic version

nnWhen “7.1ch + ZONE2/3-MONO” is selected for “Assign Mode”

Assigns power amplifiers within this unit as follows: 7.1ch for MAIN ZONE and 1ch for ZONE2 and ZONE3 each.
Select the desired speakers used for MAIN ZONE from the “Main Speakers” settings.
Speaker terminal
FR

SBL

SBR

FHL

FHR

S.Back/F.Height

SBL

SBR

S.Back/F.Wide

SBL

SBR

FHL

FHR

F.Height/F.Wide

SBL

SBR

FHL

S.Back/F.Height

SBL

SBR

FHL

S.Back/F.Wide

SBL

SBR

F.Height/F.Wide

–

FWL

FWR

Output signal
Main Speakers

Z2 MONO Z3 MONO

FWL

FWR

FWL

FWR

FHR

FWL

FWR

SW1

SW2

FHR

–

SW1

SW2

Z2 MONO Z2 MONO Z3 MONO Z3 MONO

–

FWL

FWR

SW1

SW2

Z2 MONO Z2 MONO Z3 MONO Z3 MONO

FHL

FHR

FWL

FWR

SW1

SW2

Z2 MONO Z2 MONO Z3 MONO Z3 MONO

FHL

FHR
Pre out terminal

Z2L

Z2R

Z3L

Z3R

Output signal
Main Speakers

Advanced version

Audio is output from the optimum speakers based on the selected sound mode.

Informations

nnWhen “7.1ch(Bi-Amp)” is selected for “Assign Mode”

Assigns power amplifiers within this unit as follows: 7.1ch for MAIN ZONE and 2ch for the front speaker bi-amplifier connection.
Select the desired speakers used for MAIN ZONE from the “Main Speakers” settings.
Speaker terminal
FL

SBL

SBR

FHL

FHR

FWL

FWR

S.Back/F.Height

SBL

SBR

S.Back/F.Wide

SBL

SBR

FHL

FHR

FL (Bi-amp)

FR (Bi-amp)

FL (Bi-amp)

FR (Bi-amp)

FWL

F.Height/F.Wide

FL (Bi-amp)

FR (Bi-amp)

FHL

FWR

FHR

FWL

FWR

SBL

SBR

FHL

FHR

S.Back/F.Height

SBL

SBR

FHL

FHR

S.Back/F.Wide

SBL

SBR

–

F.Height/F.Wide

–

FHL

FHR

FWL

Output signal
Main Speakers

Pre out terminal
FWL

FWR

SW1

SW2

Z2L

Z2R

Z3L

Z3R

–

SW1

SW2

Z2L

Z2R

Z3L

Z3R

FWL

FWR

SW1

SW2

Z2L

Z2R

Z3L

Z3R

FWR

SW1

SW2

Z2L

Z2R

Z3L

Z3R

Output signal
Main Speakers

v See overleaf

DVD

179

Relationship between the Amp Assign mode settings and audio output
Basic version

nnWhen “5.1ch(Bi-Amp) + ZONE2” is selected for “Assign Mode”

Assigns power amplifiers within this unit as follows: 5.1ch for MAIN ZONE, 2ch for the front speaker bi-amplifier connection, and 2ch for ZONE2.
Speaker terminal

Output signal

SBL

SBR

FHL

FHR

FWL

FWR

FL (Bi-amp)

FR (Bi-amp)

Z2L

Z2R

–

SBL

SBR

FHL

FHR

FWL

FWR

SW1

SW2

Z2L

Z2R

Z3L

Z3R

–

SW1

SW2

Z2L

Z2R

Z3L

Z3R

Pre out terminal

nnWhen “9.1ch/2ch Front” is selected for “Assign Mode”

Assigns all power amplifiers within this unit for MAIN ZONE. Up to 9.1ch playback is available. You can also use a front speaker that is different from the one used during multi-channel playback for playback by
switching the internal power amplifier during 2ch playback.
Select the desired speakers used for MAIN ZONE from the “Main Speakers” settings.
Speaker terminal
FL

SBL

SBR

FHL

FHR

FWL

FWR

S.Back/F.Height

SBL

SBR

FHL

FHR

FL
for 2ch

FR
for 2ch

S.Back/F.Wide

SBL

SBR

FL
for 2ch

FR
for 2ch

FWL

FWR

F.Height/F.Wide

FL
for 2ch

FR
for 2ch

FHL

FHR

FWL

FWR

SBL

SBR

FHL

FHR

S.Back/F.Height

SBL

SBR

FHL

FHR

S.Back/F.Wide

SBL

SBR

–

F.Height/F.Wide

–

FHL

FHR

FWL

Advanced version

Output signal

Informations

Main Speakers

Pre out terminal
FWL

FWR

SW1

SW2

Z2L

Z2R

Z3L

Z3R

–

SW1

SW2

Z2L

Z2R

Z3L

Z3R

FWL

FWR

SW1

SW2

Z2L

Z2R

Z3L

Z3R

FWR

SW1

SW2

Z2L

Z2R

Z3L

Z3R

Output signal
Main Speakers

v See overleaf

DVD

180

Relationship between the Amp Assign mode settings and audio output
Assigns power amplifiers within this unit as follows: 7.1ch for the MAIN ZONE multi-channel playback. You can also use a front speaker that is different from the one used during multi-channel playback for playback
under the bi-amplifier connection by switching the internal power amplifier during 2ch playback.
Speaker terminal
FL
Output signal

SBL

SBR

FHL

FHR

FWL

FWR

FL (Bi-amp)
for 2ch

FR (Bi-amp)
for 2ch

FL (Bi-amp)
for 2ch

FR (Bi-amp)
for 2ch

SBL

SBR

SBL

SBR

FHL

FHR

FWL

FWR

SW1

SW2

Z2L

Z2R

Z3L

Z3R

SBL

SBR

–

SW1

SW2

Z2L

Z2R

Z3L

Z3R

FWL

FWR

Pre out terminal
Output signal

nnWhen “7.1ch + Front B” is selected for “Assign Mode”

Assigns power amplifiers within this unit as follows: 7.1ch for MAIN ZONE and 2ch for the second front speaker connection.
Select the desired speakers used for MAIN ZONE from the “Main Speakers” settings.

Advanced version

Basic version

nnWhen “7.1ch/2ch Front(Bi-Amp)” is selected for “Assign Mode”

Speaker terminal
FL

SBL

SBR

FHL

FHR

S.Back/F.Height

FL A

FR A

SBL

SBR

FHL

FHR

FL B

FR B

S.Back/F.Wide

FL A

FR A

SBL

SBR

FL B

FR B

FWL

FWR

F.Height/F.Wide

FL A

FR A

FL B

FR B

FHL

FHR

FWL

FWR

SBL

SBR

FHL

FHR

FWL

FWR

SW1

SW2

Z2L

Z2R

Z3L

Z3R

S.Back/F.Height

SBL

SBR

FHL

FHR

–

SW1

SW2

Z2L

Z2R

Z3L

Z3R

S.Back/F.Wide

SBL

SBR

–

FWL

FWR

SW1

SW2

Z2L

Z2R

Z3L

Z3R

F.Height/F.Wide

–

FHL

FHR

FWL

FWR

SW1

SW2

Z2L

Z2R

Z3L

Z3R

Output signal

Informations

Main Speakers

Pre out terminal
Output signal
Main Speakers

Audio is output from the optimum speakers based on the selected sound mode.
v See overleaf

DVD

181

Relationship between the Amp Assign mode settings and audio output
Basic version

nnWhen “Discrete 11.1ch” is selected for “Assign Mode”

Assigns 9.1ch for power amplifiers within this unit and 2ch (front/front height) for the external power amplifier connection. Up to 11.1ch playback is available.
Speaker terminal
FL

SBL

SBR

FHL

FHR

FWL

FWR

Output signal
Main Pre-amps

–

SBL

SBR

FHL

FHR

FWL

FWR

Front Height

SBL

SBR

–

FWL

FWR

SBL

SBR

FHL

FHR

FWL

FWR

SW1

SW2

Z2L

Z2R

Z3L

Z3R

Front

SBL

SBR

FHL

FHR

FWL

FWR

SW1

SW2

Z2L

Z2R

Z3L

Z3R

Front Height

SBL

SBR

FHL

FHR

FWL

FWR

SW1

SW2

Z2L

Z2R

Z3L

Z3R

SBR

FHL

FHR

FWL

FWR

Pre out terminal
Output signal
Main Pre-amps

nnWhen “Pre Amplifier” is selected for “Assign Mode”

Advanced version

Front

Connects all speakers by using an external power amplifier and uses this unit as a preamplifier.
You can select “Custom” for the “Pre-amp Assign” setting to change settings for each channel.
Speaker terminal
FR

SBL

Informations

FL
Output signal
Pre-amp Assign

All

–

Custom

–

SBL

SBR

FHL

FHR

FWL

FWR

You can set whether or not to output audio from speakers for each channel.
Pre out terminal
FL

SBL

SBR

FHL

FHR

FWL

FWR

SW1

SW2

Z2L

Z2R

Z3L

Z3R

All

SBL

SBR

FHL

FHR

FWL

FWR

SW1

SW2

Z2L

Z2R

Z3L

Z3R

Custom

SBL

SBR

FHL

FHR

FWL

FWR

SW1

SW2

Z2L

Z2R

Z3L

Z3R

Output signal
Pre-amp Assign

v See overleaf

DVD

182

Relationship between the Amp Assign mode settings and audio output
Basic version

nnWhen “Custom” is selected for “Assign Mode”
Assigns power amplifiers within this unit as you prefer.

Speaker terminal
FR

SBL

SBR

FHL

FHR

SBL

SBR

SBL

SBR

SBL

SBR

FHL

FHR

FHL

FHR

FHL

FHR

FWL

FWR

FWL

FWR

FWL

FWR

Z2L

Z2R

Z2L

Z2R

Z2L

Z2R

Z3L

Z3R

Z3L

Z3R

Z3L

Z3R

C or –

SL or –

SR or –

Z2 MONO Z3 MONO

FWL

FWR

–

Advanced version

Output signal

Z2 MONO Z3 MONO Z2 MONO Z3 MONO

–

SBL

SBR

FHL

FHR

FWL

FWR

SW1

SW2

Z2L

Z2R

Z3L

Z3R

SBL

SBR

FHL

FHR

FWL

FWR

SW1

SW2

Z2L

Z2R

Z3L

Z3R

Pre out terminal
Output signal

Informations

DVD

183

Surround
Basic version

This unit is equipped with a digital signal processing circuit that lets you play program sources in the sound mode to achieve the same sense of presence as in a movie theater.

Sound modes and surround parameters
This table shows the speakers that can be used in each sound mode and the surround parameters adjustable in each sound mode.

Symbols in the table
S This indicates the audio output channels or surround parameters that can be set.
D This indicates the audio output channels. The output channels depend on the settings of “Speaker Config.” (vpage 142).

Sound Mode (vpage 84)
DIRECT/PURE DIRECT (2 channel)z1
DIRECT/PURE DIRECT (Multi-channel)z1
DSD DIRECT (2 channel)z1
DSD DIRECT (Multi-channel)z1

DOLBY DIGITAL
DOLBY DIGITAL Plus
DOLBY TrueHD
DTS SURROUND
DTS 96/24
DTS-HD
DTS Express
MULTI CH STEREO
WIDE SCREEN
SUPER STADIUM
ROCK ARENA
JAZZ CLUB
CLASSIC CONCERT
MONO MOVIE
VIDEO GAME
MATRIX
VIRTUAL

S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S

Center

Surround
L/R

Dz2

D
D

D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D

Surround back
L/R

D
D
D
D
Dz3
D
D
Dz2
Dz2
D
D
Dz2
D
Dz3
Dz3
Dz3
Dz3
Dz3
Dz3
Dz3
Dz3
Dz3

Front height
L/R

Front wide
L/R

Dz2

Subwoofer

Dz4
D
Dz5
Dz5
Dz3
Dz5
Dz4
Dz2
Dz2
Dz4
Dz4
Dz2
Dz4
Dz3
Dz3
Dz3
Dz3
Dz3
Dz3
Dz3
Dz3
Dz3

Dz6
Dz6
Dz3
Dz6
Dz2
Dz2
Dz2
Dz3
Dz3
Dz3
Dz3
Dz3
Dz3
Dz3
Dz3
Dz3

Dz7
D
Dz7
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D

S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S

Subwoofer Level
(vpage 121) z2
Sz7
S
Sz7
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S

z3
z4

z5
z6
z7

During playback in PURE DIRECT mode, the surround parameters are
the same as in DIRECT mode.
A signal for each channel contained in an input signal is output as
audio.
You can select speakers to output audio on the “Speaker Select”
(vpage 123) setting in the menu.
Audio is output from the front height speaker when the set sound
mode name contains “+PLgz”. For information on how to check the
sound mode, see page 84.
Audio is output from the front height speaker when “Audyssey DSX®”
(vpage 126) in the menu is set to ”Wides/Heights” or “Heights”.
Audio is output from the front wide speaker when “Audyssey DSX®”
(vpage 126) in the menu is set to ”Wides/Heights” or “Wides”.
Only when “Subwoofer Mode” is set to “LFE+Main” (vpage 144),
sound is output from the subwoofer.

v See overleaf

DVD

184

Informations

EXTERNAL IN
STEREO
MULTI CH IN
DOLBY PRO LOGIC gz
DOLBY PRO LOGIC gx
DOLBY PRO LOGIC g
DOLBY PRO LOGIC gx A-DSX
DOLBY PRO LOGIC g A-DSX
DTS NEO:X
Audyssey DSX®

Front
L/R

Dialog Enhancer
(vpage 121)

Advanced version

Channel output

Surround

Cinema EQ
(vpage 121)

DIRECT/PURE DIRECT (2 channel)z1
DIRECT/PURE DIRECT (Multi-channel)z1
DSD DIRECT (2 channel)z1
DSD DIRECT (Multi-channel)z1
Sz8
S
Sz9
Sz9
Sz9
Sz9
Sz9

S
S
S
S
S
S
S

S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S

S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S

S
S

z1
Height Gain
z13
(vpage 123)

Speaker Select z8
(vpage 123)

S
S
S
S

z10
z11
z12

z13

During playback in PURE DIRECT mode, the surround
parameters are the same as in DIRECT mode.
This setting is unavailable when the set sound mode
name contains “+PLg Music” or “+NEO:X Music”.
For information on how to check the sound mode, see
page 84.
This setting is possible when the sound mode is
“Cinema” mode.
This item can be selected when a Dolby TrueHD signal is
played.
This item can be selected when a Dolby Digital or DTS
signal is played.
This item can be selected when a Dolby Digital or DTS
signal or DVD-Audio is played.
This setting is available when the set sound mode name
contains “+PLgz”. For information on how to check the
sound mode, see page 84.

S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S

S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S

S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S

S
S
S
S
S
S

Informations

S
Sz8
Sz8
Sz8
Sz8
Sz8
Sz8
Sz8

Surround Parameter (vpage 121)
Low Frequency
Bass Sync
Delay Time
Effect Level
Room Size
Effects
z12
(vpage 122) (vpage 122) (vpage 122)
z12
(vpage 121)
(vpage 122)

S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S

v See overleaf

DVD

185

Advanced version

EXTERNAL IN
STEREO
MULTI CH IN
DOLBY PRO LOGIC gz
DOLBY PRO LOGIC gx
DOLBY PRO LOGIC g
DOLBY PRO LOGIC gx A-DSX
DOLBY PRO LOGIC g A-DSX
DTS NEO:X
Audyssey DSX®
DOLBY DIGITAL
DOLBY DIGITAL Plus
DOLBY TrueHD
DTS SURROUND
DTS 96/24
DTS-HD
DTS Express
MULTI CH STEREO
WIDE SCREEN
SUPER STADIUM
ROCK ARENA
JAZZ CLUB
CLASSIC CONCERT
MONO MOVIE
VIDEO GAME
MATRIX
VIRTUAL

Dynamic
Compression
z11
(vpage 121)
S
S

Basic version

Sound Mode (vpage 84)

Loudness
Management
z10
(vpage 121)
S
S

Surround

PRO LOGIC g/gx Music mode only

Sound Mode (vpage 84)

Audyssey (vpage 125)

NEO:X mode
only

Tone
z14
Panorama
Dimension
Center Width
Center Gain (vpage 123) MultEQ® XT 32
(vpage 122) (vpage 122) (vpage 122) (vpage 122)
(vpage 125)

Dynamic EQ
z17
(vpage 125)

DIRECT/PURE DIRECT (2 channel)z1
DIRECT/PURE DIRECT (Multi-channel)z1
DSD DIRECT (2 channel)z1
DSD DIRECT (Multi-channel)z1

z16
z17

S
S
S
S

S
S
S
S
S

S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S

186

S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S

S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S

S
S
S
S
S
S
S

S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S

z18

Informations

DVD

S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
Sz15
Sz16
S
S
S
S
S
S

Advanced version

Restorer
z18
z14
Dynamic
Audyssey
Audyssey
(vpage 124)
Volume
LFC™
DSX®
z17
z17
z15
(vpage 126)
(vpage 126) (vpage 126)

During playback in PURE DIRECT mode,
the surround parameters are the same as in
DIRECT mode.
This item cannot be set when “Dynamic EQ”
(vpage 125) is set to “On”.
In this sound mode, bass is +6 dB, and treble
is 0 dB (Default).
In this sound mode, bass is +6 dB, and treble
is +4 dB (Default).
This item cannot be set when “MultEQ® XT
32” (vpage 125) is set to “Off” or “Graphic
EQ”.
This item can be set when the input signal is
analog, PCM 48 kHz or 44.1 kHz.

Basic version

Surround Parameter (vpage 121)

Surround
Basic version

nnTypes of input signals, and corresponding sound modes

This table shows the input signal that can be played in each sound mode. Check the audio signal of the input source then select the sound mode.

Symbols in the table
F This indicates the default sound mode.
S This indicates the selectable sound mode.
Input signal types and formats
PCM
NOTE

Sound Mode (vpage 84)

PCM
(multi ch)

PCM
(2ch)

z1
z1
z2
z2
z1
z1
z3
z2
z4
z1

DTS
EXPRESS

DTS ES
DSCRT
(With Flag)

DTS ES
MTRX
(With Flag)

DOLBY
DTS
(5.1ch)

DTS
96/24

DOLBY
TrueHD

DOLBY
DIGITAL
Plus

DOLBY DIGITAL
DOLBY
DIGITAL EX
(With Flag)

DOLBY
DIGITAL EX
(With no
Flag)

DOLBY
DIGITAL
(5.1ch)

Super Audio CD
DOLBY
DIGITAL
(2ch)

DSD
(multi ch)

DSD
(2ch)

F
F
F
F
S

S
S
S

F
S
S
S

S
S
S

S
S
S
F
S
S
S

S
S
S

S
S
S
S

z1
z2
z3
z4

DTS-HD
High
Resolution
Audio

Informations

z1
z1
z1

DTS-HD
Master
Audio

DTS

If “Audyssey DSX®” (vpage 126) is set to “Wides/Heights”, “Heights” or “Wides”, the Audyssey DSX® effect is added to the sound mode marked with z1.
If “Speaker Config.” – “Surr. Back” (vpage 142) is set to “None”, this sound mode cannot be selected.
If “Speaker Config.” – “Surr. Back” (vpage 142) is set to “1spkr” or “None”, this sound mode cannot be selected.
If “Speaker Config.” – “Front Height” (vpage 142) is set to “None”, this sound mode cannot be selected.

v See overleaf

DVD

187

Advanced version

DTS SURROUND
DTS-HD MSTR
DTS-HD HI RES
DTS ES DSCRT6.1
DTS ES MTRX6.1
DTS SURROUND
DTS 96/24
DTS (–HD) + PLgx Cinema
DTS (–HD) + PLgx Music
DTS (–HD) + PLgz
DTS EXPRESS
DTS (–HD) + NEO:X Cinema
DTS (–HD) + NEO:X Music
DTS (–HD) + NEO:X Game
DTS NEO:X Cinema
DTS NEO:X Music
DTS NEO:X Game
Audyssey DSX®

ANALOG

DTS-HD

Surround

NOTE

Sound Mode (vpage 84)

PCM
(multi ch)

PCM
(2ch)

DTS-HD
Master
Audio

DTS-HD
High
Resolution
Audio

DTS
DTS
EXPRESS

DTS ES
DSCRT
(With Flag)

z1
z1
z2
z2
z1
z3
z2
z4

z2
z2
z2

DOLBY
DTS
(5.1ch)

DTS
96/24

DOLBY
TrueHD

DOLBY
DIGITAL EX
(With Flag)

DOLBY
DIGITAL EX
(With no
Flag)

DOLBY
DIGITAL
(5.1ch)

F
S
S
S
S
S
S

Super Audio CD
DOLBY
DIGITAL
(2ch)

DSD
(multi ch)

DSD
(2ch)

F
F

S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S

S
S
S
S
S
S

S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S

S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S

z1
z2
z3
z4

DOLBY DIGITAL

DOLBY
DIGITAL
Plus

S
S
S

S
S
S
S

v See overleaf

DVD

188

Informations

z4
z1
z1
z1

DTS ES
MTRX
(With Flag)

Advanced version

DOLBY SURROUND
DOLBY TrueHD
DOLBY DIGITAL+
DOLBY DIGITAL EX
DOLBY (D+) (HD) +EX
DOLBY DIGITAL
DOLBY (D) (D+) (HD) + PLgx Cinema
DOLBY (D) (D+) (HD) + PLgx Music
DOLBY (D) (D+) (HD) + PLgz
DOLBY (D) (D+) (HD) + NEO:X Cinema
DOLBY (D) (D+) (HD) + NEO:X Music
DOLBY (D) (D+) (HD) + NEO:X Game
DOLBY PRO LOGIC gx Cinema
DOLBY PRO LOGIC gx Music
DOLBY PRO LOGIC gx Game
DOLBY PRO LOGIC gx Cinema A-DSX
DOLBY PRO LOGIC gx Music A-DSX
DOLBY PRO LOGIC gx Game A-DSX
DOLBY PRO LOGIC gz
DOLBY PRO LOGIC g Cinema
DOLBY PRO LOGIC g Music
DOLBY PRO LOGIC g Game
DOLBY PRO LOGIC g CINEMA A-DSX
DOLBY PRO LOGIC g MUSIC A-DSX
DOLBY PRO LOGIC g GAME A-DSX
Audyssey DSX®

ANALOG

DTS-HD

Basic version

Input signal types and formats
PCM

Surround

NOTE

Sound Mode (vpage 84)

z1
z3
z2
z4

PCM
(2ch)

DTS-HD
Master
Audio

DTS-HD
High
Resolution
Audio

DTS
EXPRESS

DTS ES
DSCRT
(With Flag)

DTS ES
MTRX
(With Flag)

DOLBY
DTS
(5.1ch)

DTS 96/24

DOLBY
TrueHD

DOLBY DIGITAL

DOLBY
DIGITAL
Plus

DOLBY
DOLBY DIGITAL
DIGITAL EX
EX
(With Flag) (With no Flag)

DOLBY
DIGITAL
(2ch)

DSD
(multi ch)

DSD
(2ch)

S
S
S
S

S
S

S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S

189

Informations

DVD

DOLBY
DIGITAL
(5.1ch)

Super Audio CD

F
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
F (7.1)
S

z2
z2

z1
z2
z3
z4

PCM
(multi ch)

DTS

Advanced version

MULTI CH IN
MULTI CH IN
MULTI CH IN + PLgx Cinema
MULTI CH IN + PLgx Music
MULTI CH IN + PLgz
MULTI CH IN + NEO:X Cinema
MULTI CH IN + NEO:X Music
MULTI CH IN + NEO:X Game
MULTI CH IN + Dolby EX
MULTI CH IN 7.1
Audyssey DSX®
DIRECT
DIRECT
PURE DIRECT
PURE DIRECT
DSP SIMULATION
MULTI CH STEREO
WIDE SCREEN
SUPER STADIUM
ROCK ARENA
JAZZ CLUB
CLASSIC CONCERT
MONO MOVIE
VIDEO GAME
MATRIX
VIRTUAL
STEREO
STEREO

ANALOG

DTS-HD

Basic version

Input signal types and formats
PCM

Relationship between video signals and monitor output
Video Conversion
On

COMPONENT

VIDEO

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.7
Linearized                      : Yes
Encryption                      : Standard V2.3 (128-bit)
User Access                     : Print, Copy, Extract, Print high-res
Create Date                     : 2012:08:01 13:12:00+09:00
Creator                         : Adobe InDesign CS5_J (7.0.4)
Modify Date                     : 2013:03:15 10:55:21-04:00
Has XFA                         : No
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 5.2-c001 63.139439, 2010/09/27-13:37:26
Metadata Date                   : 2013:03:15 10:55:21-04:00
Creator Tool                    : Adobe InDesign CS5_J (7.0.4)
Page Image Page Number          : 1, 2
Page Image Format               : JPEG, JPEG
Page Image Width                : 256, 256
Page Image Height               : 256, 256
Page Image                      : (Binary data 5881 bytes, use -b option to extract), (Binary data 10088 bytes, use -b option to extract)
Instance ID                     : uuid:7a325295-a00d-4f0f-bb66-b28b17facf34
Document ID                     : xmp.did:925A4E41ECCAE111A4ADA62B0B0EC779
Original Document ID            : xmp.did:01AAFE1BC8EADF11BBB4F000E515737D
Rendition Class                 : proof:pdf
History Action                  : created, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved
History Instance ID             : xmp.iid:01AAFE1BC8EADF11BBB4F000E515737D, xmp.iid:02AAFE1BC8EADF11BBB4F000E515737D, xmp.iid:03AAFE1BC8EADF11BBB4F000E515737D, xmp.iid:3E34F76FD3EADF11BBB4F000E515737D, xmp.iid:DA2AB139D5EADF11AA30803EA8BADAE5, xmp.iid:D47E4A84D5EADF11AA30803EA8BADAE5, xmp.iid:4E3E1788D5EADF11AA30803EA8BADAE5, xmp.iid:AB7FB486D6EADF11AA30803EA8BADAE5, xmp.iid:B537F49AD7EADF11AA30803EA8BADAE5, xmp.iid:A846B543DCEADF11AA30803EA8BADAE5, xmp.iid:97825230E3EADF11AA30803EA8BADAE5, xmp.iid:E063E131EEEADF11AA30803EA8BADAE5, xmp.iid:5661BB42F0EADF11AA30803EA8BADAE5, xmp.iid:C0E8AAB2F0EADF11AA30803EA8BADAE5, xmp.iid:BE253636F3EADF11AA30803EA8BADAE5, xmp.iid:3697CA76F4EADF11AA30803EA8BADAE5, xmp.iid:28365EAAF4EADF11AA30803EA8BADAE5, xmp.iid:743B044FF5EADF11AA30803EA8BADAE5, xmp.iid:EDD444F5F6EADF11AA30803EA8BADAE5, xmp.iid:8F7745A2F7EADF11AA30803EA8BADAE5, xmp.iid:AA31DDB3F7EADF11AA30803EA8BADAE5, xmp.iid:D165CA2E5FECDF11B792C4DDB0173506, xmp.iid:C0E078956FECDF1185A8FAFA807843D8, xmp.iid:364B33479DECDF1185A8FAFA807843D8, xmp.iid:FA83015B34EDDF11B65FEFB8571E110F, xmp.iid:DD99446737EDDF11B65FEFB8571E110F, xmp.iid:FAE985E239EDDF11B65FEFB8571E110F, xmp.iid:DC40523846EDDF11B65FEFB8571E110F, xmp.iid:3EC13A4152EDDF11B65FEFB8571E110F, xmp.iid:12738D8A52EDDF11B65FEFB8571E110F, xmp.iid:13738D8A52EDDF11B65FEFB8571E110F, xmp.iid:90421BD257EDDF11B65FEFB8571E110F, xmp.iid:9FC3F27C58EDDF1195C2B14DDCD14853, xmp.iid:C1B66A0AF7EDDF11B9C1ACCD188451ED, xmp.iid:D90896DAF7EDDF11B9C1ACCD188451ED, xmp.iid:FCF67820F8EDDF11B9C1ACCD188451ED, xmp.iid:FDF67820F8EDDF11B9C1ACCD188451ED, xmp.iid:FEF67820F8EDDF11B9C1ACCD188451ED, xmp.iid:7A2A3AE4F8EDDF11B9C1ACCD188451ED, xmp.iid:C1E6581809EEDF11B9C1ACCD188451ED, xmp.iid:6C4E625F15EEDF11B9C1ACCD188451ED, xmp.iid:429D50B91BEEDF11B9C1ACCD188451ED, xmp.iid:233F626B1CEEDF11B9C1ACCD188451ED, xmp.iid:E71321C823EEDF11B9C1ACCD188451ED, xmp.iid:37F72B762CEEDF11B9C1ACCD188451ED, xmp.iid:849F600A34EEDF11B9C1ACCD188451ED, xmp.iid:D0EE44EE58F0DF11BC54EB61E1D88D84, xmp.iid:0F66E27F64F0DF11BC54EB61E1D88D84, xmp.iid:E89244846CF0DF11BC54EB61E1D88D84, xmp.iid:48F3C1AE77F0DF11BC54EB61E1D88D84, xmp.iid:FC85DF0379F0DF11BC54EB61E1D88D84, xmp.iid:8A25E6577AF0DF11BC54EB61E1D88D84, xmp.iid:10E9707D7FF0DF11BC54EB61E1D88D84, xmp.iid:BF6A42DC84F0DF11BC54EB61E1D88D84, xmp.iid:F574041989F0DF11BC54EB61E1D88D84, xmp.iid:F70FAA488EF0DF11BC54EB61E1D88D84, xmp.iid:B26F29E296F0DF11BC54EB61E1D88D84, xmp.iid:F9DD0A5598F0DF11BC54EB61E1D88D84, xmp.iid:8123C4B49EF0DF11BC54EB61E1D88D84, xmp.iid:02CE55F6A0F0DF11BC54EB61E1D88D84, xmp.iid:CECD94C7A4F0DF11BC54EB61E1D88D84, xmp.iid:E4AC1C53A5F0DF11BC54EB61E1D88D84, xmp.iid:F732E30027F1DF11A471D425F462172A, xmp.iid:9497BED634F1DF11A471D425F462172A, xmp.iid:CF85153D38F1DF11A471D425F462172A, xmp.iid:3B8E71B938F1DF11A471D425F462172A, xmp.iid:B8CD58DF3CF1DF11A471D425F462172A, xmp.iid:49F1F5D33EF1DF11A471D425F462172A, xmp.iid:6A514B0E4BF1DF11A471D425F462172A, xmp.iid:F29A7F7D52F1DF11A471D425F462172A, xmp.iid:DE579E845EF1DF11A471D425F462172A, xmp.iid:223857126AF1DF11A471D425F462172A, xmp.iid:63F16CFE6CF1DF11A471D425F462172A, xmp.iid:98D3BACA6DF1DF11A471D425F462172A, xmp.iid:15C68EE66DF1DF11A471D425F462172A, xmp.iid:C0846CEF6DF1DF11A471D425F462172A, xmp.iid:EA3DC27F72F1DF11853DA7F57DD0EC03, xmp.iid:6A41654874F1DF11853DA7F57DD0EC03, xmp.iid:AA50736374F1DF11853DA7F57DD0EC03, xmp.iid:1D98686774F1DF11853DA7F57DD0EC03, xmp.iid:5995ED5676F1DF11B1CBF895BFD93FED, xmp.iid:EAC3F6B4BBF2DF11AB8BB40B62D51346, xmp.iid:3AFEA2D4BFF2DF11AB8BB40B62D51346, xmp.iid:9C1954F4C8F2DF11AB8BB40B62D51346, xmp.iid:A671C997CAF2DF11AB8BB40B62D51346, xmp.iid:98D8D017CBF2DF11AB8BB40B62D51346, xmp.iid:E109B083E6F2DF11AF18B26A42D1D215, xmp.iid:32552B50ECF2DF11AF18B26A42D1D215, xmp.iid:4BF66B97F4F2DF118FAAFD5416DBC911, xmp.iid:B6F56FA1F6F2DF118FAAFD5416DBC911, xmp.iid:0CB479A4F7F2DF118FAAFD5416DBC911, xmp.iid:104AD0EB00F3DF118FAAFD5416DBC911, xmp.iid:4E261D4E78F3DF11A04EF454EC32BE15, xmp.iid:882FB4597FF3DF11A04EF454EC32BE15, xmp.iid:6625D2A385F3DF11A04EF454EC32BE15, xmp.iid:F754E31E9FF3DF11B567F4626A6438DF, xmp.iid:28454EF6AAF3DF11B24EA198C4F3FDA3, xmp.iid:5404BB14AFF3DF11B24EA198C4F3FDA3, xmp.iid:8E3C0B5AB6F3DF11B24EA198C4F3FDA3, xmp.iid:8F3C0B5AB6F3DF11B24EA198C4F3FDA3, xmp.iid:B2C3A8B2B6F3DF11B24EA198C4F3FDA3, xmp.iid:424506F1B8F3DF11B24EA198C4F3FDA3, xmp.iid:DA2400CABCF3DF11B24EA198C4F3FDA3, xmp.iid:F03785B3BDF3DF11B24EA198C4F3FDA3, xmp.iid:C2C49EAACDF3DF11B24EA198C4F3FDA3, xmp.iid:DCAD8ACFCFF3DF11B24EA198C4F3FDA3, xmp.iid:DDAD8ACFCFF3DF11B24EA198C4F3FDA3, xmp.iid:B447E0F2CFF3DF11B24EA198C4F3FDA3, xmp.iid:19DCC7E268F7DF11A245C3E63FD35E2F, xmp.iid:57743E3D6BF7DF11A245C3E63FD35E2F, xmp.iid:203176D66EF7DF11A245C3E63FD35E2F, xmp.iid:72E2EDCE6FF7DF11A245C3E63FD35E2F, xmp.iid:73E2EDCE6FF7DF11A245C3E63FD35E2F, xmp.iid:A84D166071F7DF11A245C3E63FD35E2F, xmp.iid:924CBD2A75F7DF11A245C3E63FD35E2F, xmp.iid:58A665E576F7DF11A245C3E63FD35E2F, xmp.iid:A37297B77EF7DF11A245C3E63FD35E2F, xmp.iid:8EDFD5977FF7DF11A245C3E63FD35E2F, xmp.iid:1715C7CC82F7DF11A245C3E63FD35E2F, xmp.iid:FAB5438283F7DF11A245C3E63FD35E2F, xmp.iid:A249C9A283F7DF11A245C3E63FD35E2F, xmp.iid:E686D8138CF7DF11A245C3E63FD35E2F, xmp.iid:B8DE9F549DF7DF118C1FD1BD03B1DB1D, xmp.iid:B9DE9F549DF7DF118C1FD1BD03B1DB1D, xmp.iid:44FBE57B9DF7DF118C1FD1BD03B1DB1D, xmp.iid:9D9016375AF8DF11AC4B96AFA03D9E74, xmp.iid:63E63F5E68F8DF11AC4B96AFA03D9E74, xmp.iid:28793AD768F8DF11AC4B96AFA03D9E74, xmp.iid:FE2F90CD69F8DF11999BE37D3A7A2DDA, xmp.iid:FF2F90CD69F8DF11999BE37D3A7A2DDA, xmp.iid:F1EAC2EF69F8DF11999BE37D3A7A2DDA, xmp.iid:3C20ADC3FFF8DF1186ECF752DBAEA7E1, xmp.iid:864496780FF9DF1186ECF752DBAEA7E1, xmp.iid:F67A8F452CF9DF11A1489300AF30CCF7, xmp.iid:CDA1CC942DF9DF11A1489300AF30CCF7, xmp.iid:2EF52B7C30F9DF11A1489300AF30CCF7, xmp.iid:2FF52B7C30F9DF11A1489300AF30CCF7, xmp.iid:30F52B7C30F9DF11A1489300AF30CCF7, xmp.iid:420BFFA830F9DF11A1489300AF30CCF7, xmp.iid:1E097E210AFDDF1186DD895A2BF4955A, xmp.iid:8E1A99D10BFDDF1186DD895A2BF4955A, xmp.iid:8F1A99D10BFDDF1186DD895A2BF4955A, xmp.iid:26F3E2945907E011AFA8D47D0DEDBB16, xmp.iid:28FBEF035A07E011AFA8D47D0DEDBB16, xmp.iid:E5A38970F707E011AB53C7203CB93020, xmp.iid:6DC9D00AFF07E011AB53C7203CB93020, xmp.iid:4A935DBB2008E011AB53C7203CB93020, xmp.iid:5E657351C008E01189EA947ECEB1EACE, xmp.iid:A7BCECF3CC08E01189EA947ECEB1EACE, xmp.iid:A8BCECF3CC08E01189EA947ECEB1EACE, xmp.iid:31E27647CD08E01189EA947ECEB1EACE, xmp.iid:98716B6CD208E01189EA947ECEB1EACE, xmp.iid:BDF8A4BFE608E01189EA947ECEB1EACE, xmp.iid:CD35F09EE708E01189EA947ECEB1EACE, xmp.iid:8A5FC49BE10BE011B9E5E3881E669D37, xmp.iid:37930BDDF50BE011B9E5E3881E669D37, xmp.iid:D5D0FDF4F60BE011B9E5E3881E669D37, xmp.iid:A86B3A16090CE011939C83DE89D05FBC, xmp.iid:BAD0F346160CE011939C83DE89D05FBC, xmp.iid:C3A97E3ABF0CE011B528F56ECA5B02F9, xmp.iid:6E9C690AC00CE011B528F56ECA5B02F9, xmp.iid:D639EE39C10CE011B528F56ECA5B02F9, xmp.iid:3C878846C20CE011B528F56ECA5B02F9, xmp.iid:AC0800DFC20CE011B528F56ECA5B02F9, xmp.iid:801E2D0AC30CE011B528F56ECA5B02F9, xmp.iid:F50DA683C30CE011B528F56ECA5B02F9, xmp.iid:1FDEEC12C50CE011B528F56ECA5B02F9, xmp.iid:49D171BCC50CE011B528F56ECA5B02F9, xmp.iid:7B7733CDC60CE011B528F56ECA5B02F9, xmp.iid:93A77BEFC60CE011B528F56ECA5B02F9, xmp.iid:323B72C2C70CE011B528F56ECA5B02F9, xmp.iid:501A9904C80CE011B528F56ECA5B02F9, xmp.iid:C9BE9A4BCE0CE011B528F56ECA5B02F9, xmp.iid:DC3F0DD0D00CE011B528F56ECA5B02F9, xmp.iid:221B7035D70CE011B528F56ECA5B02F9, xmp.iid:8E0346A6DA0CE011B528F56ECA5B02F9, xmp.iid:966DAA63DF0CE011B528F56ECA5B02F9, xmp.iid:E7979EC1E00CE011B528F56ECA5B02F9, xmp.iid:B16E42CEE10CE011B528F56ECA5B02F9, xmp.iid:28AF98A6E20CE011B528F56ECA5B02F9, xmp.iid:BB61A9DCE30CE011B528F56ECA5B02F9, xmp.iid:B25F9256E40CE011B528F56ECA5B02F9, xmp.iid:E20AD902E50CE011B528F56ECA5B02F9, xmp.iid:8F4D835FE90CE011B528F56ECA5B02F9, xmp.iid:FF131A7EF00CE011B528F56ECA5B02F9, xmp.iid:00141A7EF00CE011B528F56ECA5B02F9, xmp.iid:24B305DDF00CE011B528F56ECA5B02F9, xmp.iid:C4E97C78F10CE011BDC6A61497E490A6, xmp.iid:FCE96F19720DE011B9EFAD06A1E1AEAF, xmp.iid:C5A74894830DE011B9EFAD06A1E1AEAF, xmp.iid:35DD89D6880DE011B9EFAD06A1E1AEAF, xmp.iid:4092023B8E0DE011B9EFAD06A1E1AEAF, xmp.iid:C45F517B8E0DE011B9EFAD06A1E1AEAF, xmp.iid:EBBA2739920DE011B9EFAD06A1E1AEAF, xmp.iid:89053154920DE011B9EFAD06A1E1AEAF, xmp.iid:C593E151A00DE011B9EFAD06A1E1AEAF, xmp.iid:14395C3CA10DE011B9EFAD06A1E1AEAF, xmp.iid:15395C3CA10DE011B9EFAD06A1E1AEAF, xmp.iid:22A73664A20DE011B9EFAD06A1E1AEAF, xmp.iid:EF249FC2A20DE011B9EFAD06A1E1AEAF, xmp.iid:ADB40D8BA40DE011B9EFAD06A1E1AEAF, xmp.iid:5252DCD60F12E01199C0980503EC90F7, xmp.iid:4F1AEBFC1112E01199C0980503EC90F7, xmp.iid:4E2863407819E011BB31E7FE3346D02D, xmp.iid:18FF590BF119E0119514CCD6568A98C8, xmp.iid:1729069CFB19E0119514CCD6568A98C8, xmp.iid:6F5C3B1CFD19E0119514CCD6568A98C8, xmp.iid:5FCE8908FF19E0119514CCD6568A98C8, xmp.iid:48524385001AE0119514CCD6568A98C8, xmp.iid:A35E193E041AE0119514CCD6568A98C8, xmp.iid:FA5678A4041AE0119514CCD6568A98C8, xmp.iid:3E46CE2B161AE0119514CCD6568A98C8, xmp.iid:0660FE68161AE0119514CCD6568A98C8, xmp.iid:57DC2788161AE0119514CCD6568A98C8, xmp.iid:C2216445171AE011B70BF75FC49DB5BF, xmp.iid:48C4A873171AE011B70BF75FC49DB5BF, xmp.iid:D0501A75171AE011B70BF75FC49DB5BF, xmp.iid:1F20546E1A1AE011B70BF75FC49DB5BF, xmp.iid:5A98ADC01B1AE011B70BF75FC49DB5BF, xmp.iid:15F75F0F1C1AE011B70BF75FC49DB5BF, xmp.iid:34860AD71C1AE011B70BF75FC49DB5BF, xmp.iid:E2259D6E1D1AE011B70BF75FC49DB5BF, xmp.iid:D9FD2C292C1AE0118DA4807F165287AA, xmp.iid:59DDDE983B1AE0118DA4807F165287AA, xmp.iid:A00EA2B6481AE0118DA4807F165287AA, xmp.iid:6B86058B4E1AE0118DA4807F165287AA, xmp.iid:313A82CD4E1AE0118DA4807F165287AA, xmp.iid:84C9A62D551AE0118DA4807F165287AA, xmp.iid:F4ACE8B0201DE01185A0C5CC117D9B0A, xmp.iid:0C9DFA94251DE01185A0C5CC117D9B0A, xmp.iid:75A188DF2B1DE01185A0C5CC117D9B0A, xmp.iid:F0B8FEF7371DE01185A0C5CC117D9B0A, xmp.iid:06BE0BFA381DE01185A0C5CC117D9B0A, xmp.iid:A2EF2837561DE01185A0C5CC117D9B0A, xmp.iid:FD8B1797591DE01185A0C5CC117D9B0A, xmp.iid:323087225E1DE01185A0C5CC117D9B0A, xmp.iid:9215D865DF1DE0119560D714A65E3FB9, xmp.iid:9315D865DF1DE0119560D714A65E3FB9, xmp.iid:39608D96DF1DE0119560D714A65E3FB9, xmp.iid:24D8F4A0EE1DE0119560D714A65E3FB9, xmp.iid:7BC32CE9031EE0119560D714A65E3FB9, xmp.iid:96A084AA211EE0119560D714A65E3FB9, xmp.iid:C2AD451DD11EE011883F8A7B4053CF58, xmp.iid:7069E04DED1EE011883F8A7B4053CF58, xmp.iid:706CD0948A1FE0119423D8341718FD40, xmp.iid:E2D15B899D1FE0119423D8341718FD40, xmp.iid:D4FF6C48A61FE0119423D8341718FD40, xmp.iid:9E47059DB11FE0119423D8341718FD40, xmp.iid:4B4805C9B81FE0119423D8341718FD40, xmp.iid:B0CDCD49B91FE0119423D8341718FD40, xmp.iid:64B08F4CD61FE0119423D8341718FD40, xmp.iid:65B08F4CD61FE0119423D8341718FD40, xmp.iid:3C1173DFD61FE0119423D8341718FD40, xmp.iid:4FE28E74DD21E0119DF7858290392C3A, xmp.iid:CFFDE5310F22E0119DF7858290392C3A, xmp.iid:CD90559E1022E0119DF7858290392C3A, xmp.iid:AEB593CDAC22E011A1D2C96E37DAA78C, xmp.iid:41C6299CC522E011A1D2C96E37DAA78C, xmp.iid:1327EA47CE22E011A1D2C96E37DAA78C, xmp.iid:FCF3754FD422E011A1D2C96E37DAA78C, xmp.iid:4D1B8190D422E011B995B03DF6769F7C, xmp.iid:74E96A24F222E011B995B03DF6769F7C, xmp.iid:AD6327C97523E011A296B19C6CB66C5B, xmp.iid:DB2B27B28023E011B8C4C195A6217B6E, xmp.iid:DC2B27B28023E011B8C4C195A6217B6E, xmp.iid:C2A21EE98023E011B8C4C195A6217B6E, xmp.iid:8A335FA18F23E011B8C4C195A6217B6E, xmp.iid:43ED64EC9623E011B8C4C195A6217B6E, xmp.iid:42A363ACA223E011B8C4C195A6217B6E, xmp.iid:36B2D1D9A223E0118351C7EC85987A08, xmp.iid:6CB3B8D73524E011B0139CB6D548CAA1, xmp.iid:4CFB36793724E011B0139CB6D548CAA1, xmp.iid:33F3B3A73A24E011B0139CB6D548CAA1, xmp.iid:E5A0B73F3D24E011B0139CB6D548CAA1, xmp.iid:4BC3C5DCF124E011AED5ECEFB5D12376, xmp.iid:82EC3304AD2DE0118709BDB6D5C75AE4, xmp.iid:C4A53A4FB62DE0118709BDB6D5C75AE4, xmp.iid:0E22DA1EC72DE0118709BDB6D5C75AE4, xmp.iid:D0D10883C72DE011904ED08670B8A61A, xmp.iid:0F3BF3D4CA2DE011904ED08670B8A61A, xmp.iid:103BF3D4CA2DE011904ED08670B8A61A, xmp.iid:D5926437CC2DE011904ED08670B8A61A, xmp.iid:D77FF52ECE2DE011904ED08670B8A61A, xmp.iid:688F5561CE2DE011904ED08670B8A61A, xmp.iid:2A86CC7CCE2DE011904ED08670B8A61A, xmp.iid:62798F93CE2DE011904ED08670B8A61A, xmp.iid:2623E8E0CE2DE011904ED08670B8A61A, xmp.iid:980047AACF2DE011904ED08670B8A61A, xmp.iid:6F2AD9666C2EE011923BA5CDB83F9426, xmp.iid:DAA932926F2EE011923BA5CDB83F9426, xmp.iid:8C6F0DAD8E2EE011923BA5CDB83F9426, xmp.iid:52F6B9378F2EE011923BA5CDB83F9426, xmp.iid:4D96EFC68F2EE011923BA5CDB83F9426, xmp.iid:9BF3DDDD902EE011923BA5CDB83F9426, xmp.iid:E2F2D618A02EE011923BA5CDB83F9426, xmp.iid:6653E6A5A12EE011923BA5CDB83F9426, xmp.iid:D39217A46E2FE01181DC82043CFE144A, xmp.iid:0EC0CEBE0030E011AD559AA95785348D, xmp.iid:7FD2B0410830E011AD559AA95785348D, xmp.iid:A120DC090930E011AD559AA95785348D, xmp.iid:84A746552E30E011AD559AA95785348D, xmp.iid:FB6A71A02E30E011AD559AA95785348D, xmp.iid:04E054BF3130E011AD559AA95785348D, xmp.iid:2087DFE43130E011AD559AA95785348D, xmp.iid:6C9017E93130E011AD559AA95785348D, xmp.iid:26846DFE5632E011ACF1F40427DB6D95, xmp.iid:F97ACDC95832E011ACF1F40427DB6D95, xmp.iid:FA7ACDC95832E011ACF1F40427DB6D95, xmp.iid:479F6DFF5832E011ACF1F40427DB6D95, xmp.iid:6C8E8F637432E011ACF1F40427DB6D95, xmp.iid:385335B57832E011ACF1F40427DB6D95, xmp.iid:395335B57832E011ACF1F40427DB6D95, xmp.iid:CFCDCF187D32E011ACF1F40427DB6D95, xmp.iid:11A78083B034E011B351E42B2BCB7C60, xmp.iid:50B67F906D3AE011B5A2AEE6F7A5BE70, xmp.iid:9892D453003BE011A0B7CBAD11567FD7, xmp.iid:8384049A0B3BE011A0B7CBAD11567FD7, xmp.iid:FCA705892D3BE0119D29BE44310C1137, xmp.iid:5D37F12B303BE0119D29BE44310C1137, xmp.iid:5E37F12B303BE0119D29BE44310C1137, xmp.iid:E2B6DD81303BE0119D29BE44310C1137, xmp.iid:924B125D313BE0119D29BE44310C1137, xmp.iid:3855A9D7313BE0119D29BE44310C1137, xmp.iid:2FDEC413323BE0119D29BE44310C1137, xmp.iid:2F50A24D333BE0119D29BE44310C1137, xmp.iid:6A9381107C3DE0118B89F4E716C94F13, xmp.iid:A9DDB6257D3DE0118B89F4E716C94F13, xmp.iid:4646C4D9903DE01187B6B3503207BC9A, xmp.iid:0A8A40C2203EE0118EC2CB3CE9037DD2, xmp.iid:F17A6CE9383EE011BB9494F9D45B1D5C, xmp.iid:3A1944CB3C3EE011BB9494F9D45B1D5C, xmp.iid:D5E471943F3EE011BB9494F9D45B1D5C, xmp.iid:CC2873965D3EE011BB9494F9D45B1D5C, xmp.iid:F9FC1835663EE011A0C2B673600CE3EF, xmp.iid:E4841E4E6E3EE011A0C2B673600CE3EF, xmp.iid:BC144129DF3EE011AE77B9B5CC2BE454, xmp.iid:A3F2D877E83EE011AE77B9B5CC2BE454, xmp.iid:7111D46C173FE01189D9E17CE2C00049, xmp.iid:F7E1B3E1E13FE011A401C3A634FA1E90, xmp.iid:6DC576A26944E01192BCEDFA63D7B61A, xmp.iid:CAC74BA67044E01192BCEDFA63D7B61A, xmp.iid:46FE7BA08344E011A458C730EC314BD7, xmp.iid:F22206BD8544E011A458C730EC314BD7, xmp.iid:E00DEAF98A44E011A458C730EC314BD7, xmp.iid:A10C19C78D44E011A458C730EC314BD7, xmp.iid:1868BFAD9244E011A458C730EC314BD7, xmp.iid:A67B3759A344E011A458C730EC314BD7, xmp.iid:DBF55C65A444E011BF2A87BD15BA5287, xmp.iid:01797CE74145E011910C93F511EC70E9, xmp.iid:1E73D0504E45E011910C93F511EC70E9, xmp.iid:1F939A365645E011910C93F511EC70E9, xmp.iid:D3F3AC315A45E0119DC481A68FAA4435, xmp.iid:8473C8057745E0119C2AD972C06F041D, xmp.iid:7B71563F0146E011BCEAD6B468FC49C1, xmp.iid:F6D62EE90146E011BCEAD6B468FC49C1, xmp.iid:5F317A645F48E0118237FA88D9AAF2BE, xmp.iid:50DD2D1D6148E0118237FA88D9AAF2BE, xmp.iid:FC85AFCA8348E0118237FA88D9AAF2BE, xmp.iid:22ED92FF8748E0118237FA88D9AAF2BE, xmp.iid:CD64F9C72049E01183B49699AAB469D7, xmp.iid:17D1B9B85849E0118ED5D1A52D45B525, xmp.iid:FF89F0C4F349E011AD6AF86618F7D537, xmp.iid:4089DD1AF549E011AD6AF86618F7D537, xmp.iid:995A0169F649E011AD6AF86618F7D537, xmp.iid:FE91D1B4B74AE01199A5E2502F65C87A, xmp.iid:BB5F97D1D14AE011B573833F798AE734, xmp.iid:EAF6D0F6D14AE011B573833F798AE734, xmp.iid:9C67C905EC4AE011AC6EB55A0457E960, xmp.iid:B55A6FE5724BE01193129F56D9F87891, xmp.iid:A8B3AD9D734BE01193129F56D9F87891, xmp.iid:381C36F9B855E011A8E4D127C90A281D, xmp.iid:02F9F842BE55E011A8E4D127C90A281D, xmp.iid:90E27822C955E011A8E4D127C90A281D, xmp.iid:10F054EECF55E011ABEDE13705F8E927, xmp.iid:E952BA9AD955E011ABEDE13705F8E927, xmp.iid:16E8A821DB55E01199A49E13EF8B7B02, xmp.iid:20449052DB55E01199A49E13EF8B7B02, xmp.iid:320411EEDB55E01199A49E13EF8B7B02, xmp.iid:55985D19DD55E011A87DD8E79F7E33B5, xmp.iid:76D3C8F8DF55E011A87DD8E79F7E33B5, xmp.iid:83AE50CAF455E0119B2AC8AED31B2585, xmp.iid:F2916028F955E0119B2AC8AED31B2585, xmp.iid:2D82C9EC405CE01191E7DDB2C8016A72, xmp.iid:4977535C315FE011A779B84DF32208A8, xmp.iid:EE5EC84C365FE011A779B84DF32208A8, xmp.iid:FB188E573E5FE011A31BFA4B69BFC3C1, xmp.iid:82D54A853E5FE011A31BFA4B69BFC3C1, xmp.iid:13DE0E963F5FE011A31BFA4B69BFC3C1, xmp.iid:CBD6255B505FE011A31BFA4B69BFC3C1, xmp.iid:38A8C88D505FE011A31BFA4B69BFC3C1, xmp.iid:5B129088655FE011A31BFA4B69BFC3C1, xmp.iid:766E8418665FE011A31BFA4B69BFC3C1, xmp.iid:60643897695FE011A31BFA4B69BFC3C1, xmp.iid:036219F36B5FE011B89787A4C4EA16C1, xmp.iid:F8557A5139EBE0118D8AB6D3DB110CBE, xmp.iid:33850E8459EDE011A615A924B80443C2, xmp.iid:77F9CDB444F5E0118248F9000B17D54B, xmp.iid:C7CF041947F5E0118248F9000B17D54B, xmp.iid:A520396C47F5E0118248F9000B17D54B, xmp.iid:E21DCC8250F5E0118248F9000B17D54B, xmp.iid:B0A4B29D52F5E0118248F9000B17D54B, xmp.iid:3833FAAD52F5E0118248F9000B17D54B, xmp.iid:0352A89F54F5E0118248F9000B17D54B, xmp.iid:43E0826B58F5E01199FE8A39E8B09A1B, xmp.iid:5BFCEA3759F5E01199FE8A39E8B09A1B, xmp.iid:4C2086595BF5E01199FE8A39E8B09A1B, xmp.iid:373FFD285EF5E01193E08F199ED01013, xmp.iid:7C6135F85EF5E01193E08F199ED01013, xmp.iid:BD251B2660F5E01193E08F199ED01013, xmp.iid:6431473861F5E01193E08F199ED01013, xmp.iid:28A4955B61F5E01193E08F199ED01013, xmp.iid:523632C265F5E01193E08F199ED01013, xmp.iid:617007D26AF5E01193E08F199ED01013, xmp.iid:FC25A0DB6CF5E01193E08F199ED01013, xmp.iid:6A60291F70F5E01193E08F199ED01013, xmp.iid:7CCC0D6670F5E01193E08F199ED01013, xmp.iid:0DF4B5690CF6E01190D4D4BA18C0E3C9, xmp.iid:53C156EE10F6E01190D4D4BA18C0E3C9, xmp.iid:85759E0D19F6E01190D4D4BA18C0E3C9, xmp.iid:ED954D351EF6E01190D4D4BA18C0E3C9, xmp.iid:9C09F64A2AF6E01190D4D4BA18C0E3C9, xmp.iid:64C6ABF52EF6E01190D4D4BA18C0E3C9, xmp.iid:4EA6DEFA2FF6E011A3F791817A408F2A, xmp.iid:7174732A30F6E011A3F791817A408F2A, xmp.iid:E0C54EB630F6E011AB5DCF18B8F3E622, xmp.iid:0079373331F6E011AB5DCF18B8F3E622, xmp.iid:0179373331F6E011AB5DCF18B8F3E622, xmp.iid:0279373331F6E011AB5DCF18B8F3E622, xmp.iid:B9F16EE031F6E0119B5AE89153C918B8, xmp.iid:BAF16EE031F6E0119B5AE89153C918B8, xmp.iid:97E7AB3432F6E011ACDCEF00768281F3, xmp.iid:F7F3FA5932F6E011ACDCEF00768281F3, xmp.iid:DCF0BF8933F6E011ACDCEF00768281F3, xmp.iid:26183C7D34F6E011ACDCEF00768281F3, xmp.iid:F60ECD5635F6E011ACDCEF00768281F3, xmp.iid:A8FBCE9C35F6E011ACDCEF00768281F3, xmp.iid:4B05B7F735F6E011ACDCEF00768281F3, xmp.iid:A8400D2D36F6E011ACDCEF00768281F3, xmp.iid:90D5D6CD38F6E011ACDCEF00768281F3, xmp.iid:C897276439F6E011ACDCEF00768281F3, xmp.iid:2ABCA0E03AF6E011ACDCEF00768281F3, xmp.iid:D3328EAD24F9E0118ABAC3339FF8BB02, xmp.iid:70E6911F26F9E0118ABAC3339FF8BB02, xmp.iid:1D63D93D27F9E0118ABAC3339FF8BB02, xmp.iid:70A469DD27F9E0118ABAC3339FF8BB02, xmp.iid:0C50EF2D28F9E0118ABAC3339FF8BB02, xmp.iid:10E551712AF9E0118ABAC3339FF8BB02, xmp.iid:4B24188E2DF9E0118ABAC3339FF8BB02, xmp.iid:AE931A412EF9E0118ABAC3339FF8BB02, xmp.iid:341FA6652EF9E0118ABAC3339FF8BB02, xmp.iid:7C2F497D2EF9E0118ABAC3339FF8BB02, xmp.iid:7D2F497D2EF9E0118ABAC3339FF8BB02, xmp.iid:1E6F0DC731F9E0118ABAC3339FF8BB02, xmp.iid:1F6F0DC731F9E0118ABAC3339FF8BB02, xmp.iid:82CB900834F9E0118ABAC3339FF8BB02, xmp.iid:B2FBB17135F9E0118ABAC3339FF8BB02, xmp.iid:637E74CA41F9E0118ABAC3339FF8BB02, xmp.iid:A50302E842F9E0118ABAC3339FF8BB02, xmp.iid:65AC33E143F9E0118ABAC3339FF8BB02, xmp.iid:3361A35F44F9E0118ABAC3339FF8BB02, xmp.iid:F8C845F044F9E0118ABAC3339FF8BB02, xmp.iid:C36DE58946F9E0118ABAC3339FF8BB02, xmp.iid:6E11A55A48F9E0118ABAC3339FF8BB02, xmp.iid:8FD9803B49F9E0118ABAC3339FF8BB02, xmp.iid:3ACED37149F9E01187BBBC99A5E604FC, xmp.iid:F6ED16604BF9E01187BBBC99A5E604FC, xmp.iid:D79B45F24CF9E01187BBBC99A5E604FC, xmp.iid:2EBF2C7C4EF9E01187BBBC99A5E604FC, xmp.iid:2D9CCDBC50F9E01187BBBC99A5E604FC, xmp.iid:82DB1B4055F9E01187BBBC99A5E604FC, xmp.iid:E9125E2757F9E01187BBBC99A5E604FC, xmp.iid:04EE90ED59F9E01187BBBC99A5E604FC, xmp.iid:59E15D595AF9E01187BBBC99A5E604FC, xmp.iid:8A71DB8A5AF9E01187BBBC99A5E604FC, xmp.iid:2D5988705CF9E01187BBBC99A5E604FC, xmp.iid:66145E8A5CF9E01187BBBC99A5E604FC, xmp.iid:67145E8A5CF9E01187BBBC99A5E604FC, xmp.iid:68145E8A5CF9E01187BBBC99A5E604FC, xmp.iid:A6432B6E5DF9E01187BBBC99A5E604FC, xmp.iid:A7432B6E5DF9E01187BBBC99A5E604FC, xmp.iid:137C649D92FFE011B537A26C3BEB1521, xmp.iid:C286F0EE97FFE011B537A26C3BEB1521, xmp.iid:66071B4D98FFE011B537A26C3BEB1521, xmp.iid:59121201E410E111A4B1F656EEDCB64D, xmp.iid:3A0A1805E410E111A4B1F656EEDCB64D, xmp.iid:C9D97C51F110E111A4B1F656EEDCB64D, xmp.iid:29D301D59C11E111A816E43BE26D14BD, xmp.iid:C0A36A409D11E111A816E43BE26D14BD, xmp.iid:5ECCAA6B9D11E111A816E43BE26D14BD, xmp.iid:FBF665709D11E111A816E43BE26D14BD, xmp.iid:B28007A4A111E111A816E43BE26D14BD, xmp.iid:DB88A61CB811E111A816E43BE26D14BD, xmp.iid:54EA2901BB11E111A816E43BE26D14BD, xmp.iid:728489E9E013E1119E7EED175D41167B, xmp.iid:55A9DE7EE813E1119E7EED175D41167B, xmp.iid:5AC5C3E2F713E1119E7EED175D41167B, xmp.iid:B08BE0C10414E1119E7EED175D41167B, xmp.iid:04651D0B0914E1119E7EED175D41167B, xmp.iid:F6A4F7991114E1119E7EED175D41167B, xmp.iid:AB73C7F41514E1119E7EED175D41167B, xmp.iid:E6888D8B1714E1119E7EED175D41167B, xmp.iid:AFC0960EA214E111A998FA63E5E76CC6, xmp.iid:3B9AAB2FAC14E111AAC7A4FC92753973, xmp.iid:9A3BFA5AC914E111AAC7A4FC92753973, xmp.iid:06630292C914E111AAC7A4FC92753973, xmp.iid:8FF29640CC14E111AAC7A4FC92753973, xmp.iid:21378B68D114E111AAC7A4FC92753973, xmp.iid:301E5166DA14E111AAC7A4FC92753973, xmp.iid:C606B7F7DA14E111AAC7A4FC92753973, xmp.iid:8C861ADCE014E111AAC7A4FC92753973, xmp.iid:04BB791EE414E111AAC7A4FC92753973, xmp.iid:7EAFBBA96D15E11183E39D5497A35D4B, xmp.iid:648BC61A7215E11183E39D5497A35D4B, xmp.iid:31F164F1A915E11185A5DFF9426C721A, xmp.iid:810851996216E111B35FB38B11D3BA7D, xmp.iid:40D5084D8016E111B35FB38B11D3BA7D, xmp.iid:8BF6660E2217E111BCB4F20A59298477, xmp.iid:E676E3B02617E111BCB4F20A59298477, xmp.iid:1FE55AA63917E111BCB4F20A59298477, xmp.iid:D4A1B3D94417E111BCB4F20A59298477, xmp.iid:86BA7A784817E111BCB4F20A59298477, xmp.iid:6C517F4E4917E111BCB4F20A59298477, xmp.iid:B3970EBE4C17E111BCB4F20A59298477, xmp.iid:98FC6C604E17E111BCB4F20A59298477, xmp.iid:F8B02F924E17E111BCB4F20A59298477, xmp.iid:9B118AEB4F17E111BCB4F20A59298477, xmp.iid:9C118AEB4F17E111BCB4F20A59298477, xmp.iid:AA1D36195017E111BCB4F20A59298477, xmp.iid:AD7DAFED441AE111B7649003E074466C, xmp.iid:D0751395471AE111B7649003E074466C, xmp.iid:C3D18908501AE111B7649003E074466C, xmp.iid:A40F20E0571AE111B7649003E074466C, xmp.iid:4834D3505D1AE111B7649003E074466C, xmp.iid:2C773EDC5D1AE111B7649003E074466C, xmp.iid:F18E2820641AE111B7649003E074466C, xmp.iid:17ABBA13661AE111B7649003E074466C, xmp.iid:3557EAA6661AE111B7649003E074466C, xmp.iid:5F43982F6B1AE111B7649003E074466C, xmp.iid:EC6769D76C1AE111B7649003E074466C, xmp.iid:ED6769D76C1AE111B7649003E074466C, xmp.iid:51C6782E6D1AE111B7649003E074466C, xmp.iid:C5F218FAD41BE111B703F8B04C456A98, xmp.iid:A13E4C89ED1BE111B703F8B04C456A98, xmp.iid:E94C52A8FC1BE111B703F8B04C456A98, xmp.iid:76ACBCCFFD1BE111B703F8B04C456A98, xmp.iid:12CC6F9D021CE111B703F8B04C456A98, xmp.iid:EA3F62B7071CE111B703F8B04C456A98, xmp.iid:28191E1D871CE111987DED33DAE18C5E, xmp.iid:CD551E1A9A1CE111987DED33DAE18C5E, xmp.iid:CE551E1A9A1CE111987DED33DAE18C5E, xmp.iid:966CE0419A1CE111987DED33DAE18C5E, xmp.iid:A2B6667AB81CE111987DED33DAE18C5E, xmp.iid:0BC9EC58C41CE111987DED33DAE18C5E, xmp.iid:5ECAB220D11CE111987DED33DAE18C5E, xmp.iid:5FCAB220D11CE111987DED33DAE18C5E, xmp.iid:9B913772D11CE111987DED33DAE18C5E, xmp.iid:7E2B1AE5CC1FE1119904A7D76E323681, xmp.iid:4252445DF61FE1119904A7D76E323681, xmp.iid:EA8C6A20F71FE1119904A7D76E323681, xmp.iid:DCA6AA2AFA1FE1119E4FDDA65B74CD38, xmp.iid:A6A68FDC6E20E111B4B58ECB41C19484, xmp.iid:00C3319D7320E111B4B58ECB41C19484, xmp.iid:ED4750DB7320E111B4B58ECB41C19484, xmp.iid:ABA67D317520E111B4B58ECB41C19484, xmp.iid:A787EB297F20E111B4B58ECB41C19484, xmp.iid:AD4A1C739120E111B4B58ECB41C19484, xmp.iid:96ED73DC9620E111B4B58ECB41C19484, xmp.iid:833883D39B20E111B4B58ECB41C19484, xmp.iid:7E498F1A9F20E111B4B58ECB41C19484, xmp.iid:0E838B74A920E111B4B58ECB41C19484, xmp.iid:10259A5F4821E111A964D17B81F7150D, xmp.iid:6E388DAE5721E111A964D17B81F7150D, xmp.iid:84C95D925A21E111A964D17B81F7150D, xmp.iid:28C8F7995B21E111A964D17B81F7150D, xmp.iid:89914CE65B21E111A964D17B81F7150D, xmp.iid:F4B6C1206021E111A964D17B81F7150D, xmp.iid:9254D80B6321E111A964D17B81F7150D, xmp.iid:AA7F3D536321E111A964D17B81F7150D, xmp.iid:DA0687C16321E111A964D17B81F7150D, xmp.iid:9EF35D716721E11198F2C841A88549BF, xmp.iid:F61269A26721E11198F2C841A88549BF, xmp.iid:1E83A8266821E11198F2C841A88549BF, xmp.iid:B14E88196B21E11198F2C841A88549BF, xmp.iid:6CAB66F46F21E11198F2C841A88549BF, xmp.iid:5A3EB9987021E11198F2C841A88549BF, xmp.iid:025387167221E11198F2C841A88549BF, xmp.iid:5623EFA37D21E11198F2C841A88549BF, xmp.iid:7136748D7E21E11198F2C841A88549BF, xmp.iid:484CFFF77E21E11198F2C841A88549BF, xmp.iid:48F4D34D7F21E11198F2C841A88549BF, xmp.iid:E30344E97F21E11198F2C841A88549BF, xmp.iid:5AB5F6448021E11198F2C841A88549BF, xmp.iid:0835D2C28421E11198F2C841A88549BF, xmp.iid:4C7F38E68421E11198F2C841A88549BF, xmp.iid:4D7F38E68421E11198F2C841A88549BF, xmp.iid:3A35882D8521E11198F2C841A88549BF, xmp.iid:F23F4D8AF821E111B123A615DDD56C9F, xmp.iid:CF1715E1F821E111B123A615DDD56C9F, xmp.iid:8B750D0A0822E111B123A615DDD56C9F, xmp.iid:90F0CD260922E111B123A615DDD56C9F, xmp.iid:B50ADC0C1D22E111B123A615DDD56C9F, xmp.iid:E88C7C301F22E111B123A615DDD56C9F, xmp.iid:7A329FB72422E111B123A615DDD56C9F, xmp.iid:981BD9003B22E111B123A615DDD56C9F, xmp.iid:D8DBEF343B22E111B123A615DDD56C9F, xmp.iid:46247A353B22E111B123A615DDD56C9F, xmp.iid:076BC72D3D22E111B123A615DDD56C9F, xmp.iid:7B9D4FA55C24E111820B8CC859075F2A, xmp.iid:6FE7B0B45E24E111820B8CC859075F2A, xmp.iid:0542E9BB6424E111820B8CC859075F2A, xmp.iid:C3DFE0F57824E111820B8CC859075F2A, xmp.iid:B189F82F7C24E111820B8CC859075F2A, xmp.iid:060179047E24E111820B8CC859075F2A, xmp.iid:A843F0B77E24E111820B8CC859075F2A, xmp.iid:455953328024E111BECEF08D677CADD3, xmp.iid:2C79F5328024E111BECEF08D677CADD3, xmp.iid:68AF6EA18024E111BECEF08D677CADD3, xmp.iid:AFD76F288124E111BECEF08D677CADD3, xmp.iid:A0ABE38C8124E111BECEF08D677CADD3, xmp.iid:23FB7DCF8324E111AD9FC610DC0964AD, xmp.iid:118692F68424E111AD9FC610DC0964AD, xmp.iid:164384D78624E111AD9FC610DC0964AD, xmp.iid:CE3558578924E111AD9FC610DC0964AD, xmp.iid:8077279B8924E111AD9FC610DC0964AD, xmp.iid:BE6FDDF58924E111AD9FC610DC0964AD, xmp.iid:BF6FDDF58924E111AD9FC610DC0964AD, xmp.iid:C06FDDF58924E111AD9FC610DC0964AD, xmp.iid:BA9A263D9024E111AD9FC610DC0964AD, xmp.iid:40D604D99124E111AD9FC610DC0964AD, xmp.iid:7C36E3F39124E111AD9FC610DC0964AD, xmp.iid:7D36E3F39124E111AD9FC610DC0964AD, xmp.iid:8840B9129224E111AD9FC610DC0964AD, xmp.iid:B1C83BA21B26E111BEFDDC986BCCA308, xmp.iid:C2FA147F1E26E111BEFDDC986BCCA308, xmp.iid:387CEA561F26E111BEFDDC986BCCA308, xmp.iid:C6EC8C66F026E111B300A81D25C0D285, xmp.iid:1D6AB92AF126E111B300A81D25C0D285, xmp.iid:85AC56C4F226E111B300A81D25C0D285, xmp.iid:AFDA3376F326E111B300A81D25C0D285, xmp.iid:2BB7162EF726E111B300A81D25C0D285, xmp.iid:7EC231A0F726E111B300A81D25C0D285, xmp.iid:500AD013FA26E111B300A81D25C0D285, xmp.iid:DDE0DD87FB26E111B300A81D25C0D285, xmp.iid:93F19B94FC26E111B300A81D25C0D285, xmp.iid:58363423FD26E11199548EDA22A63C89, xmp.iid:037A2D8EED29E111A0029FC4C29B1616, xmp.iid:C26A0A4CF429E111A0029FC4C29B1616, xmp.iid:B0E0EE64162AE1119823AD0ACAA1884E, xmp.iid:BFE2D202B42AE111A312F6AE92AE8901, xmp.iid:35C5F13DB52AE111A312F6AE92AE8901, xmp.iid:A94BD5C9B62AE111A312F6AE92AE8901, xmp.iid:5B5FB78CC12AE111A312F6AE92AE8901, xmp.iid:6A56024DCA2AE111A312F6AE92AE8901, xmp.iid:F77275B8CC2AE111A312F6AE92AE8901, xmp.iid:E38DDBC3CD2AE111A312F6AE92AE8901, xmp.iid:8F9FA6AFD22AE111A312F6AE92AE8901, xmp.iid:D9421CFBD92AE111A312F6AE92AE8901, xmp.iid:04654542DD2AE111A312F6AE92AE8901, xmp.iid:17C224C8E02AE111A312F6AE92AE8901, xmp.iid:B338F38CE62AE111A312F6AE92AE8901, xmp.iid:31AD7D19E82AE111967585F0F1445093, xmp.iid:F038937BEB2AE111967585F0F1445093, xmp.iid:1237C911EE2AE111967585F0F1445093, xmp.iid:8267A485F22AE111967585F0F1445093, xmp.iid:246A0F37F32AE111967585F0F1445093, xmp.iid:0DD6ECD2F32AE111967585F0F1445093, xmp.iid:B41B7ED3F32AE111967585F0F1445093, xmp.iid:E50DC07B732BE11184C4B1E069E337CF, xmp.iid:F2B134EE732BE11184C4B1E069E337CF, xmp.iid:0E9FC3B17A2BE11184C4B1E069E337CF, xmp.iid:B5087F06A52BE11184C4B1E069E337CF, xmp.iid:A08DB9DBA82BE11184C4B1E069E337CF, xmp.iid:E41FA0D2AC2BE11184C4B1E069E337CF, xmp.iid:58C64371392CE111863D9B861C8EB7C8, xmp.iid:FBDEA307462CE111863D9B861C8EB7C8, xmp.iid:FACBC624462CE111863D9B861C8EB7C8, xmp.iid:C8784C7E472CE111863D9B861C8EB7C8, xmp.iid:BF4C37236A2CE111863D9B861C8EB7C8, xmp.iid:214B7ECE752CE111863D9B861C8EB7C8, xmp.iid:3C802664762CE111863D9B861C8EB7C8, xmp.iid:14B06EED762CE111863D9B861C8EB7C8, xmp.iid:15B06EED762CE111863D9B861C8EB7C8, xmp.iid:3629510C772CE111863D9B861C8EB7C8, xmp.iid:D45876EF632FE1118FF6CE051A6C100F, xmp.iid:CEE201E36A2FE1118FF6CE051A6C100F, xmp.iid:876388736C2FE11186F3879EEF610F1F, xmp.iid:BFA44E7B6C2FE11186F3879EEF610F1F, xmp.iid:C0A44E7B6C2FE11186F3879EEF610F1F, xmp.iid:0CA8E3DF6D2FE11186F3879EEF610F1F, xmp.iid:5A3E266A762FE11186F3879EEF610F1F, xmp.iid:B0BCF698762FE11186F3879EEF610F1F, xmp.iid:8B141ADC7C2FE11186F3879EEF610F1F, xmp.iid:787A9D3C7F2FE11186F3879EEF610F1F, xmp.iid:92CC84D3822FE11186F3879EEF610F1F, xmp.iid:E6E81773832FE11186F3879EEF610F1F, xmp.iid:77085104872FE11186F3879EEF610F1F, xmp.iid:89AB8DEE872FE11186F3879EEF610F1F, xmp.iid:9DEF3D5D882FE11186F3879EEF610F1F, xmp.iid:20D553C6892FE11186F3879EEF610F1F, xmp.iid:B7895A828D2FE11186F3879EEF610F1F, xmp.iid:8F4437C9902FE11186F3879EEF610F1F, xmp.iid:A121A82A952FE11186F3879EEF610F1F, xmp.iid:45E32524962FE11186F3879EEF610F1F, xmp.iid:E2BEE1C2972FE111AD6BCF6B9F420191, xmp.iid:14C6759D982FE111AD6BCF6B9F420191, xmp.iid:18CA90FB9A2FE111AD6BCF6B9F420191, xmp.iid:890C1C389B2FE111AD6BCF6B9F420191, xmp.iid:109719D7A02FE111AD6BCF6B9F420191, xmp.iid:01717911AC2FE111BA08C2AFEC69F690, xmp.iid:155D4C59AE2FE111AD6BCF6B9F420191, xmp.iid:2FF07C24B02FE111AD6BCF6B9F420191, xmp.iid:3CE8DDFAB02FE111AD6BCF6B9F420191, xmp.iid:278D1A50B22FE111AD6BCF6B9F420191, xmp.iid:D1A5799BB22FE111AD6BCF6B9F420191, xmp.iid:D2A5799BB22FE111AD6BCF6B9F420191, xmp.iid:6344BCBEB22FE111AD6BCF6B9F420191, xmp.iid:31860489B52FE111AD6BCF6B9F420191, xmp.iid:3F59BE49B62FE111AD6BCF6B9F420191, xmp.iid:553B3597B62FE111AD6BCF6B9F420191, xmp.iid:56C6E4C4B72FE111AD6BCF6B9F420191, xmp.iid:235C9A134C30E11196F98E543D8ECCB4, xmp.iid:A26758A24E30E11196F98E543D8ECCB4, xmp.iid:4610F4065430E111AA8D8C1B14ADD311, xmp.iid:D968DA535430E111AA8D8C1B14ADD311, xmp.iid:5E15F8E5F730E111AF24BDA6E06DB1E4, xmp.iid:724A930DF830E111AF24BDA6E06DB1E4, xmp.iid:79457DDEF830E111AF24BDA6E06DB1E4, xmp.iid:97FF528BF930E111AF24BDA6E06DB1E4, xmp.iid:FC94381C123CE111A2CFF5074347CC73, xmp.iid:3371DD5A123CE111A2CFF5074347CC73, xmp.iid:CF713957AA41E1119B8AD1D5A864863B, xmp.iid:D0713957AA41E1119B8AD1D5A864863B, xmp.iid:BCB4F09FAA41E1119B8AD1D5A864863B, xmp.iid:CA401E014442E111BEDCAB3DC98FE82B, xmp.iid:4687E09D4942E111BEDCAB3DC98FE82B, xmp.iid:FD8469EE5442E111BEDCAB3DC98FE82B, xmp.iid:FE8469EE5442E111BEDCAB3DC98FE82B, xmp.iid:C2474B255542E111BEDCAB3DC98FE82B, xmp.iid:4A3B9C2E6342E111BEDCAB3DC98FE82B, xmp.iid:850192496742E111BEDCAB3DC98FE82B, xmp.iid:9E9D84426942E111BEDCAB3DC98FE82B, xmp.iid:5A8301547942E111BEDCAB3DC98FE82B, xmp.iid:611968248442E111BEDCAB3DC98FE82B, xmp.iid:A1A085728542E111BEDCAB3DC98FE82B, xmp.iid:5BDC11A98542E111BEDCAB3DC98FE82B, xmp.iid:71E8DD848642E111BEDCAB3DC98FE82B, xmp.iid:CFCA55430843E111AA64C66CD1BAA37B, xmp.iid:6A4E451B0943E111AA64C66CD1BAA37B, xmp.iid:EE2CB9B90E43E111B2A29358BCA92254, xmp.iid:FE6318BA0E43E111B2A29358BCA92254, xmp.iid:254588EC1143E111B2A29358BCA92254, xmp.iid:AB5466241243E111B2A29358BCA92254, xmp.iid:A4ACFA782143E111B2A29358BCA92254, xmp.iid:28EB929D2343E111B2A29358BCA92254, xmp.iid:907684F6BC47E111B60BFE44921520C4, xmp.iid:386E55AEBD47E111B60BFE44921520C4, xmp.iid:541C6424C347E11196B7F6664CB08F29, xmp.iid:C24B09DBC947E11196B7F6664CB08F29, xmp.iid:0AA4432DD247E11196B7F6664CB08F29, xmp.iid:EF67DD13D347E11196B7F6664CB08F29, xmp.iid:01B2D234D347E11196B7F6664CB08F29, xmp.iid:DBA3F134D347E11196B7F6664CB08F29, xmp.iid:9C185084D347E11182EFF1C5BB41C26C, xmp.iid:76FE6C85D347E11182EFF1C5BB41C26C, xmp.iid:4A9083F1D347E11182EFF1C5BB41C26C, xmp.iid:0D35DBF6D347E11182EFF1C5BB41C26C, xmp.iid:EB4F1728DF47E11182EFF1C5BB41C26C, xmp.iid:CDD2A347DF47E11182EFF1C5BB41C26C, xmp.iid:CED2A347DF47E11182EFF1C5BB41C26C, xmp.iid:5BA996B8E247E11182EFF1C5BB41C26C, xmp.iid:4310A867E747E11182EFF1C5BB41C26C, xmp.iid:541F25B5E847E11182EFF1C5BB41C26C, xmp.iid:E4CB6238F047E11182EFF1C5BB41C26C, xmp.iid:59FC1BB67F48E111976A96559D99C7B9, xmp.iid:433953418D48E111976A96559D99C7B9, xmp.iid:1A19F0548E48E111976A96559D99C7B9, xmp.iid:11C938FE9C48E111976A96559D99C7B9, xmp.iid:44CD7DB99E48E111976A96559D99C7B9, xmp.iid:45CD7DB99E48E111976A96559D99C7B9, xmp.iid:F7C2E326E14AE111862CA34C06DEC3EF, xmp.iid:9DAC0EF1E14AE111862CA34C06DEC3EF, xmp.iid:4E805F55F54AE111862CA34C06DEC3EF, xmp.iid:2561B3DD0D4BE1118C85AE8F00FEF8D7, xmp.iid:5357D9B40E4BE11193CC885BD021D929, xmp.iid:CAF88C88B54BE111B16AB39B3B747DED, xmp.iid:F3FC81C3B54BE111B16AB39B3B747DED, xmp.iid:52AC8506C14BE111B16AB39B3B747DED, xmp.iid:767915B8C54BE111B16AB39B3B747DED, xmp.iid:80DE16A6DC4BE111B16AB39B3B747DED, xmp.iid:513C834DED4BE111B16AB39B3B747DED, xmp.iid:12810056F44BE111B16AB39B3B747DED, xmp.iid:2507A690F94BE111B16AB39B3B747DED, xmp.iid:8F3B1B827E4CE111B082BF53FEEDB01E, xmp.iid:0E8504BD8D4CE111B082BF53FEEDB01E, xmp.iid:61A6729D954CE111B082BF53FEEDB01E, xmp.iid:61855330964CE111B082BF53FEEDB01E, xmp.iid:D27AC3C3964CE111B082BF53FEEDB01E, xmp.iid:D37AC3C3964CE111B082BF53FEEDB01E, xmp.iid:D47AC3C3964CE111B082BF53FEEDB01E, xmp.iid:1FDE7241974CE111B082BF53FEEDB01E, xmp.iid:20DE7241974CE111B082BF53FEEDB01E, xmp.iid:3458E1A6974CE111B082BF53FEEDB01E, xmp.iid:3558E1A6974CE111B082BF53FEEDB01E, xmp.iid:BA66C2C6974CE111B082BF53FEEDB01E, xmp.iid:0449CD129A4CE111B082BF53FEEDB01E, xmp.iid:705676A5A74CE111B082BF53FEEDB01E, xmp.iid:8CCB98E0A74CE111B082BF53FEEDB01E, xmp.iid:1E0C4815AD4CE111B082BF53FEEDB01E, xmp.iid:1F0C4815AD4CE111B082BF53FEEDB01E, xmp.iid:00A17D3DAD4CE111B082BF53FEEDB01E, xmp.iid:7CCFA56D314DE111B5BEBB9CB34B39A0, xmp.iid:90983973344DE111B5BEBB9CB34B39A0, xmp.iid:75E98A7E374DE111967EC4217C82F80E, xmp.iid:11757374384DE111967EC4217C82F80E, xmp.iid:066DE547394DE111967EC4217C82F80E, xmp.iid:076DE547394DE111967EC4217C82F80E, xmp.iid:265743BE3B4DE111967EC4217C82F80E, xmp.iid:275743BE3B4DE111967EC4217C82F80E, xmp.iid:B973DBD23E4DE111967EC4217C82F80E, xmp.iid:F32003F6404DE1119577A1E3857BC11A, xmp.iid:FA41AFF6404DE1119577A1E3857BC11A, xmp.iid:AC41B852504DE1119577A1E3857BC11A, xmp.iid:9E2597887D4DE1119577A1E3857BC11A, xmp.iid:82C21A81864DE1119577A1E3857BC11A, xmp.iid:7FD4E324884DE1119577A1E3857BC11A, xmp.iid:799C52C0074EE1118487B198658C63D1, xmp.iid:D14E4B400B4EE1118487B198658C63D1, xmp.iid:C0D5478F5251E111A50EF65C52AC3A55, xmp.iid:DF7264497551E111A50EF65C52AC3A55, xmp.iid:EC5C6B5E7551E111A50EF65C52AC3A55, xmp.iid:3A06238C7551E111A50EF65C52AC3A55, xmp.iid:3B06238C7551E111A50EF65C52AC3A55, xmp.iid:A1CB682C7651E111A50EF65C52AC3A55, xmp.iid:B62BEA0BEB51E1118B0ACC8B81FDBF07, xmp.iid:8EC1B3C92A52E1118970E9EC7401EB9F, xmp.iid:4DFAFB462B52E1118970E9EC7401EB9F, xmp.iid:782E0255EC52E11186E98956D63D2362, xmp.iid:853BB766EE52E11186E98956D63D2362, xmp.iid:80AE0306F352E11186E98956D63D2362, xmp.iid:86BE5840F352E11186E98956D63D2362, xmp.iid:F3D3620BFA52E11186E98956D63D2362, xmp.iid:DABAD3E3FB52E11186E98956D63D2362, xmp.iid:B26ED8690153E11186E98956D63D2362, xmp.iid:65BAD1ED0153E11186E98956D63D2362, xmp.iid:04E839490853E11186E98956D63D2362, xmp.iid:6BB457340B53E11186E98956D63D2362, xmp.iid:6CB457340B53E11186E98956D63D2362, xmp.iid:649C9B680B53E11186E98956D63D2362, xmp.iid:444BB4727853E111B1F8AFD3D4E667C9, xmp.iid:7E70989C7953E111B1F8AFD3D4E667C9, xmp.iid:F208E6067A53E111B1F8AFD3D4E667C9, xmp.iid:32AF69567A53E111B1F8AFD3D4E667C9, xmp.iid:1FA9EED4D353E111B0DCBA2440271224, xmp.iid:D63C457FD853E111B0DCBA2440271224, xmp.iid:EA13E3F9D953E111B0DCBA2440271224, xmp.iid:B6FDD08CDB53E111B0DCBA2440271224, xmp.iid:B7FDD08CDB53E111B0DCBA2440271224, xmp.iid:7F26D08B7258E111BD26FA415CE0CA14, xmp.iid:23B18A8C7258E111BD26FA415CE0CA14, xmp.iid:5CC6123C8158E111BD26FA415CE0CA14, xmp.iid:2336161C8658E111BD26FA415CE0CA14, xmp.iid:66C600F68E58E111BD26FA415CE0CA14, xmp.iid:775F293C8F58E111BD26FA415CE0CA14, xmp.iid:EA8EA4199158E111BD26FA415CE0CA14, xmp.iid:F3BEFE149258E111BD26FA415CE0CA14, xmp.iid:484AB9DA0859E111B028A0054189F52C, xmp.iid:2992E8F61E59E111B028A0054189F52C, xmp.iid:7AAAF1B33459E111B028A0054189F52C, xmp.iid:5ADA0BBB3F59E111B028A0054189F52C, xmp.iid:E92F24096F5BE111B2DD98E0FC349F18, xmp.iid:A4959D41815BE111B2DD98E0FC349F18, xmp.iid:53DF0B3E825BE111B2DD98E0FC349F18, xmp.iid:A212EE4D835BE111B2DD98E0FC349F18, xmp.iid:8D3DC8A5895BE111B2DD98E0FC349F18, xmp.iid:5B756680925BE111B2DD98E0FC349F18, xmp.iid:555885AD975BE111B2DD98E0FC349F18, xmp.iid:E5C7E33B995BE111B2DD98E0FC349F18, xmp.iid:A2EAC420A15BE111B2DD98E0FC349F18, xmp.iid:03647698A25BE111B2DD98E0FC349F18, xmp.iid:94AD01C6A35BE111B2DD98E0FC349F18, xmp.iid:86ED2EF6AA5BE111B2DD98E0FC349F18, xmp.iid:87ED2EF6AA5BE111B2DD98E0FC349F18, xmp.iid:9E20B823AB5BE111B2DD98E0FC349F18, xmp.iid:1786CA572A5CE1119565B73C56AFD4F5, xmp.iid:505595F42B5CE1119565B73C56AFD4F5, xmp.iid:AFC1966A315CE1119565B73C56AFD4F5, xmp.iid:F57A614F375CE1119565B73C56AFD4F5, xmp.iid:EAB518FA375CE1119565B73C56AFD4F5, xmp.iid:CAC07A36385CE1119565B73C56AFD4F5, xmp.iid:1F7FE5AB3E5CE1119565B73C56AFD4F5, xmp.iid:02AFA7D93E5CE1119565B73C56AFD4F5, xmp.iid:9EA9DB40435CE1119565B73C56AFD4F5, xmp.iid:D3034A33455CE1119565B73C56AFD4F5, xmp.iid:66BADF7C4C5CE1119565B73C56AFD4F5, xmp.iid:45B6507C525CE1119565B73C56AFD4F5, xmp.iid:46B6507C525CE1119565B73C56AFD4F5, xmp.iid:4B8961D8525CE1119565B73C56AFD4F5, xmp.iid:0E5E59ABFE5CE1118EC8CD22BB7FF224, xmp.iid:DE94D967005DE1118EC8CD22BB7FF224, xmp.iid:DF94D967005DE1118EC8CD22BB7FF224, xmp.iid:09CCA27F005DE1118EC8CD22BB7FF224, xmp.iid:1F6FCD0B015DE1119708A02885F9FBBC, xmp.iid:00F5F804025DE1119708A02885F9FBBC, xmp.iid:C583A2B60A5DE1119708A02885F9FBBC, xmp.iid:41B157561B5DE1119708A02885F9FBBC, xmp.iid:EE73FBA71C5DE1119B69FDE7ECDD0EB7, xmp.iid:434EB0261D5DE1119B69FDE7ECDD0EB7, xmp.iid:187653401E5DE1119B69FDE7ECDD0EB7, xmp.iid:B1565D621E5DE1119B69FDE7ECDD0EB7, xmp.iid:1899F6D7225DE1119B69FDE7ECDD0EB7, xmp.iid:1999F6D7225DE1119B69FDE7ECDD0EB7, xmp.iid:E82D5804235DE1119B69FDE7ECDD0EB7, xmp.iid:108C71DC2F5DE1119C488A86CB7605DD, xmp.iid:76AE82D0C85DE111BBB1DE307243CA49, xmp.iid:50D351D7CE5DE111BBB1DE307243CA49, xmp.iid:3CA49BCEE75DE111BBB1DE307243CA49, xmp.iid:1B5A5281EB5DE111837DB7F52E175F3B, xmp.iid:DC906B09F55DE111837DB7F52E175F3B, xmp.iid:77648FE7F75DE111837DB7F52E175F3B, xmp.iid:E41FCDECF95DE111837DB7F52E175F3B, xmp.iid:7AC8C414045EE111988AB88BF04299A2, xmp.iid:C73EFF6F0B5EE111988AB88BF04299A2, xmp.iid:086249A50B5EE111988AB88BF04299A2, xmp.iid:C7991CFA7B5EE111A2C9DD2947FCAAA2, xmp.iid:7AFC234B8E5EE111AF17C8444FEF6781, xmp.iid:7A26CFFD8E5EE111AF17C8444FEF6781, xmp.iid:ED71406E8F5EE111AF17C8444FEF6781, xmp.iid:8D39E63C925EE111AF17C8444FEF6781, xmp.iid:8F700E735367E11184AFA5D16B9FECAC, xmp.iid:90700E735367E11184AFA5D16B9FECAC, xmp.iid:FB2E2D7F5367E11184AFA5D16B9FECAC, xmp.iid:FC2E2D7F5367E11184AFA5D16B9FECAC, xmp.iid:F4BC66EB5567E11184AFA5D16B9FECAC, xmp.iid:FC2C900B5667E11184AFA5D16B9FECAC, xmp.iid:0656DA415767E11184AFA5D16B9FECAC, xmp.iid:B7DA8A825767E11184AFA5D16B9FECAC, xmp.iid:95E31ABB5767E11184AFA5D16B9FECAC, xmp.iid:B551C15B5867E11184AFA5D16B9FECAC, xmp.iid:E33FF02F5A67E11184AFA5D16B9FECAC, xmp.iid:E43FF02F5A67E11184AFA5D16B9FECAC, xmp.iid:08D2C83B5A67E11184AFA5D16B9FECAC, xmp.iid:4CD618C2756EE111B268D5B8B79627EE, xmp.iid:BECD331F966EE111B268D5B8B79627EE, xmp.iid:4CD6CE30FC6EE111A85DA2CCA2208F17, xmp.iid:850DF1A7FF6EE111A85DA2CCA2208F17, xmp.iid:26EC2BDF046FE111A85DA2CCA2208F17, xmp.iid:BB8C06B30E6FE111A85DA2CCA2208F17, xmp.iid:E031D0AD106FE111A85DA2CCA2208F17, xmp.iid:55ADAD0C286FE11190C2A32B21C04C71, xmp.iid:16B3DD56286FE11190C2A32B21C04C71, xmp.iid:BAF98F0F6F71E11194CEF9E0E3146A9F, xmp.iid:A25A0240F472E111A03AF7B3152C561C, xmp.iid:1B1EE2430673E111A03AF7B3152C561C, xmp.iid:8E192BC80D73E111A03AF7B3152C561C, xmp.iid:38C68478D773E111A5A98A62E940CEE1, xmp.iid:73DF9C65D873E111A5A98A62E940CEE1, xmp.iid:264134F8D873E111A5A98A62E940CEE1, xmp.iid:AB59F4A5D973E111A5A98A62E940CEE1, xmp.iid:50941A3ADA73E111A5A98A62E940CEE1, xmp.iid:E0E12B74DB73E111A5A98A62E940CEE1, xmp.iid:9E2F4CEBE073E111A5A98A62E940CEE1, xmp.iid:25A2CD4EE173E111A5A98A62E940CEE1, xmp.iid:E07DE29DE173E111A5A98A62E940CEE1, xmp.iid:963A93A6E273E111A5A98A62E940CEE1, xmp.iid:8D726A0AE473E111A5A98A62E940CEE1, xmp.iid:3E12CC51E573E111A5A98A62E940CEE1, xmp.iid:273E91A3EB73E111BAA6FBB370BE28B3, xmp.iid:05B60797F173E111A919E6087C300F8D, xmp.iid:FEB7529E1074E111BECBE4E40E92B25B, xmp.iid:375CCC071274E111BECBE4E40E92B25B, xmp.iid:A1E4679C1374E111BECBE4E40E92B25B, xmp.iid:FA983DC41A74E111BECBE4E40E92B25B, xmp.iid:3249E8B68174E1118B73ABE2F69B454B, xmp.iid:E2B3DF6C8274E1118B73ABE2F69B454B, xmp.iid:34EC06D59174E111AEB5B56FAB3FA9BC, xmp.iid:8B49F6729374E111AEB5B56FAB3FA9BC, xmp.iid:8C49F6729374E111AEB5B56FAB3FA9BC, xmp.iid:8D49F6729374E111AEB5B56FAB3FA9BC, xmp.iid:EA49DCF79474E111AEB5B56FAB3FA9BC, xmp.iid:10FD52A68A78E11184C4FCCF38E92A39, xmp.iid:753606A98A78E11184C4FCCF38E92A39, xmp.iid:763606A98A78E11184C4FCCF38E92A39, xmp.iid:EE2D57FF8B78E11184C4FCCF38E92A39, xmp.iid:E285460A8D78E11184C4FCCF38E92A39, xmp.iid:CD8E50C79878E11184C4FCCF38E92A39, xmp.iid:DC00D1ADA278E11184C4FCCF38E92A39, xmp.iid:58E0326CA378E11184C4FCCF38E92A39, xmp.iid:0E159742A478E11184C4FCCF38E92A39, xmp.iid:55A6A3ACA478E11184C4FCCF38E92A39, xmp.iid:52DE15D7A478E11184C4FCCF38E92A39, xmp.iid:4FEE9E71A578E11184C4FCCF38E92A39, xmp.iid:68E01478A578E11184C4FCCF38E92A39, xmp.iid:AC49CF78A678E11184C4FCCF38E92A39, xmp.iid:C39957301B7EE1118A9BD95821145A67, xmp.iid:47C3E5BD1C7EE1118D818E59CC5A3DBB, xmp.iid:48C3E5BD1C7EE1118D818E59CC5A3DBB, xmp.iid:7C5AFF8EB77EE111979AE04998FD6460, xmp.iid:0A67DCCEC67EE111979AE04998FD6460, xmp.iid:B15CE618D47EE111B3E7B70DCF910396, xmp.iid:25B8A85ED57EE111B3E7B70DCF910396
History When                    : 2010:11:08 08:39:36+09:00, 2010:11:08 08:39:53+09:00, 2010:11:08 08:39:53+09:00, 2010:11:08 09:59:28+09:00, 2010:11:08 10:12:16+09:00, 2010:11:08 10:14:21+09:00, 2010:11:08 10:14:27+09:00, 2010:11:08 10:21:35+09:00, 2010:11:08 10:29:20+09:00, 2010:11:08 11:02:40+09:00, 2010:11:08 11:52:16+09:00, 2010:11:08 13:11:03+09:00, 2010:11:08 13:25:48+09:00, 2010:11:08 13:28:55+09:00, 2010:11:08 13:46:55+09:00, 2010:11:08 13:55:53+09:00, 2010:11:08 13:57:19+09:00, 2010:11:08 14:01:56+09:00, 2010:11:08 14:13:44+09:00, 2010:11:08 14:18:34+09:00, 2010:11:08 14:19:04+09:00, 2010:11:10 09:12:19+09:00, 2010:11:10 11:09:43+09:00, 2010:11:10 16:36:53+09:00, 2010:11:11 10:38:16+09:00, 2010:11:11 11:00:06+09:00, 2010:11:11 11:17:51+09:00, 2010:11:11 12:46:09+09:00, 2010:11:11 14:12:18+09:00, 2010:11:11 14:14:21+09:00, 2010:11:11 14:48:05+09:00, 2010:11:11 14:52:08+09:00, 2010:11:11 14:56:55+09:00, 2010:11:12 09:51:53+09:00, 2010:11:12 09:57:42+09:00, 2010:11:12 09:59:39+09:00, 2010:11:12 10:00:45+09:00, 2010:11:12 10:04:55+09:00, 2010:11:12 10:05:09+09:00, 2010:11:12 12:01:07+09:00, 2010:11:12 13:29+09:00, 2010:11:12 14:14:28+09:00, 2010:11:12 14:19:27+09:00, 2010:11:12 15:12:09+09:00, 2010:11:12 16:14:17+09:00, 2010:11:12 17:08:32+09:00, 2010:11:15 10:37:39+09:00, 2010:11:15 12:00:27+09:00, 2010:11:15 12:57:51+09:00, 2010:11:15 14:17:46+09:00, 2010:11:15 14:27:19+09:00, 2010:11:15 14:36:49+09:00, 2010:11:15 15:13:40+09:00, 2010:11:15 15:52:06+09:00, 2010:11:15 16:22:26+09:00, 2010:11:15 16:59:34+09:00, 2010:11:15 18:01:07+09:00, 2010:11:15 18:11:29+09:00, 2010:11:15 18:57:07+09:00, 2010:11:15 19:13:16+09:00, 2010:11:15 19:40:35+09:00, 2010:11:15 19:44:29+09:00, 2010:11:16 11:12:46+09:00, 2010:11:16 12:51:48+09:00, 2010:11:16 13:16:09+09:00, 2010:11:16 13:19:37+09:00, 2010:11:16 13:49:19+09:00, 2010:11:16 14:03:19+09:00, 2010:11:16 15:30:51+09:00, 2010:11:16 16:24:03+09:00, 2010:11:16 17:50:09+09:00, 2010:11:16 19:12:52+09:00, 2010:11:16 19:33:47+09:00, 2010:11:16 19:39:29+09:00, 2010:11:16 19:40:16+09:00, 2010:11:16 19:40:31+09:00, 2010:11:16 20:13:11+09:00, 2010:11:16 20:25:57+09:00, 2010:11:16 20:26:43+09:00, 2010:11:16 20:26:51+09:00, 2010:11:16 20:40:41+09:00, 2010:11:18 11:29:45+09:00, 2010:11:18 11:59:16+09:00, 2010:11:18 13:04:35+09:00, 2010:11:18 13:16:18+09:00, 2010:11:18 13:19:53+09:00, 2010:11:18 16:36:11+09:00, 2010:11:18 17:17:41+09:00, 2010:11:18 18:16:57+09:00, 2010:11:18 18:31:33+09:00, 2010:11:18 18:38:47+09:00, 2010:11:18 19:45:12+09:00, 2010:11:19 09:59:50+09:00, 2010:11:19 10:50:13+09:00, 2010:11:19 11:35:15+09:00, 2010:11:19 14:37:39+09:00, 2010:11:19 16:02:24+09:00, 2010:11:19 16:31:55+09:00, 2010:11:19 17:23:56+09:00, 2010:11:19 17:26:23+09:00, 2010:11:19 17:26:25+09:00, 2010:11:19 17:42:30+09:00, 2010:11:19 18:10:01+09:00, 2010:11:19 18:16:33+09:00, 2010:11:19 20:10:50+09:00, 2010:11:19 20:26:11+09:00, 2010:11:19 20:27:08+09:00, 2010:11:19 20:27:10+09:00, 2010:11:24 10:19:29+09:00, 2010:11:24 10:36:20+09:00, 2010:11:24 11:02:06+09:00, 2010:11:24 11:09:02+09:00, 2010:11:24 11:10:51+09:00, 2010:11:24 11:20:16+09:00, 2010:11:24 11:47:25+09:00, 2010:11:24 11:59:47+09:00, 2010:11:24 12:55:46+09:00, 2010:11:24 13:02:02+09:00, 2010:11:24 13:24:59+09:00, 2010:11:24 13:30:04+09:00, 2010:11:24 13:30:58+09:00, 2010:11:24 14:31:24+09:00, 2010:11:24 16:34:55+09:00, 2010:11:24 16:35:56+09:00, 2010:11:24 16:36+09:00, 2010:11:25 15:07+09:00, 2010:11:25 16:48:18+09:00, 2010:11:25 16:51:41+09:00, 2010:11:25 16:58:35+09:00, 2010:11:25 16:59:27+09:00, 2010:11:25 16:59:32+09:00, 2010:11:26 10:52:02+09:00, 2010:11:26 12:44:28+09:00, 2010:11:26 16:10:38+09:00, 2010:11:26 16:20:01+09:00, 2010:11:26 16:40:48+09:00, 2010:11:26 16:41:17+09:00, 2010:11:26 16:41:58+09:00, 2010:11:26 16:42:03+09:00, 2010:12:01 14:16:19+09:00, 2010:12:01 14:28:24+09:00, 2010:12:01 14:33:23+09:00, 2010:12:14 17:10:15+09:00, 2010:12:14 17:13:21+09:00, 2010:12:15 12:00:14+09:00, 2010:12:15 12:54:40+09:00, 2010:12:15 16:55:49+09:00, 2010:12:16 11:58:11+09:00, 2010:12:16 13:28:38+09:00, 2010:12:16 13:30:50+09:00, 2010:12:16 13:30:58+09:00, 2010:12:16 14:07:48+09:00, 2010:12:16 16:33:17+09:00, 2010:12:16 16:39:31+09:00, 2010:12:20 11:34:03+09:00, 2010:12:20 13:59:04+09:00, 2010:12:20 14:06:52+09:00, 2010:12:20 16:16:38+09:00, 2010:12:20 17:51:04+09:00, 2010:12:21 14:00:28+09:00, 2010:12:21 14:06:17+09:00, 2010:12:21 14:14:46+09:00, 2010:12:21 14:22:16+09:00, 2010:12:21 14:26:32+09:00, 2010:12:21 14:27:45+09:00, 2010:12:21 14:31:08+09:00, 2010:12:21 14:42:19+09:00, 2010:12:21 14:47:03+09:00, 2010:12:21 14:54:40+09:00, 2010:12:21 14:55:38+09:00, 2010:12:21 15:01:32+09:00, 2010:12:21 15:03:23+09:00, 2010:12:21 15:48:19+09:00, 2010:12:21 16:06:20+09:00, 2010:12:21 16:52:07+09:00, 2010:12:21 17:16:45+09:00, 2010:12:21 17:50:41+09:00, 2010:12:21 18:00:28+09:00, 2010:12:21 18:07:58+09:00, 2010:12:21 18:14:01+09:00, 2010:12:21 18:22:42+09:00, 2010:12:21 18:26:06+09:00, 2010:12:21 18:30:55+09:00, 2010:12:21 19:02:09+09:00, 2010:12:21 19:53:06+09:00, 2010:12:21 19:55:36+09:00, 2010:12:21 19:55:46+09:00, 2010:12:21 20:00:07+09:00, 2010:12:22 11:20:53+09:00, 2010:12:22 13:26:01+09:00, 2010:12:22 14:03:38+09:00, 2010:12:22 14:42:14+09:00, 2010:12:22 14:44:02+09:00, 2010:12:22 15:10:49+09:00, 2010:12:22 15:11:35+09:00, 2010:12:22 16:51:44+09:00, 2010:12:22 16:58:17+09:00, 2010:12:22 17:01:47+09:00, 2010:12:22 17:06:33+09:00, 2010:12:22 17:21:41+09:00, 2010:12:22 17:21:59+09:00, 2010:12:28 08:20:06+09:00, 2010:12:28 08:35:28+09:00, 2011:01:06 18:35:08+09:00, 2011:01:07 08:59:48+09:00, 2011:01:07 10:15:26+09:00, 2011:01:07 10:26:11+09:00, 2011:01:07 10:39:57+09:00, 2011:01:07 10:50:36+09:00, 2011:01:07 11:17:14+09:00, 2011:01:07 11:20:06+09:00, 2011:01:07 13:25:35+09:00, 2011:01:07 13:27:17+09:00, 2011:01:07 13:28:09+09:00, 2011:01:07 13:33:27+09:00, 2011:01:07 13:34:44+09:00, 2011:01:07 13:34:47+09:00, 2011:01:07 13:56:04+09:00, 2011:01:07 14:05:32+09:00, 2011:01:07 14:07:44+09:00, 2011:01:07 14:13:19+09:00, 2011:01:07 14:17:33+09:00, 2011:01:07 16:03:01+09:00, 2011:01:07 17:53:29+09:00, 2011:01:07 19:27:22+09:00, 2011:01:07 20:09:06+09:00, 2011:01:07 20:10:57+09:00, 2011:01:07 20:56:36+09:00, 2011:01:11 10:18:26+09:00, 2011:01:11 10:53:27+09:00, 2011:01:11 11:38:29+09:00, 2011:01:11 13:05:04+09:00, 2011:01:11 13:12:17+09:00, 2011:01:11 16:41:35+09:00, 2011:01:11 17:05:44+09:00, 2011:01:11 17:38:16+09:00, 2011:01:12 09:03:34+09:00, 2011:01:12 09:04:52+09:00, 2011:01:12 09:04:56+09:00, 2011:01:12 10:52:36+09:00, 2011:01:12 13:24:56+09:00, 2011:01:12 16:57:56+09:00, 2011:01:13 13:53:51+09:00, 2011:01:13 17:15:38+09:00, 2011:01:14 12:01:28+09:00, 2011:01:14 14:17:09+09:00, 2011:01:14 15:19:46+09:00, 2011:01:14 16:40:52+09:00, 2011:01:14 17:32:12+09:00, 2011:01:14 17:35:48+09:00, 2011:01:14 21:03:28+09:00, 2011:01:14 21:07:21+09:00, 2011:01:14 21:07:35+09:00, 2011:01:17 10:59:45+09:00, 2011:01:17 16:55:47+09:00, 2011:01:17 17:05:59+09:00, 2011:01:18 11:44+09:00, 2011:01:18 14:41:34+09:00, 2011:01:18 15:43:38+09:00, 2011:01:18 16:26:48+09:00, 2011:01:18 16:28:37+09:00, 2011:01:18 20:00:21+09:00, 2011:01:19 11:42:41+09:00, 2011:01:19 13:00:47+09:00, 2011:01:19 13:02:09+09:00, 2011:01:19 13:02:19+09:00, 2011:01:19 14:47:41+09:00, 2011:01:19 15:39:54+09:00, 2011:01:19 17:04+09:00, 2011:01:19 17:05:17+09:00, 2011:01:20 10:37:29+09:00, 2011:01:20 10:49:09+09:00, 2011:01:20 11:11:56+09:00, 2011:01:20 11:30:30+09:00, 2011:01:21 09:03:23+09:00, 2011:02:01 11:43:14+09:00, 2011:02:01 12:49:45+09:00, 2011:02:01 14:50:06+09:00, 2011:02:01 14:52:54+09:00, 2011:02:01 15:16:40+09:00, 2011:02:01 15:21:03+09:00, 2011:02:01 15:26:34+09:00, 2011:02:01 15:40:40+09:00, 2011:02:01 15:42:04+09:00, 2011:02:01 15:42:50+09:00, 2011:02:01 15:43:28+09:00, 2011:02:01 15:45:38+09:00, 2011:02:01 15:51:15+09:00, 2011:02:02 10:33:13+09:00, 2011:02:02 10:55:55+09:00, 2011:02:02 14:38:34+09:00, 2011:02:02 14:42:27+09:00, 2011:02:02 14:46:27+09:00, 2011:02:02 14:54:15+09:00, 2011:02:02 16:54:21+09:00, 2011:02:02 16:54:23+09:00, 2011:02:03 17:21:46+09:00, 2011:02:04 10:47:38+09:00, 2011:02:04 11:41:24+09:00, 2011:02:04 11:47+09:00, 2011:02:04 16:13:57+09:00, 2011:02:04 16:16:04+09:00, 2011:02:04 16:38:24+09:00, 2011:02:04 16:39:27+09:00, 2011:02:04 16:39:36+09:00, 2011:02:07 10:10:04+09:00, 2011:02:07 10:22:55+09:00, 2011:02:07 10:24:12+09:00, 2011:02:07 10:24:24+09:00, 2011:02:07 13:40:29+09:00, 2011:02:07 14:11:24+09:00, 2011:02:07 14:20:34+09:00, 2011:02:07 14:44:06+09:00, 2011:02:10 09:55:54+09:00, 2011:02:17 17:11:47+09:00, 2011:02:18 10:42:21+09:00, 2011:02:18 12:03:03+09:00, 2011:02:18 16:05:58+09:00, 2011:02:18 16:24:50+09:00, 2011:02:18 16:27:13+09:00, 2011:02:18 16:27:14+09:00, 2011:02:18 16:33:22+09:00, 2011:02:18 16:36:48+09:00, 2011:02:18 16:38:28+09:00, 2011:02:18 16:47:15+09:00, 2011:02:21 14:33:08+09:00, 2011:02:21 14:40:54+09:00, 2011:02:21 17:01:56+09:00, 2011:02:22 10:12:04+09:00, 2011:02:22 13:04:57+09:00, 2011:02:22 13:32:45+09:00, 2011:02:22 13:52:41+09:00, 2011:02:22 17:27:30+09:00, 2011:02:22 18:29:12+09:00, 2011:02:22 19:27:09+09:00, 2011:02:23 08:55:01+09:00, 2011:02:23 10:01:38+09:00, 2011:02:23 15:37:46+09:00, 2011:02:24 15:47:01+09:00, 2011:03:02 10:08:51+09:00, 2011:03:02 10:59:03+09:00, 2011:03:02 13:14:54+09:00, 2011:03:02 13:30:01+09:00, 2011:03:02 14:07:31+09:00, 2011:03:02 14:27:34+09:00, 2011:03:02 15:02:39+09:00, 2011:03:02 17:01:59+09:00, 2011:03:02 17:09:28+09:00, 2011:03:03 11:56:58+09:00, 2011:03:03 13:25:48+09:00, 2011:03:03 14:22:20+09:00, 2011:03:03 14:50:50+09:00, 2011:03:03 18:17:12+09:00, 2011:03:04 10:46:39+09:00, 2011:03:04 10:51:24+09:00, 2011:03:07 11:05:36+09:00, 2011:03:07 11:17:56+09:00, 2011:03:07 15:26:11+09:00, 2011:03:07 15:56:16+09:00, 2011:03:08 10:09:56+09:00, 2011:03:08 16:50:22+09:00, 2011:03:09 11:20:16+09:00, 2011:03:09 11:29:49+09:00, 2011:03:09 11:39:09+09:00, 2011:03:10 10:42:49+09:00, 2011:03:10 13:49:44+09:00, 2011:03:10 13:50:47+09:00, 2011:03:10 16:57:19+09:00, 2011:03:11 09:02:47+09:00, 2011:03:11 09:07:56+09:00, 2011:03:24 10:49:36+09:00, 2011:03:24 11:27:28+09:00, 2011:03:24 12:45:17+09:00, 2011:03:24 13:33:56+09:00, 2011:03:24 14:43:11+09:00, 2011:03:24 14:54:07+09:00, 2011:03:24 14:55:29+09:00, 2011:03:24 14:59:50+09:00, 2011:03:24 15:08:12+09:00, 2011:03:24 15:28:46+09:00, 2011:03:24 17:57:47+09:00, 2011:03:24 18:29:03+09:00, 2011:04:01 18:17:54+09:00, 2011:04:05 12:04:03+09:00, 2011:04:05 12:39:24+09:00, 2011:04:05 13:36:58+09:00, 2011:04:05 13:38:16+09:00, 2011:04:05 13:45:52+09:00, 2011:04:05 15:45:55+09:00, 2011:04:05 15:47:20+09:00, 2011:04:05 18:17:30+09:00, 2011:04:05 18:21:32+09:00, 2011:04:05 18:46:33+09:00, 2011:04:05 19:03:26+09:00, 2011:09:30 16:53:44+09:00, 2011:10:03 09:49:14+09:00, 2011:10:13 11:40:26+09:00, 2011:10:13 11:57:33+09:00, 2011:10:13 11:59:52+09:00, 2011:10:13 13:04:56+09:00, 2011:10:13 13:20+09:00, 2011:10:13 13:20:27+09:00, 2011:10:13 13:34:22+09:00, 2011:10:13 14:01:33+09:00, 2011:10:13 14:07:16+09:00, 2011:10:13 14:22:31+09:00, 2011:10:13 14:42:39+09:00, 2011:10:13 14:48:26+09:00, 2011:10:13 14:56:52+09:00, 2011:10:13 15:04:32+09:00, 2011:10:13 15:05:31+09:00, 2011:10:13 15:37:03+09:00, 2011:10:13 16:13:16+09:00, 2011:10:13 16:27:51+09:00, 2011:10:13 16:51:13+09:00, 2011:10:13 16:53:11+09:00, 2011:10:14 11:29:59+09:00, 2011:10:14 12:02:20+09:00, 2011:10:14 13:00:28+09:00, 2011:10:14 13:37:22+09:00, 2011:10:14 15:03:52+09:00, 2011:10:14 15:37:17+09:00, 2011:10:14 15:44:36+09:00, 2011:10:14 15:45:55+09:00, 2011:10:14 15:49:51+09:00, 2011:10:14 15:53:19+09:00, 2011:10:14 15:53:19+09:00, 2011:10:14 15:54:59+09:00, 2011:10:14 15:58:11+09:00, 2011:10:14 15:58:12+09:00, 2011:10:14 16:00:31+09:00, 2011:10:14 16:01:34+09:00, 2011:10:14 16:10:03+09:00, 2011:10:14 16:16:52+09:00, 2011:10:14 16:22:57+09:00, 2011:10:14 16:24:54+09:00, 2011:10:14 16:27:27+09:00, 2011:10:14 16:28:56+09:00, 2011:10:14 16:47:45+09:00, 2011:10:14 16:51:57+09:00, 2011:10:14 17:02:35+09:00, 2011:10:18 10:01:14+09:00, 2011:10:18 10:11:35+09:00, 2011:10:18 10:19:35+09:00, 2011:10:18 10:24:03+09:00, 2011:10:18 10:26:18+09:00, 2011:10:18 10:42:30+09:00, 2011:10:18 11:04:47+09:00, 2011:10:18 11:09:47+09:00, 2011:10:18 11:10:49+09:00, 2011:10:18 11:11:28+09:00, 2011:10:18 11:34:23+09:00, 2011:10:18 11:35:01+09:00, 2011:10:18 11:43:10+09:00, 2011:10:18 11:51:09+09:00, 2011:10:18 12:01:15+09:00, 2011:10:18 13:29:38+09:00, 2011:10:18 13:37:37+09:00, 2011:10:18 13:44:35+09:00, 2011:10:18 13:48:08+09:00, 2011:10:18 13:52:10+09:00, 2011:10:18 14:07:58+09:00, 2011:10:18 14:16:37+09:00, 2011:10:18 14:22:54+09:00, 2011:10:18 14:24:26+09:00, 2011:10:18 14:38:15+09:00, 2011:10:18 14:49:29+09:00, 2011:10:18 15:00:30+09:00, 2011:10:18 15:16:38+09:00, 2011:10:18 15:48:56+09:00, 2011:10:18 16:02:34+09:00, 2011:10:18 16:22:26+09:00, 2011:10:18 16:25:26+09:00, 2011:10:18 16:26:50+09:00, 2011:10:18 16:40:24+09:00, 2011:10:18 16:41:07+09:00, 2011:10:18 16:41:07+09:00, 2011:10:18 16:45:37+09:00, 2011:10:18 16:47:31+09:00, 2011:10:18 16:59:46+09:00, 2011:10:26 14:23:19+09:00, 2011:10:26 15:01:23+09:00, 2011:10:26 15:04:01+09:00, 2011:11:17 15:18:45+09:00, 2011:11:17 15:18:52+09:00, 2011:11:17 16:54:04+09:00, 2011:11:18 13:21:48+09:00, 2011:11:18 13:24:48+09:00, 2011:11:18 13:26:01+09:00, 2011:11:18 13:26:09+09:00, 2011:11:18 13:56:13+09:00, 2011:11:18 16:37:05+09:00, 2011:11:18 16:57:47+09:00, 2011:11:21 10:34:10+09:00, 2011:11:21 11:28:28+09:00, 2011:11:21 13:18:38+09:00, 2011:11:21 14:50:46+09:00, 2011:11:21 15:21:27+09:00, 2011:11:21 16:22:42+09:00, 2011:11:21 16:53:54+09:00, 2011:11:21 17:05:15+09:00, 2011:11:22 09:36:46+09:00, 2011:11:22 10:49:16+09:00, 2011:11:22 14:18:04+09:00, 2011:11:22 14:19:36+09:00, 2011:11:22 14:38:48+09:00, 2011:11:22 15:15:43+09:00, 2011:11:22 16:20:05+09:00, 2011:11:22 16:24:09+09:00, 2011:11:22 17:06:19+09:00, 2011:11:22 17:29:39+09:00, 2011:11:23 09:54:14+09:00, 2011:11:23 10:26:01+09:00, 2011:11:23 17:05:44+09:00, 2011:11:24 15:07:33+09:00, 2011:11:24 18:40:10+09:00, 2011:11:25 13:58:03+09:00, 2011:11:25 14:31:15+09:00, 2011:11:25 16:46:57+09:00, 2011:11:25 18:07:07+09:00, 2011:11:25 18:33:02+09:00, 2011:11:25 18:39:02+09:00, 2011:11:25 19:03:37+09:00, 2011:11:25 19:15:19+09:00, 2011:11:25 19:16:42+09:00, 2011:11:25 19:26:22+09:00, 2011:11:25 19:27:37+09:00, 2011:11:25 19:27:38+09:00, 2011:11:29 13:45:14+09:00, 2011:11:29 14:04:14+09:00, 2011:11:29 15:04:44+09:00, 2011:11:29 16:00:52+09:00, 2011:11:29 16:39:48+09:00, 2011:11:29 16:43:42+09:00, 2011:11:29 17:28:33+09:00, 2011:11:29 17:42:31+09:00, 2011:11:29 17:46:38+09:00, 2011:11:29 18:19:06+09:00, 2011:11:29 18:30:57+09:00, 2011:11:29 18:33:22+09:00, 2011:11:29 18:33:23+09:00, 2011:12:01 13:28:54+09:00, 2011:12:01 16:24:42+09:00, 2011:12:01 18:12:56+09:00, 2011:12:01 18:21:12+09:00, 2011:12:01 18:55:35+09:00, 2011:12:01 19:32:06+09:00, 2011:12:02 10:44:03+09:00, 2011:12:02 12:59:58+09:00, 2011:12:02 13:00:56+09:00, 2011:12:02 13:01:05+09:00, 2011:12:02 16:37:25+09:00, 2011:12:02 18:02:22+09:00, 2011:12:02 19:33:52+09:00, 2011:12:02 19:36:07+09:00, 2011:12:02 19:36:08+09:00, 2011:12:06 14:41:07+09:00, 2011:12:06 19:37:58+09:00, 2011:12:06 19:43:26+09:00, 2011:12:06 20:05:11+09:00, 2011:12:07 10:00:31+09:00, 2011:12:07 10:34:32+09:00, 2011:12:07 10:36:17+09:00, 2011:12:07 10:45:51+09:00, 2011:12:07 11:57:13+09:00, 2011:12:07 14:08:07+09:00, 2011:12:07 14:46:51+09:00, 2011:12:07 15:22:23+09:00, 2011:12:07 15:45:51+09:00, 2011:12:07 16:59:57+09:00, 2011:12:08 11:57:32+09:00, 2011:12:08 13:47:07+09:00, 2011:12:08 14:07:48+09:00, 2011:12:08 14:15:10+09:00, 2011:12:08 14:17:18+09:00, 2011:12:08 14:47:34+09:00, 2011:12:08 15:08:28+09:00, 2011:12:08 15:10:28+09:00, 2011:12:08 15:13:33+09:00, 2011:12:08 15:39:56+09:00, 2011:12:08 15:41:18+09:00, 2011:12:08 15:45+09:00, 2011:12:08 16:06:07+09:00, 2011:12:08 16:40:52+09:00, 2011:12:08 16:45:28+09:00, 2011:12:08 16:56:08+09:00, 2011:12:08 18:18:50+09:00, 2011:12:08 18:25:22+09:00, 2011:12:08 18:28:20+09:00, 2011:12:08 18:30:44+09:00, 2011:12:08 18:35:05+09:00, 2011:12:08 18:37:39+09:00, 2011:12:08 19:09:48+09:00, 2011:12:08 19:10:47+09:00, 2011:12:08 19:12:45+09:00, 2011:12:08 19:12:47+09:00, 2011:12:09 08:58:35+09:00, 2011:12:09 09:01:01+09:00, 2011:12:09 10:49:32+09:00, 2011:12:09 10:57:29+09:00, 2011:12:09 13:19:56+09:00, 2011:12:09 13:35:15+09:00, 2011:12:09 14:14:49+09:00, 2011:12:09 16:54:21+09:00, 2011:12:09 16:55:48+09:00, 2011:12:09 16:55:49+09:00, 2011:12:09 17:09:55+09:00, 2011:12:12 10:00:12+09:00, 2011:12:12 10:14:57+09:00, 2011:12:12 10:58:06+09:00, 2011:12:12 13:22:53+09:00, 2011:12:12 13:45:59+09:00, 2011:12:12 13:59:05+09:00, 2011:12:12 14:04:06+09:00, 2011:12:12 14:14:41+09:00, 2011:12:12 14:14:42+09:00, 2011:12:12 14:17:48+09:00, 2011:12:12 14:21:34+09:00, 2011:12:12 14:24:23+09:00, 2011:12:12 14:40:33+09:00, 2011:12:12 14:48:48+09:00, 2011:12:12 15:02:15+09:00, 2011:12:12 15:20:09+09:00, 2011:12:12 15:22:03+09:00, 2011:12:12 15:24:35+09:00, 2011:12:12 15:24:44+09:00, 2011:12:12 15:24:44+09:00, 2011:12:12 16:09:31+09:00, 2011:12:12 16:21:02+09:00, 2011:12:12 16:21:47+09:00, 2011:12:12 16:22:38+09:00, 2011:12:12 16:22:39+09:00, 2011:12:14 15:19:52+09:00, 2011:12:14 15:40:22+09:00, 2011:12:14 15:46:24+09:00, 2011:12:15 16:42:55+09:00, 2011:12:15 16:48:24+09:00, 2011:12:15 16:59:51+09:00, 2011:12:15 17:04:50+09:00, 2011:12:15 17:31:27+09:00, 2011:12:15 17:34:38+09:00, 2011:12:15 17:52:12+09:00, 2011:12:15 18:02:35+09:00, 2011:12:15 18:10:06+09:00, 2011:12:15 18:14:06+09:00, 2011:12:19 12:00:06+09:00, 2011:12:19 12:48:22+09:00, 2011:12:19 16:52:26+09:00, 2011:12:20 11:40:42+09:00, 2011:12:20 11:49:31+09:00, 2011:12:20 12:00:35+09:00, 2011:12:20 13:17:37+09:00, 2011:12:20 14:20:16+09:00, 2011:12:20 14:37:35+09:00, 2011:12:20 14:45:04+09:00, 2011:12:20 15:20:17+09:00, 2011:12:20 16:12:30+09:00, 2011:12:20 16:35:58+09:00, 2011:12:20 17:01:11+09:00, 2011:12:20 17:42:29+09:00, 2011:12:20 17:53:34+09:00, 2011:12:20 18:21:45+09:00, 2011:12:20 18:36:18+09:00, 2011:12:20 19:08:11+09:00, 2011:12:20 19:13:08+09:00, 2011:12:20 19:17:30+09:00, 2011:12:20 19:17:31+09:00, 2011:12:21 10:31:19+09:00, 2011:12:21 10:34:31+09:00, 2011:12:21 11:22:56+09:00, 2011:12:21 16:25:57+09:00, 2011:12:21 16:53:23+09:00, 2011:12:21 17:21:46+09:00, 2011:12:22 10:08:22+09:00, 2011:12:22 11:38:28+09:00, 2011:12:22 11:39:17+09:00, 2011:12:22 11:48:57+09:00, 2011:12:22 15:56:56+09:00, 2011:12:22 17:20:28+09:00, 2011:12:22 17:24:39+09:00, 2011:12:22 17:28:29+09:00, 2011:12:22 17:29:20+09:00, 2011:12:22 17:29:21+09:00, 2011:12:26 10:50:06+09:00, 2011:12:26 11:39:52+09:00, 2011:12:26 11:51:03+09:00, 2011:12:26 11:51:16+09:00, 2011:12:26 11:51:17+09:00, 2011:12:26 12:01:15+09:00, 2011:12:26 13:02:23+09:00, 2011:12:26 13:03:41+09:00, 2011:12:26 13:48:31+09:00, 2011:12:26 14:05:32+09:00, 2011:12:26 14:31:13+09:00, 2011:12:26 14:35:41+09:00, 2011:12:26 15:01:13+09:00, 2011:12:26 15:07:46+09:00, 2011:12:26 15:10:52+09:00, 2011:12:26 15:20:58+09:00, 2011:12:26 15:47:42+09:00, 2011:12:26 16:11:09+09:00, 2011:12:26 16:42:31+09:00, 2011:12:26 16:49:29+09:00, 2011:12:26 17:01:05+09:00, 2011:12:26 17:07:12+09:00, 2011:12:26 17:24:09+09:00, 2011:12:26 17:25:50+09:00, 2011:12:26 18:06:04+09:00, 2011:12:26 19:26:27+09:00, 2011:12:26 19:42:46+09:00, 2011:12:26 19:55:37+09:00, 2011:12:26 20:01:36+09:00, 2011:12:26 20:11:09+09:00, 2011:12:26 20:13:15+09:00, 2011:12:26 20:14:13+09:00, 2011:12:26 20:14:14+09:00, 2011:12:26 20:34:13+09:00, 2011:12:26 20:39:36+09:00, 2011:12:26 20:41:46+09:00, 2011:12:26 20:50:12+09:00, 2011:12:27 14:31:50+09:00, 2011:12:27 14:50:08+09:00, 2011:12:27 15:28:44+09:00, 2011:12:27 15:30:54+09:00, 2011:12:28 11:01:47+09:00, 2011:12:28 11:02:53+09:00, 2011:12:28 11:08:44+09:00, 2011:12:28 11:13:34+09:00, 2012:01:11 14:07:07+09:00, 2012:01:11 14:08:52+09:00, 2012:01:18 16:59:26+09:00, 2012:01:18 17:01:26+09:00, 2012:01:18 17:01:28+09:00, 2012:01:19 11:19:24+09:00, 2012:01:19 11:59:34+09:00, 2012:01:19 13:20:34+09:00, 2012:01:19 13:22:05+09:00, 2012:01:19 13:22:06+09:00, 2012:01:19 15:02:34+09:00, 2012:01:19 15:31:58+09:00, 2012:01:19 15:46:05+09:00, 2012:01:19 17:41:06+09:00, 2012:01:19 18:58:31+09:00, 2012:01:19 19:07:51+09:00, 2012:01:19 19:09:23+09:00, 2012:01:19 19:15:32+09:00, 2012:01:20 10:44:16+09:00, 2012:01:20 10:50:18+09:00, 2012:01:20 11:30:32+09:00, 2012:01:20 11:30:32+09:00, 2012:01:20 11:53:26+09:00, 2012:01:20 11:54:59+09:00, 2012:01:20 13:44:44+09:00, 2012:01:20 14:00:04+09:00, 2012:01:26 10:27:51+09:00, 2012:01:26 10:32:59+09:00, 2012:01:26 11:12:05+09:00, 2012:01:26 12:00:08+09:00, 2012:01:26 12:59:42+09:00, 2012:01:26 13:06:09+09:00, 2012:01:26 13:07:04+09:00, 2012:01:26 13:07:04+09:00, 2012:01:26 13:09:18+09:00, 2012:01:26 13:09:20+09:00, 2012:01:26 13:12:21+09:00, 2012:01:26 13:12:30+09:00, 2012:01:26 14:32:37+09:00, 2012:01:26 14:33:30+09:00, 2012:01:26 14:48:46+09:00, 2012:01:26 14:58:08+09:00, 2012:01:26 15:31:40+09:00, 2012:01:26 15:40:59+09:00, 2012:01:26 16:34:46+09:00, 2012:01:27 09:41:55+09:00, 2012:01:27 11:18:52+09:00, 2012:01:27 11:26:34+09:00, 2012:01:27 13:11:31+09:00, 2012:01:27 13:23:55+09:00, 2012:01:27 13:26:58+09:00, 2012:01:30 10:24:27+09:00, 2012:01:30 10:30:07+09:00, 2012:01:30 12:48:55+09:00, 2012:01:30 15:44:32+09:00, 2012:01:30 15:50:33+09:00, 2012:01:31 11:44:45+09:00, 2012:01:31 11:46:23+09:00, 2012:01:31 13:07+09:00, 2012:01:31 13:40:36+09:00, 2012:01:31 16:24:45+09:00, 2012:01:31 18:23:57+09:00, 2012:01:31 19:14:18+09:00, 2012:01:31 19:51:44+09:00, 2012:02:01 11:43:23+09:00, 2012:02:01 13:32:24+09:00, 2012:02:01 14:28:47+09:00, 2012:02:01 14:32:53+09:00, 2012:02:01 14:37:01+09:00, 2012:02:01 14:39:29+09:00, 2012:02:01 14:40:30+09:00, 2012:02:01 14:40:31+09:00, 2012:02:01 14:43:21+09:00, 2012:02:01 14:43:22+09:00, 2012:02:01 14:44:14+09:00, 2012:02:01 14:44:15+09:00, 2012:02:01 15:00:42+09:00, 2012:02:01 16:37:51+09:00, 2012:02:01 16:39:31+09:00, 2012:02:01 17:16:46+09:00, 2012:02:01 17:17:53+09:00, 2012:02:01 17:17:54+09:00, 2012:02:02 09:04:08+09:00, 2012:02:02 09:25:46+09:00, 2012:02:02 09:47:34+09:00, 2012:02:02 09:54:26+09:00, 2012:02:02 10:00:21+09:00, 2012:02:02 10:08:40+09:00, 2012:02:02 10:17:58+09:00, 2012:02:02 10:36:07+09:00, 2012:02:02 10:40:01+09:00, 2012:02:02 10:55:19+09:00, 2012:02:02 10:55:21+09:00, 2012:02:02 12:45:17+09:00, 2012:02:02 18:08:55+09:00, 2012:02:02 19:13:08+09:00, 2012:02:02 19:24:52+09:00, 2012:02:03 10:38:19+09:00, 2012:02:03 11:03:22+09:00, 2012:02:07 15:11:23+09:00, 2012:02:07 19:19:58+09:00, 2012:02:07 19:20:33+09:00, 2012:02:07 19:21:50+09:00, 2012:02:07 19:26:17+09:00, 2012:02:07 19:26:19+09:00, 2012:02:08 09:22:55+09:00, 2012:02:08 16:59:12+09:00, 2012:02:08 17:02:42+09:00, 2012:02:09 16:04:39+09:00, 2012:02:09 16:19:27+09:00, 2012:02:09 16:52:33+09:00, 2012:02:09 16:54:10+09:00, 2012:02:09 17:42:48+09:00, 2012:02:09 17:56:01+09:00, 2012:02:09 18:35:33+09:00, 2012:02:09 18:39:14+09:00, 2012:02:09 19:24:45+09:00, 2012:02:09 19:45:38+09:00, 2012:02:09 19:47:05+09:00, 2012:02:09 19:47:07+09:00, 2012:02:10 08:47:38+09:00, 2012:02:10 08:55:58+09:00, 2012:02:10 08:58:56+09:00, 2012:02:10 09:01:09+09:00, 2012:02:10 19:41:47+09:00, 2012:02:10 20:15:11+09:00, 2012:02:10 20:25:46+09:00, 2012:02:10 20:37:02+09:00, 2012:02:10 20:42:12+09:00, 2012:02:16 16:47:59+09:00, 2012:02:16 16:48:01+09:00, 2012:02:16 18:33:08+09:00, 2012:02:16 19:08:01+09:00, 2012:02:16 20:11:23+09:00, 2012:02:16 20:13:21+09:00, 2012:02:16 20:26:42+09:00, 2012:02:16 20:33:43+09:00, 2012:02:17 10:43:56+09:00, 2012:02:17 13:22:12+09:00, 2012:02:17 15:57:49+09:00, 2012:02:17 17:16:45+09:00, 2012:02:20 12:00:25+09:00, 2012:02:20 14:10:50+09:00, 2012:02:20 14:17:54+09:00, 2012:02:20 14:25:30+09:00, 2012:02:20 15:10:54+09:00, 2012:02:20 16:14:17+09:00, 2012:02:20 16:51:20+09:00, 2012:02:20 17:02:29+09:00, 2012:02:20 17:58:59+09:00, 2012:02:20 18:09:29+09:00, 2012:02:20 18:17:55+09:00, 2012:02:20 19:09:23+09:00, 2012:02:20 19:10:38+09:00, 2012:02:20 19:10:40+09:00, 2012:02:21 10:21:13+09:00, 2012:02:21 10:32:45+09:00, 2012:02:21 11:11:51+09:00, 2012:02:21 11:54:02+09:00, 2012:02:21 11:58:48+09:00, 2012:02:21 12:00:30+09:00, 2012:02:21 12:46:44+09:00, 2012:02:21 12:48+09:00, 2012:02:21 13:19:31+09:00, 2012:02:21 13:33:28+09:00, 2012:02:21 14:25:38+09:00, 2012:02:21 15:08:34+09:00, 2012:02:21 15:11:07+09:00, 2012:02:21 15:11:09+09:00, 2012:02:22 11:41:06+09:00, 2012:02:22 11:53:32+09:00, 2012:02:22 11:54:11+09:00, 2012:02:22 11:54:12+09:00, 2012:02:22 11:58:07+09:00, 2012:02:22 12:05:05+09:00, 2012:02:22 13:07:19+09:00, 2012:02:22 15:06:19+09:00, 2012:02:22 15:15:45+09:00, 2012:02:22 15:19:18+09:00, 2012:02:22 15:27:10+09:00, 2012:02:22 15:28:07+09:00, 2012:02:22 16:00:03+09:00, 2012:02:22 16:01:16+09:00, 2012:02:22 16:01:17+09:00, 2012:02:22 17:33:14+09:00, 2012:02:23 11:48:07+09:00, 2012:02:23 12:31:15+09:00, 2012:02:23 15:29:58+09:00, 2012:02:23 15:56:26+09:00, 2012:02:23 17:04:40+09:00, 2012:02:23 17:25:12+09:00, 2012:02:23 17:39:39+09:00, 2012:02:23 18:52:22+09:00, 2012:02:23 19:45:01+09:00, 2012:02:23 19:46:30+09:00, 2012:02:24 09:10:36+09:00, 2012:02:24 11:21:43+09:00, 2012:02:24 11:26:43+09:00, 2012:02:24 11:29:52+09:00, 2012:02:24 11:49:57+09:00, 2012:03:06 15:13:10+09:00, 2012:03:06 15:13:30+09:00, 2012:03:06 15:13:31+09:00, 2012:03:06 15:25:48+09:00, 2012:03:06 15:30:51+09:00, 2012:03:06 15:31:45+09:00, 2012:03:06 15:40:26+09:00, 2012:03:06 15:42:14+09:00, 2012:03:06 15:43:49+09:00, 2012:03:06 15:48:19+09:00, 2012:03:06 16:01:24+09:00, 2012:03:06 16:01:43+09:00, 2012:03:06 16:01:44+09:00, 2012:03:15 17:06:24+09:00, 2012:03:15 20:58:04+09:00, 2012:03:16 09:08:42+09:00, 2012:03:16 09:33:31+09:00, 2012:03:16 10:10:51+09:00, 2012:03:16 11:21:12+09:00, 2012:03:16 11:35:22+09:00, 2012:03:16 14:24:43+09:00, 2012:03:16 14:24:44+09:00, 2012:03:19 11:56:01+09:00, 2012:03:21 10:21:57+09:00, 2012:03:21 12:30:54+09:00, 2012:03:21 13:24:42+09:00, 2012:03:22 13:28:27+09:00, 2012:03:22 13:35:05+09:00, 2012:03:22 13:39:11+09:00, 2012:03:22 13:44:02+09:00, 2012:03:22 13:48:11+09:00, 2012:03:22 13:56:58+09:00, 2012:03:22 14:36:05+09:00, 2012:03:22 14:38:52+09:00, 2012:03:22 14:41:05+09:00, 2012:03:22 14:48:29+09:00, 2012:03:22 14:58:26+09:00, 2012:03:22 15:07:35+09:00, 2012:03:22 15:52:49+09:00, 2012:03:22 16:35:25+09:00, 2012:03:22 20:17:32+09:00, 2012:03:22 20:27:38+09:00, 2012:03:22 20:38:57+09:00, 2012:03:22 21:30:10+09:00, 2012:03:23 09:47:06+09:00, 2012:03:23 09:52:12+09:00, 2012:03:23 11:42:29+09:00, 2012:03:23 11:54:03+09:00, 2012:03:23 12:04:04+09:00, 2012:03:23 12:04:54+09:00, 2012:03:23 12:04:56+09:00, 2012:03:28 13:01:08+09:00, 2012:03:28 13:01:13+09:00, 2012:03:28 13:05:29+09:00, 2012:03:28 13:10:47+09:00, 2012:03:28 13:18:15+09:00, 2012:03:28 14:42:17+09:00, 2012:03:28 15:53:09+09:00, 2012:03:28 15:58:28+09:00, 2012:03:28 16:04:28+09:00, 2012:03:28 16:07:26+09:00, 2012:03:28 16:08:37+09:00, 2012:03:28 16:12:57+09:00, 2012:03:28 16:13:07+09:00, 2012:03:28 16:20:18+09:00, 2012:04:04 14:58:23+09:00, 2012:04:04 15:09:30+09:00, 2012:04:04 15:23:49+09:00, 2012:04:05 09:37:44+09:00, 2012:04:05 11:26:53+09:00, 2012:04:05 13:02:01+09:00, 2012:04:05 13:11:08+09:00
History Software Agent          : Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0
History Changed                 : /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata
Warning                         : [Minor] Extracted only 1000 xmpMM:History items. Ignore minor errors to extract all
Derived From Instance ID        : xmp.iid:58E620EFEBCAE111A4ADA62B0B0EC779
Derived From Document ID        : xmp.did:3F5A306389BFE111AF5CC668E439FEEA
Derived From Original Document ID: xmp.did:01AAFE1BC8EADF11BBB4F000E515737D
Derived From Rendition Class    : default
Doc Change Count                : 263514
Format                          : application/pdf
Producer                        : Adobe PDF Library 9.9
Trapped                         : False
Page Count                      : 227

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Denon AVR 4520CI User Manual To The 800c08c1 63cb 4668 B1f8 781f05f37efc

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation